SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

[_] REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934; or

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2000

[_] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period ________ to ________

Commission File No. 0-30895

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC. /
EXFO INGENIERIE ELECTRO-OPTIQUE INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

CANADA
(JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)

465 GODIN AVENUE
VANIER, QUEBEC G1M 3G7, CANADA
(418) 683-0211
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of
the Act:

None

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of
the Act:

Subordinate Voting Shares, no par value

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to
Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

As of November 30, 2000, the registrant had 8,757,264 Subordinate
Voting Shares outstanding.

Indicate by check mark whether EXFO (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that EXFO was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes [X] No [_]

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item EXFO has elected to follow:

Item 17 [_] Item 18 [X]


PART I.

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS

Not Applicable

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not Applicable

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The consolidated statements of earnings data for the year ended August 31, 1996 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of August 31, 1996 and 1997 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report. The consolidated statement of earnings data for the year ended August 31, 1997 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of August 31, 1998 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report. The consolidated statements of earnings data for each of the three years ended August 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of August 31, 1999 and 2000 are derived from our consolidated financial statements that have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors, that are included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP, which differ in certain respects from U.S. GAAP. For a description of the material differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP in regard to our consolidated financial statements, see note 20 to our consolidated financial statements. The historical results below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

See "Exchange Rate Information" in this Item 3.A. below for historical exchange rate information. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, and "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" of this Annual Report.


                                                                           YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1996         1997          1998         1999          2000
                                                    ----         ----          ----         ----          ----
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS OF US DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS DATA:
AMOUNTS UNDER CANADIAN GAAP
Sales.......................................     $  19,229    $  24,475    $  31,605     $  42,166    $ 71,639
Cost of sales...............................         8,456        9,652       11,345        14,998      24,712
Gross margin................................        10,773       14,823       20,260        27,168      46,927
Operating expenses
Selling and administrative..................         6,644        7,827        9,898        13,279      24,304
Net research and development................         1,216        1,592        3,014         4,315       6,402
Amortization of capital and other assets....           387          479          657           898       1,498
Total operating expenses....................         8,247        9,898       13,569        18,492      32,204
Earnings from operations....................         2,526        4,925        6,691         8,676      14,723
Interest expense (income)-- net.............           418           89          (40)         (136)     (1,480)
Foreign exchange loss (gain) ...............             7          184         (126)          506         684
Earnings before income taxes and amortization
  of goodwill...............................         2,101        4,652        6,857         8,306      15,519
Income taxes................................           430        1,582        2,356         2,492       5,298
                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------    --------
Earnings before amortization of goodwill....         1,671        3,070        4,501         5,814      10,221
Amortization of goodwill....................            --           --           --            --         297
Net earnings for the year...................     $   1,671    $   3,070    $   4,501     $   5,814    $  9,924
                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------    --------
Basic and fully diluted net earnings per share.  $    0.04    $    0.08    $    0.12     $    0.14    $   0.25
Basic weighted average number of shares used
  in per share calculations.................        38,000       38,000       38,000        38,001      39,951
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Gross research and development..............
                                                 $   2,667    $   2,753    $   4,406     $   6,390    $  9,374
Net research and development................     $   1,216    $   1,592    $   3,014     $   4,315    $  6,402
Dividends per share
        Class "A" shares....................     $   0.005    $      --    $      --     $    0.08    $   0.45
        Class "C" share.....................     $      --    $      --    $      --     $     340    $     --
        Class "E" shares....................     $      --    $   0.005    $   0.005     $      --    $     --
        Class "F" shares....................     $      --    $      --    $      --     $      --    $   0.45
AMOUNTS UNDER U.S. GAAP
Sales.......................................                  $  26,752    $  32,853     $  41,858    $ 71,639
Net earnings for the year...................                  $   3,356    $   4,538     $   5,901    $  7,922
Basic and diluted net earnings per share....                  $    0.09    $    0.12     $    0.15    $   0.20
Basic weighted average number of shares used
  in per share calculations.................                     38,000       38,000        38,001      40,086
Dividends per share
        Class "A" shares....................     $   0.006    $      --    $      --     $    0.08    $   0.45
        Class "C" shares....................     $      --    $      --    $      --     $     333    $     --
        Class "E" shares....................     $      --    $   0.006    $   0.005     $      --    $     --
        Class "F" shares....................     $      --    $      --    $      --     $      --    $   0.45

                                                                         AS AT AUGUST 31,
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1996         1997          1998         1999          2000
                                                    ----         ----          ----         ----          ----
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS OF US DOLLARS)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS DATA:
AMOUNTS UNDER CANADIAN GAAP
Cash and cash equivalents..................      $     482    $     354    $   1,262     $     423    $    729
Working capital (1) .......................          3,550        5,973        9,797        12,745     194,167
Total assets...............................         11,725       13,238       17,643        22,840     219,723
Long-term debt (excluding current portion) ....         40           20           --            --          16
Shareholders' equity.......................      $   4,676    $   7,644    $  12,045     $  14,679    $206,994
AMOUNTS UNDER U.S. GAAP
Cash and cash equivalents..................                                $   1,201     $     423    $    729
Working capital (2) .......................                                    9,179        12,781     194,204
Total assets...............................                                   16,785        22,899     219,760
Long-term debt (excluding current portion) .                                      --            --          --
Shareholders' equity.......................                                $  11,318     $  14,715    $207,031
------------------------

2

(1) Includes 19,000,000 mandatorily redeemable preferred shares with a nominal carrying value as at August 31, 1997 and 1998 and 800,000 mandatorily redeemable preferred shares with a carrying value of $ 543 as at August 31, 2000.

(2) Includes 19,000,000 mandatorily redeemable preferred shares, with a nominal carrying value as at August 31, 1998 and 800,000 mandatorily redeemable preferred shares with a carrying value of $543 as at August 31, 2000.

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

The following table sets forth, for each period indicated, the high and low exchange rates based on the noon buying rate in the city of New York for cable transfers in Canadian dollars as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, which is often referred to as the "noon buying rate." The exchange rates are presented as Canadian dollars per $1.00. On December 11, 2000, the noon buying rate was $1.00 equals C$1.5227 and the inverse noon buying rate was C$1.00 equals $0.6567.

                                                       YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                 1996          1997           1998           1999           2000
                                 ----          ----           ----           ----           ----
High                          C$1.3822       C$1.3995      C$1.5770       C$1.5570       C$1.5085
Low                             1.3285         1.3310        1.3713         1.4512         1.4350
Average(1)                      1.3634         1.3707        1.4490         1.5055         1.4694
End of Period                   1.3685         1.3890        1.5745         1.4965         1.4720

-------------------------

(1) The average of the noon buying rate on the last business day of each month in the period indicated.

B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

Not Applicable

C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not Applicable

D. RISK FACTORS

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY AND BUSINESS

IF WE ARE UNABLE TO ADAPT TO CURRENT AND FUTURE CHANGES IN TECHNOLOGY,

OUR PRODUCTS MAY BECOME OBSOLETE.

Any failure by us to anticipate or respond to new technological developments and customer requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, the markets addressed by our current and planned products are rapidly evolving and are characterized by emerging standards and competing technological platforms. There can be no assurance that products destined by us for sale into these markets will adequately address the requirements dictated by evolving standards, or that we will be able to adapt our products to changes in technology. Accordingly, we may invest in products and technologies that never gain market acceptance. Such investments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

3

WE MUST CONTINUE TO OVERCOME SIGNIFICANT AND INCREASING COMPETITION IN OUR INDUSTRY IN ORDER TO CONTINUE OUR GROWTH AND PRODUCTIVITY.

The market for fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment is rapidly evolving and is marked by intense competition and technical innovations. We expect the pace of change to accelerate in the future. We also expect many new competitors to emerge as the market for fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment expands and evolves in response to technical innovations.

Some of our current and potential competitors are global electronic test and measurement manufacturers who complement their broad range of products with fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment. Competitors, such as Agilent Technologies Inc., GN Nettest and Acterna Corporation have longer operating histories and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources. Consequently, these competitors are able to devote greater resources to the development, marketing, sale and support of their products. They are also better positioned than we are to acquire companies and new technologies that may displace our products or make them obsolete.

WE DEVOTE CONSIDERABLE TIME AND RESOURCES TO SECURING NEW CUSTOMERS AND IMPROVING SALES TO EXISTING CUSTOMERS. IF WE ARE UNSUCCESSFUL, OUR FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS MAY SUFFER.

The long sales cycle for our products may cause our sales and operating results to vary significantly from period to period. The period of time between our initial contact with a customer and the receipt of a purchase order may span a year or more. In addition, customers perform and require us to perform, extensive product evaluation and testing of new instruments before purchasing them. If we are unable to satisfy customer demands, considerable resources would have been expended without deriving corresponding sales.

OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY ARE IMPORTANT TO THE CONTINUED SUCCESS OF OUR BUSINESS. OUR FAILURE TO PROTECT THIS PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY MAY SIGNIFICANTLY IMPAIR OUR COMPETITIVE POSITION.

Our success and ability to compete depend to a significant extent on our proprietary technology, since that is how we attempt to keep others from using the innovations that are central to our existing and future products. We currently hold four U.S. and two Canadian issued patents, three foreign issued patents and have seven U.S. and nine Canadian patent applications pending. In addition, Burleigh Instruments, Inc. ("Burleigh"), our newly-acquired subsidiary, has five U.S., one Canadian and one Japanese issued patent and has five U.S. patent applications pending. We also rely on a combination of copyright and trademark laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and license agreements to protect our proprietary technology. We may have to engage in litigation in order to protect our patents and other intellectual property rights, or to determine the validity or scope of the proprietary rights of others. This kind of litigation can be time-consuming and expensive, regardless of whether we win or lose. Because it is critical to our success that we are able to prevent competitors from copying our innovations, we intend to continue to seek patent and trade secret protection for our technologies. The process of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive and we cannot be certain that any currently pending or future applications will actually result in issued patents,

4

or that, even if patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us. Furthermore, others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, or design around the patents that we own. We also rely on trade secret protection for our technology, in part through confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, distributors and third parties. However, these agreements may be breached or otherwise not effective and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach or shortfall of these agreements. In any case, others may come to know about our trade secrets through a variety of methods. In addition, our foreign issued patents only cover France, Germany and Japan, and the laws of some territories in which we sell our products may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of Canada and the United States.

Despite our efforts, our intellectual property rights, particularly our existing or future patents, may be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or required to be licensed to others. Furthermore, others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, duplicate or reverse engineer our technology, or design around the patents owned or licensed by us. We cannot be sure that the steps that we take to protect our technology will prevent misappropriation or infringement. If we fail to protect our technology so that others may copy or use it, we will be less able to differentiate our products and our sales will decline.

IF OTHERS CLAIM THAT OUR PRODUCTS INFRINGE UPON THEIR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, WE MAY BE FORCED TO SEEK EXPENSIVE LICENSES, RE-ENGINEER OUR PRODUCTS, ENGAGE IN EXPENSIVE AND TIME-CONSUMING LITIGATION OR STOP MARKETING THE CHALLENGED PRODUCTS, WHICH COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR ABILITY TO SELL OUR PRODUCTS AND COULD INCREASE OUR COSTS.

Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is common in the technology industry and, for this reason, we expect that third-party infringement claims involving technologies may increase. If an infringement claim is filed against us, we may be prevented from using some of our technologies and may incur significant costs to resolve the claim.

We could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves and our customers against infringement claims. Litigation could also adversely affect sales of the challenged product or technology and divert the efforts of our management and technical personnel. In the event of a claim of infringement, we may be required to obtain one or more licenses from third parties. We cannot assure you that we, or our customers, could obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or at all. If we fail to obtain a license where one is required, we could incur substantial liabilities and be forced to suspend the marketing of the challenged products.

WE REQUIRE EMPLOYEES WHO ARE KNOWLEDGEABLE ABOUT THE SPECIALIZED NATURE OF OUR BUSINESS. IF WE ARE UNABLE TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN SUFFICIENT NUMBERS OF HIGHLY SKILLED TECHNICAL, SALES AND MARKETING AND OTHER PERSONNEL, OUR OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL RESULTS WOULD SUFFER.

Due to the specialized nature of our business, we are highly dependent on the continued service of and on the ability to attract and retain, qualified engineering, sales, marketing and senior management personnel in the area of fiber optics. The competition for such personnel is intense. The loss of key employees or management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. We may not be able to continue to attract and retain

5

the qualified personnel necessary for the development of our business. In addition, if we are unable to hire additional qualified personnel as needed, we may not be able to adequately manage and complete our existing sales commitments and to bid for and execute additional sales.

We must provide significant training for our growing employee base due to the highly specialized nature of fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment. Our current engineering personnel may be inadequate and we may fail to assimilate and train new employees. Highly skilled employees with the education and training that we require, especially employees with significant experience and expertise in fiber optics, are in high demand. Once trained, our employees may be hired by our competitors.

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY AND OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE PROFITABLY DEPEND ON THE CONTINUED SERVICES OF OUR SENIOR MANAGEMENT TEAM LED BY GERMAIN LAMONDE, OUR CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, OR ANY OF OUR SENIOR MANAGEMENT, THE LOSS OF WHOM WOULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS.

Our ability to maintain our competitive position depends to a significant extent on the efforts and abilities of our senior management, particularly Germain Lamonde, our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer. Although we have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Lamonde, Mario Larose, Vice President, Marketing Bruce Bonini, Vice President, North American Sales and Juan-Filipe Gonzalez, Vice President, International Sales, we do not have employment agreements with any of our other key executives. Their managerial, technical and other services would be difficult to replace and if we lose the services of one or more of our executive officers, or if one of them decides to join a competitor or otherwise compete directly or indirectly against us, our business would be seriously harmed. The loss of their services would jeopardize our ability to maintain our competitive position. We do not have "key person" life insurance policies covering any of our employees.

IF WE ARE NOT ABLE TO MANAGE OUR GROWTH EFFECTIVELY, WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN OR IMPROVE OUR CURRENT LEVEL OF PROFITABILITY.

We expect our business and the industry in which we compete to continue to undergo rapid change. We plan to significantly expand our distribution and marketing capabilities by opening additional international sales offices and service centers, by bolstering our key account management program, by hiring application engineers and by increasing our sales network worldwide. Finally, we have had a significant increase in our number of employees from 455 on November 15, 1999 to 874 on November 15, 2000. Our ability to be profitable depends on our ability to manage this rapid growth. The failure of our management to respond effectively to and manage changing technological and business conditions could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

WE MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIABILITIES ASSUMED IN CONNECTION WITH OUR ACQUISITIONS THAT COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS.

We conduct due diligence in connection with our acquisitions. In particular, to the extent that prior owners of any acquired businesses failed to comply with or otherwise violated applicable laws, we may be financially responsible for these violations or otherwise be adversely

6

affected. The discovery of any material liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In connection with our acquisition of Burleigh, there may be liabilities that we fail to discover or that we inadequately assess in our due diligence efforts.

WE DEPEND ON A SINGLE SUPPLIER OR A LIMITED NUMBER OF SUPPLIERS FOR SOME OF THE KEY COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS IN OUR PRODUCTS, WHICH MAKES US SUSCEPTIBLE TO SUPPLY SHORTAGES OR PRICE FLUCTUATIONS THAT COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR OPERATING RESULTS.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for parts used to manufacture our products. All our orders are placed through individual purchase orders and, therefore, our suppliers may stop supplying parts to us at any time. The reliance on a single source or limited number of suppliers could result in delivery problems and reduced control over product pricing and quality. The process of qualifying a new contract manufacturer for complex products, designed to our specifications, such as our optical and mechanical parts, is lengthy and would consume a substantial amount of time of our technical personnel and management. If we sought to change manufacturers in a short period of time, our business would be disrupted. In addition, we may be unsuccessful in identifying a new manufacturer capable of and willing to meet our needs on terms that we would find acceptable.

WE EXPECT THE PRICE OF OUR EXISTING PRODUCTS TO DECLINE AND IF WE DO NOT REDUCE OUR MANUFACTURING COSTS OR INTRODUCE NEW PRODUCTS WITH HIGHER MARGINS, OUR GROSS MARGINS WILL DECLINE AND WE COULD INCUR LOSSES.

Our industry is very competitive and prices for fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment will likely decline. These price declines result from factors such as:

o increased competition for business;

o a limited number of potential customers;

o competition from companies with lower labor and production costs;

o introduction of new products by competitors; and

o greater economies of scale for higher-volume manufacturers.

We may have to increase our manufacturing capacity and our unit volume sold in order to maintain our existing sales. If we add capacity, our fixed costs will increase. As a result, we would have to increase the level of sales to maintain operating margins. If we are unable to continuously reduce our manufacturing costs or introduce new products with higher margins, our gross margins could decline.

7

IF WE FAIL TO ADAPT APPROPRIATELY TO THE CHALLENGES ASSOCIATED WITH OPERATING INTERNATIONALLY, THE GROWTH OF OUR BUSINESS MAY BE IMPEDED AND OUR OPERATING RESULTS MAY BE AFFECTED.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2000, customers outside of the United States and Canada accounted for 38.4% of our sales. We plan to increase our international sales activities and have recently opened offices in Great Britain, China, Japan, and Singapore. Our international sales will be limited if we cannot establish relationships with international distributors, establish additional foreign operations, expand international sales channel management, hire additional personnel and develop relationships with international service providers. Even if we are able to successfully continue our international operations, we may not be able to maintain or increase international market demand for our products. Our international operations are subject to a number of risks, including:

o unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tax rates or tariffs that make our products and services more expensive and therefore less attractive to potential customers;

o challenges in staffing and managing foreign operations due to the limited number of qualified candidates, employment laws and practices in foreign countries, any of which could increase the cost and reduce the efficiency of operating in foreign countries;

o technology standards that differ from those on which our products are based, which could require expensive redesign and retention of personnel familiar with those standards;

o longer accounts receivable payment cycles and possible difficulties in collecting payments which may increase our operating costs and hurt our financial performance;

o political and economic instability; and

o certification requirements.

Any of these factors could harm our international operations and negatively affect our financial performance. For example, we currently face problems with increasing, and constantly changing, certification requirements. In addition, although the amounts involved were not material, we have in the past encountered difficulties collecting accounts receivable in countries experiencing economic instability. The recurrence of weakness in these economies or of weakness in other foreign economies could have a significant negative effect on our future operating results.

OUR PRODUCTS MAY HAVE UNFORESEEN DEFECTS THAT COULD HARM OUR REPUTATION, IMPEDE MARKET ACCEPTANCE OF OUR PRODUCTS AND NEGATIVELY IMPACT OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

As a result of their complexity, our products may contain undetected errors or compatibility problems or regulatory compliance issues, particularly when they are first introduced or when new versions are released. There can be no assurance that, despite our

8

testing, errors will not be found in new products after they have been fully deployed and operated under peak stress conditions. If we are unable to fix defects or other problems, we could experience, among other things:

o loss of customers;

o damage to our brand reputation;

o failure to attract new customers or achieve market acceptance;

o diversion of development and engineering resources;

o legal actions by our customers, including claims for consequential damages and loss of profits; and

o legal actions by governmental entities, including actions to impose product recalls and/or forfeitures.

The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

OUR INSURANCE MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENT TO COVER ALL POTENTIAL PRODUCT LIABILITY AND WARRANTY CLAIMS. A SUCCESSFUL CLAIM EXCEEDING OUR POLICY LIMIT WILL REDUCE OUR WORKING CAPITAL, INCREASE OUR EXPENSES AND HAVE A NEGATIVE EFFECT ON OUR OPERATING RESULTS.

Our products are designed to help telecommunications carriers and manufacturers of optical components, value-added optical modules and optical networking systems ensure network reliability. The failure of our products to perform to client expectations could give rise to product liability and warranty claims. We carry product liability insurance that we consider adequate in view of industry practice. However, a successful claim against us for an amount exceeding our policy limit would force us to use our own resources to pay the claim, which could result in a reduction of our working capital available for other uses, increase our expenses and have a negative effect on our results of operations.

AS OUR COMPETITORS CONSOLIDATE, THEY MAY OFFER PRODUCTS OR PRICING THAT WE CANNOT MEET, WHICH COULD CAUSE OUR SALES TO DECLINE.

Consolidation in the fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring industry could intensify the competitive pressures that we face. Recently, some of our competitors have merged or have been acquired by larger companies. These combined companies could produce more high-performance products and offer them at more competitive prices.

OUR QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS ARE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT FLUCTUATIONS AND YOU SHOULD NOT RELY ON THEM AS AN INDICATION OF OUR FUTURE PERFORMANCE.

Our sales and operating results have fluctuated from quarter to quarter in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future. In addition, our revenue and operating results generally

9

depend on the volume and timing of the orders we receive from customers as well as our ability to fulfill the orders received. Our operating expenses, which include research and development, and selling and administrative expenses, are relatively fixed in the short term. If our revenue is lower than we expect because we sell fewer products than we anticipate or if there is a delay in the release of new products, we may not be able to quickly reduce our operating expenses in response. Factors that could affect the amount and timing of our revenues, and cause quarterly fluctuations in our operating results include:

o the length of our product sales cycle, especially for our higher priced and more complex products;

o our ability to sustain product volumes and high levels of quality across all product lines; and

o the timing of introduction and market acceptance of new products by us, our competitors or our suppliers.

Our operating results could also be affected by the following factors over which we have little or no control:

o changes in the capital budgets of our customers, which may cause seasonal or other fluctuations in the product mix, volume, timing and number of orders we receive from our customers; and

o difficulties in collecting accounts receivable.

Due to these factors, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations as an indication of our future performance.

IF OPTICAL FIBER IS REPLACED BY ANOTHER MEDIUM AS THE PRIMARY SOLUTION FOR BANDWIDTH-INTENSIVE APPLICATIONS, OR IF HIGH-BANDWIDTH TRANSMISSION NETWORKS ARE NO LONGER IN GREAT DEMAND, WE COULD EXPERIENCE A SIGNIFICANT LOSS OF SALES.

The increase in fiber-optic cable production and the growth in fiber deployment are causing increased demand for fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment. If the demand for these markets decreases or disappears, or if optical fiber is replaced by a higher-performance medium, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

IF WE FAIL TO PREDICT OUR SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS ACCURATELY, WE WILL HAVE EXCESS INVENTORY OR INSUFFICIENT INVENTORY, EITHER OF WHICH COULD CAUSE US TO INCUR ADDITIONAL COSTS OR EXPERIENCE MANUFACTURING DELAYS.

We provide forecasts of our requirements to some of our suppliers up to six months prior to scheduled delivery of products to our customers. If we overestimate our requirements, we may have excess inventory, which could increase our costs and harm our relationships with our suppliers due to reduced future orders. If we underestimate our requirements, we may have an

10

inadequate inventory of parts. Inadequate inventory could interrupt manufacturing of our products and result in delays in shipments. In addition, lead times for materials and parts that we order are long and depend on factors such as the procedures of, or supply terms with, a specific supplier and demand for each part at a given time. In the case of some parts in short supply, suppliers have imposed strict allocations that limit the number of these parts that they will supply to a given customer in a specified time period. Although to date suppliers have not made selective allocations that adversely affected us, these suppliers may choose, in the future, to increase allocations to larger, more established companies, which could reduce our allocations and harm our ability to manufacture our products.

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO INTRODUCE NEW AND ENHANCED PRODUCTS ON A TIMELY BASIS, WHICH COULD PREVENT US FROM ACHIEVING OUR GROWTH STRATEGY AND ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR OPERATING RESULTS.

The development of proprietary technologies entails significant technical and business risks and requires substantial expenditures and lead time. If we experience product delays in the future, we may face:

o customer dissatisfaction;

o cancellation of orders;

o negative publicity;

o loss of sales;

o slower market acceptance of our products; and

o legal actions by customers.

In the future, our efforts to remedy product delays may not be successful and we may lose customers as a result. Delays in bringing to market new products or product enhancements could be exploited by our competitors. If we lose market share as a result of lapses in our product development, our business would suffer.

FLUCTUATIONS IN THE EXCHANGE RATES BETWEEN THE CANADIAN DOLLAR AND THE U.S. DOLLAR MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR OPERATING MARGINS.

The majority of our sales is denominated in U.S. dollars. However, a majority of our operating expenses and capital expenditures are denominated in Canadian dollars. As a result, we are exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rates between the Canadian dollar and the U.S. dollar. An increase in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar could have a material adverse effect on our operating margins.

11

AS OUR CUSTOMERS CONSOLIDATE, THEY MAY REDUCE PURCHASES OF OUR PRODUCTS, WHICH WOULD CAUSE OUR SALES TO DECLINE.

Consolidation in the telecommunications industry could reduce the number of customers to whom our products could be sold. Some of our customers have merged. Although to date we have not experienced any adverse effects as a result of these mergers, these merged customers could, in the future, obtain products from a source other than us, which would cause our sales to decline. In addition, some of our manufacturer customers may merge with or acquire our competitors and, as a result, discontinue their relationships with us.

OUR CUSTOMERS ARE NOT OBLIGATED TO BUY MATERIAL AMOUNTS OF OUR PRODUCTS AND MAY CANCEL OR DEFER PURCHASES ON SHORT NOTICE.

Our customers typically purchase our products under individual purchase orders and may cancel or defer purchases on short notice without significant penalty. Accordingly, sales in a particular period are difficult to predict. Decreases in purchases, cancellations of purchase orders, or deferrals of purchases may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, particularly if we do not anticipate them.

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SUSTAIN OUR RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES AS OUR RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CREDITS AND GRANTS DECLINE BECAUSE OF THE INCREASING EFFECTIVE COST OF OUR RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES.

Our historical operating results reflect substantial benefits from programs sponsored by the Canadian and Quebec governments for the support of research and development. Research and development tax credits and grants represented 32.5% of our gross research and development expenses for the year ended August 31, 1999 and 31.7% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2000. These tax credits and grants will decline as our assets grow. Accordingly, the effective cost of our future research and development activities will increase.

UNEXPECTED DECLINES IN OUR RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CREDITS AND GRANTS MAY HAVE AN ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR BUSINESS.

If unexpected changes in the laws or government policies terminate or adversely modify the government programs, under which we receive research and development tax credits and grants, or if we unexpectedly become unable to participate in or take advantage of these programs, then our net research and development expenses will materially increase. To the extent that we increase our activities outside Canada or Quebec, which could result from, among other things, future acquisitions, the increased activities may not be eligible for these programs. If we are required to decrease our research and development activities, we may be unable to compete effectively.

12

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MAKE THE NECESSARY ACQUISITIONS NEEDED FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF OUR BUSINESS AND ANY ACQUISITIONS WE MAKE COULD DISRUPT OUR BUSINESS AND HARM OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION.

We intend to aggressively seek acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies that are complementary to ours. There can be no assurance that we will ultimately make any such acquisition. The consolidation of our competitors may improve their capacity to acquire the same businesses, products and technologies that we wish to acquire.

We have in the past made strategic acquisitions, such as our acquisitions of GAP Optique S.A., Nortech Fibronic Inc. and Burleigh. We anticipate that in the future, as part of our business strategy, we will continue to make strategic acquisitions of complementary companies, products and technologies. In the event of any future acquisition, we could:

o issue shares that would dilute individual shareholder percentage ownership;

o incur debt;

o assume liabilities; or

o incur expenses related to in-process research and development, amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets.

These acquisitions also involve numerous risks, including:

o problems combining the acquired operations, technologies or products;

o unanticipated costs or liabilities;

o diversion of management's attention from our core business;

o adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;

o risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience; and

o potential loss of key employees, particularly those of acquired organizations.

We cannot assure that we will be able to successfully integrate any businesses, products, technologies or personnel that we might acquire in the future, which may harm our business.

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO REALIZE THE POTENTIAL BENEFITS OF OUR ACQUISITION OF BURLEIGH.

In December 2000, we acquired Burleigh. In order for our acquisition to be successful, we must coordinate the operations and technologies of Burleigh with those of our company and manage the geographically dispersed operations. Integration will require the dedication of management resources that may distract management's attention from the day-to-day business of

13

our company. If we fail to integrate the companies quickly and efficiently, we may not be able to realize the benefits we expect from the acquisition.

OUR SALES WOULD SUFFER IF A KEY SALES REPRESENTATIVE OR DISTRIBUTOR STOPPED SELLING OR REDUCED SALES OF OUR PRODUCTS.

We sell substantially all of our products through a network of independent sales representatives and distributors, the majority of whom have exclusive rights to sell our products in specific territories or markets. If we are unable to provide competitive sales commissions, maintain an appropriate sales volume, or offer sufficient channel-support, our independent sales representatives and distributors may discontinue sales of our products and switch to representing one or more of our competitors, which would result in reduced sales for us.

WE MAY NEED ADDITIONAL CAPITAL, AND MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RAISE ADDITIONAL CAPITAL ON FAVORABLE TERMS OR AT ALL, WHICH COULD LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO GROW AND COULD INCREASE OUR COSTS.

Our future liquidity and capital requirements are difficult to predict because they depend on numerous factors, including the success of our existing and new product offerings as well as competing technological and market developments. As a result, we may not be able to generate sufficient cash from our operations to meet additional working capital requirements, support additional capital expenditures or take advantage of acquisition opportunities. Accordingly, we may need to raise additional capital in the future.

Our ability to obtain additional financing will be subject to a number of factors, including market conditions and our operating performance. These factors may render the timing, amount, terms and conditions of additional financing unattractive for us. If we raise additional funds by selling equity securities, the relative ownership of our existing investors could be diluted or the new investors could obtain terms more favorable than previous investors. If we raise additional funds through debt financing, we could incur significant borrowing costs. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, our ability to operate and grow our business could be impeded.

OUR PRODUCTS MAY BE REQUIRED TO CONFORM TO NEW AND UNFORESEEN REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS WHICH COULD INCREASE OUR COSTS AND REDUCE OUR MARKET SHARE.

Our products are designed to conform to the regulatory requirements of the countries in which they are marketed. In the event that the technical regulations applicable in a given country are in any way changed, we may be required to modify, redesign or recall some or all of our products in order to continue participating in that market. These changes likely would increase manufacturing costs and could create technical advantages for products marketed by our competitors.

14

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

Our legal name and commercial name is EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc./EXFO Ingenierie Electro-Optique Inc. Our head office is located at 465 Godin Avenue, Vanier, Quebec, Canada, G1M 3G7 and our telephone number is (418) 683-0211. Our e-mail address is info@exfo.com and our Web site is www.exfo.com. Information on our Web site is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report. This Annual Report contains trademarks and registered trademarks of EXFO and other companies.

We were incorporated on September 18, 1985 pursuant to the CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT. Since that date, we have amended our articles on various occasions mainly to modify our corporate name and our share capital.

In 1996, GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc. ("GEXFO"), a company controlled by Germain Lamonde, acquired a majority interest in GAP Optique S.A. ("GAP Optique"), a Swiss limited liability company carrying out activities in the field of fiber-optic testing and measurement technology. In 1996, GEXFO, EXFO, GAP Optique and the University of Geneva entered into agreements whereby GAP Optique, EXFO and GEXFO obtained worldwide exclusive rights to commercially develop, manufacture and market specified technologies relating to fiber-optic telecommunications testing and measurement instruments developed by the University of Geneva. In addition, GAP Optique, EXFO and GEXFO acquired priority rights over the marketing of fiber-optic telecommunication testing and measurement instruments prototypes designed by the University of Geneva. This agreement was renegotiated under similar terms and conditions in 1999 for a five-year term. On June 1, 2000, we acquired the 85% interest held by GEXFO in GAP Optique for a consideration equal to its book value of approximately $16,000 and GEXFO transferred all of its rights in the agreements to us.

In February 2000, we acquired all of the shares of Nortech Fibronic Inc., a company specializing in fiber-optic testing and temperature-sensing for a total consideration of $2.8 million of which $2.1 million was paid in cash. We also issued C$800,000 (approximately $553,000) of Class "G" shares, which were converted into preferred shares series 1 in June 2000, and a debenture of $200,000 (approximately $138,000) bearing no interest and payable on November 30, 2000. In November 2000, the former shareholders of Nortech agreed with us to make a purchase price adjustment, as a result of which we received $104,000 in cash from a portion of the purchase price previously held in escrow and reduced the purchase price for the preferred shares series 1 from C$800,000 ($553,000) to C$544,000 ($355,000), which were purchased by us on November 30, 2000 and subsequently cancelled.

In connection with and immediately prior to our initial public offering, we modified our authorized share capital to its current status, which consists of:

o an unlimited number of subordinate voting shares without par value;

o an unlimited number of multiple voting shares without par value; and

o an unlimited number of preferred shares without par value, issuable in series; and proceeded with the following exchanges:

15

o the 38,000,000 Class "A" shares were exchanged into 38,000,000 multiple voting shares;

o the 707,264 Class "F" shares were exchanged into 707,264 subordinate voting shares; and

o the 800,000 Class "G" shares were exchanged into 800,000 preferred shares series 1.

The exchange of Class "A" shares into multiple voting shares, of Class "F" shares into subordinate voting shares and of Class "G" shares into preferred shares series 1 was part of our capital reorganization and did not involve any disbursement of funds.

On July 6, 2000, we completed our initial public offering as a result of which we issued a total of 8,050,000 subordinate voting shares, including 1,050,000 subordinate voting shares pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment by the underwriters. All the 8,050,000 subordinate voting shares were sold to the public at an offering price of $26.00.

On November 30, 2000, we purchased all outstanding 800,000 preferred shares series 1 for an aggregate price of C$544,000 ($355,000) and they were subsequently cancelled.

In December 2000, we acquired all of the shares of Burleigh for a total consideration of approximately $187 million of which approximately $40 million was paid in cash. We also issued approximately 6.5 million of our subordinate voting shares.

B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW

We are a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring instruments for the telecommunications industry. We believe that we are the largest manufacturer of test, measurement and monitoring instruments that is exclusively dedicated to fiber optics. Fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment is mainly used by optical network carriers, manufacturers and research and development laboratories to measure the physical characteristics of optical fiber and related hardware.

EXFO was founded in 1985 in Quebec City. We have grown from a two-employee supplier of portable handheld test instruments to a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of an extensive line of fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring instruments. We currently employ 874 employees and our products are distributed in over 70 countries. We have been profitable each year of our 15-year history.

We develop products mainly for two markets. Our Portable and Monitoring Division provides solutions primarily to telecommunications carriers, cable television companies, public utilities, private network operators as well as third-party installers and equipment rental companies. Our Industrial and Scientific Division, established in 1996, designs an extensive line of more sophisticated and higher performance instruments for manufacturers of optical components, value-added optical modules and optical networking systems as well as for research and development markets. We leverage technologies that we develop for our Industrial and Scientific Division into products for our Portable and Monitoring Division.

16

In August 2000, we released our second-generation remote fiber test system with wavelength monitoring to detect faulty channels in DWDM systems. Our remote fiber test system consists of rack-mounted remote test units, which are strategically deployed along a fiber-optic network, and a test system controller that retrieves information from as many remote test units as required. The test system controller is typically located inside a network operations center. The information obtained from these remote test units is combined with data from a geographic information system in our software to pinpoint the exact location of a system failure.

We have received more than 40 industry and commerce awards. In 2000, we were named winners of the Outstanding Corporate Innovator Award by the U.S.-based Product Development and Management Association (PDMA). Prior to becoming a public company in June 2000, we had been recognized as one of the 50 Best-Managed Private Companies in Canada by Arthur Andersen Consulting and the Financial Post for five consecutive years. We have maintained ISO 9001 certification since 1994.

In December 2000, we acquired Burleigh, a leading supplier of DWDM wavelength measurement instrumentation and precision positioning equipment. For almost three decades, Burleigh has advanced the science of interferometric measurement techniques and developed a deep understanding of precision positioning technology. As a result, Burleigh's Wavemeter(TM) products offer one of the highest wavelength measurement accuracy in the industry, while its Inchworm(TM) motor-based precision positioning line enables unmatched position control.

THE EXFO SOLUTION

We believe that we offer the most extensive range of products in the fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring industry. Our success has been largely based on our exclusive focus on fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring instruments. We have developed optical technologies and advanced testing algorithms that we leverage across our various product lines.

The success of our solution is based on the following key attributes:

MODULAR SYSTEM DESIGN. In 1996, we introduced the first products designed around our modular system design. This system design consists of a Windows-based platform that can accommodate several data acquisition test modules. We have since developed products for each of our divisions based on the same modular design. Our modular design provides the following advantages:

o Unlike stand-alone units, new test modules can be rapidly developed to address the changing requirements of the industry.

o As customers' testing requirements change, they can purchase additional modules that are compatible with their previously purchased platforms, thus protecting their initial investments.

o Our standard graphical user interface reduces training costs because customers are familiar with previously acquired software products.

17

o The flexibility of our systems allows customers to develop customized and automated solutions directed at specific testing requirements.

HIGH DEGREE OF TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION. We have continually been at the forefront of fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring technology. For example, we were the first in our industry to develop and commercialize a number of fiber-optic test and measurement products:

o ALL-IN-ONE LOSS TEST SET. In 1992, we launched the first handheld unit for automated bidirectional loss testing. This rugged and compact loss test set combined four high-performance instruments in a single unit. The all-in-one loss test set, based upon our patented technology, allowed the user to save a considerable amount of time in the field. In 1997, we released a second-generation product which combines six instruments in a single unit.

o PORTABLE MODULAR PLATFORM. In 1996, we released the FTB-300 Universal Test System, which was the first portable test platform in our industry based on a modular design. This portable modular platform, which includes multiple optical testing technologies, enables the user to carry out numerous test operations for outside plant installation, maintenance and troubleshooting applications.

o PORTABLE POLARIZATION MODE DISPERSION ANALYZER. In 1996, we introduced the industry's first handheld polarization mode dispersion analyzer. Polarization mode dispersion is a physical phenomenon inherent to optical fiber and other optical components that causes a spreading of light pulses as they travel along a fiber, thus degrading the transmission signal.

PRODUCTS OF HIGH QUALITY. Product quality is an integral part of our solution. We have implemented a comprehensive quality assurance program, which has been certified ISO 9001 since 1994. Our products meet industry standards, such as those set by Telcordia, formerly Bellcore, an industry-leading standards body. During manufacturing, each product has a related quality assurance plan, with rigorous checkpoints, to reduce defects to a minimum. More than 50 people are dedicated to various tasks in the quality assurance process including quality control, conformity testing, product documentation, product improvement, regulatory compliance, metrology and calibration.

SUPERIOR CUSTOMER SUPPORT. We use highly qualified and specialized internal groups to offer pre-sales evaluation, installation, channel and customer training, communications and post-sales support. We believe that this approach provides us with an advantage over our competitors, who often outsource some of these functions. Our inside sales group is mainly responsible for supporting our sales force, selecting instruments that best match our customers' testing, measurement and monitoring needs and for providing detailed quotations. Our customer support group manages three main tasks: order management, technical support and training as well as calibration and repair services. Furthermore, our communications and marketing group, which operates like an internal advertising agency, educates our customers and our sales force by providing detailed marketing and technical information. Literature includes specification sheets, application notes, media releases, product catalogues and a quarterly corporate newsletter. Finally, our writing services group, which consists of more than 14 university-trained

18

professionals, provides technical writing for product instruction manuals and online help. We provide most of our documentation in five different languages.

OUR STRATEGY

We intend to expand our leadership position in the fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring industry and to increase our market share through the following initiatives:

EXPAND TECHNOLOGICAL LEADERSHIP. We believe that our ultimate success will depend on our ability to introduce enhanced products that meet the changing needs of our customers. We, therefore, will continue to invest heavily in research and development. We increased gross research and development expenditures from $6.4 million in fiscal 1999 to $9.4 million in fiscal 2000 and we intend to spend between 12% to 16% of our sales on research and development during the next three years. We also intend to dedicate more than 25% of our employees to research and development, including an advanced research group that carries out research activities, monitors technological trends in the industry and maintains links with numerous universities, industry associations and standards bodies.

We have maintained our profile as experts in the field of fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring instrumentation through activities such as publishing the second edition of our Guide to WDM Technology and Testing, a reference book in the fiber-optic industry, and presenting scientific papers at industry conferences such as the Optical Fiber Conference and the National Fiber-Optic and Engineering Conference.

INVEST IN STRATEGIC SECTORS. We have established a structured review process to ensure that our research and development activities are aligned with our corporate strategy. This rigorous review process has led us to focus on the following strategic sectors:

o DWDM MARKET. We launched a number of DWDM testing solutions, including optical spectrum analyzers, tunable laser sources, a second-generation remote fiber test system and fully automated test systems to capitalize on the DWDM market opportunity. We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of this growing market because we offer one of the most comprehensive selections of DWDM test products. We intend to further improve our DWDM testing solutions to address the requirements of systems requiring higher channel counts and increased transmission speeds.

o INDUSTRIAL AND SCIENTIFIC PRODUCT MARKET. We believe that several new market opportunities exist for our family of industrial and scientific products, especially with the increasing reliance of optical component, value-added optical module and optical networking system manufacturers on automated test, measurement and monitoring equipment. We intend to provide manufacturers with both off-the-shelf and customized test solutions. We have established a team of 12 product managers in this division, consisting of engineers and scientists, several of whom hold master's or doctorate degrees in Optical Sciences or Electrical Engineering.

LEVERAGE OUR MODULAR DESIGN. The modularity and compatibility of our Windows-based platforms enable us to offer the same instrument design to as many as three different

19

market segments with a single research and development project. This practice lessens the number of different designs, including optical, mechanical, electronics and software, that we must develop and manufacture. We intend to capitalize on the flexible architecture of our Windows-based systems to expand our solutions portfolio and to offer specialized products to specific markets. By being able to provide new functionality through the design of a new module rather than through the design of a complete instrument, we can be quicker to market with new testing technologies and provide more specialized testing solutions.

EXPAND SALES AND MARKETING EFFORTS. We have adopted a focused sales and marketing approach to improve service to existing customers and to pursue new customer opportunities. We intend to:

o expand our direct sales force by opening additional international offices;

o bolster our key account management program by hiring application engineers dedicated to large system manufacturers that are current customers such as Nortel Networks Corporation, Lucent Technologies, Inc. and Alcatel Optronics;

o increase our network of distributors worldwide;

o open additional service centers in selected, high-growth markets to support our sales activities with calibration and repair services; and

o deploy a customer relationship management software initiative to keep better track of our customers' individual demands and to store information about potential customer opportunities, profiles and histories.

REDUCE DELIVERY LEAD TIMES. The majority of our sales are derived from complex products that are assembled to order. We maintained an average delivery lead time of approximately 33.4 calendar days for our products during the 12 months ended November 15, 2000. We believe that our delivery lead times are shorter than most of those of our competitors. To further reduce our delivery lead times, we have adopted a number of measures:

o ADHERE TO VERTICALLY INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING. We handle all major manufacturing operations in-house because we generally produce short runs of complex products. We believe it is a competitive advantage to have our manufacturing operations centralized since we have greater flexibility and better control over our delivery lead times.

o INCREASE MANUFACTURING CAPACITY. Following the purchase of a new building in June 2000, we make use of 182,000 square feet -- including 55,000 square feet dedicated to manufacturing -- among three buildings. Once we complete the construction of a 150,000 square-foot building in the Quebec Metropolitan High-Tech Park in the fall of 2001, we will move our administrative, R&D and marketing departments and use the former buildings exclusively for manufacturing. Consequently, manufacturing capacity will more than triple from 55,000 to 182,000 square feet.

20

o IMPLEMENT ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING AND SUPPLY-CHAIN MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE TOOLS. We intend to improve our information systems environment by implementing enterprise resource planning and supply-chain management software tools. This will enable us to enhance our forecasting, planning and scheduling and procurement activities.

PURSUE COMPLEMENTARY ACQUISITIONS. We believe that market fragmentation in the test, measurement and monitoring industry creates opportunities for consolidation. We plan to aggressively pursue strategic acquisitions that will provide us with additional key technologies, complement our product offerings, increase our sales channels and add to our overall level of expertise.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

In December 2000, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Burleigh Instruments GmbH and Burleigh Instruments (U.K.) Ltd. at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $187 million, comprised of approximately 6.5 million of our subordinate voting shares and approximately $40 million in cash. Burleigh is a leading supplier of DWDM wavelength measurement instruments and precision positioning equipment. We selected Burleigh because we hope it will enable us to accelerate growth in our Industrial and Scientific Division, which mainly focuses on the needs of the growing optical component and DWDM transmission system market. In addition, we hope to be able to expand the capabilities of our automated test systems by offering precision alignment as well as testing during the assembly and packaging of optical components.

Burleigh, which has been in operation for 28 years and has 110 employees, as of December 20, 2000, has received industry recognition for its high-performance optical wavelength meters and precision positioning equipment. Its Wavemeter(TM) instruments offer one of the highest wavelength measurement accuracy in the industry. These products are able to determine the absolute wavelength of a laser under test within 0.3 picometers at 1500 nm. Its Inchworm(TM) precision positioning equipment provides nanometer accuracy, which is critical for precision alignment in the optical component manufacturing process. Both of these product lines are supported by a broad proprietary intellectual property portfolio.

PRODUCTS

Our products are designed for the fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring industry. We have adapted our product offerings to meet the needs of two main markets: portable and monitoring products for the carrier market and industrial and scientific products for the optical component, value-added optical module and optical networking system manufacturer market.

The carrier market primarily encompasses the needs of telecommunications carriers, such as AT&T Corporation, Bell Atlantic Corporation, GTE Corporation and TelMex S.A. de C.V., cable television companies, public utilities, private network operators, as well as third-party network installers and equipment rental companies. This market requires rugged, field-portable and easy-to-use equipment.

21

The industrial and scientific product market includes optical component and value-added optical module companies such as JDS Uniphase Inc.; optical system manufacturers such as Nortel Networks Corporation and Lucent Technologies, Inc.; optical fiber and cable manufacturers such as Corning Incorporated, Lucent Technologies, Inc. and Sumitomo Electric Lightwave Corp.; as well as university and government research laboratories.

At the core of our test, measurement and monitoring instruments are our FTB-300 Universal Test System (UTS) and IQ-200 Optical Test System (OTS) platforms. Our FTB-300 UTS provides carriers with a simple, yet efficient way to perform multiple, advanced test operations for installation, maintenance and troubleshooting applications. Our IQ-200 OTS is a scalable unit that is suited for manufacturing, laboratory engineering and research applications. The added benefit of our IQ-200 OTS is that manufacturers can design their own automated test setup or we can customize a setup for them. Our FTB-300 UTS and IQ-200 OTS platforms are fully supported by integrated and highly intuitive graphical user interfaces, enabling the user to easily store, handle and retrieve a large amount of data.

In fiscal 2000, we introduced 14 new products, including optical spectrum analyzer test modules for our FTB-300 UTS and IQ-200 OTS platforms, widely tunable laser sources for DWDM testing, automated test systems for DWDM optical components and value-added optical modules, a single-slot optical time domain reflectometer platform and related test modules, as well as high-power and low-polarization sensitivity power meters.

The following table summarizes the principal types of instruments we provide, their typical applications and the format in which we offer them:

22

                                                                                    FORMAT
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------
 INSTRUMENT TYPE             TYPICAL APPLICATION                    PORTABLE                     SCIENTIFIC
 ---------------             -------------------                    --------                     ----------
                                                             FTB 300                        IQ200        BENCHTOP
                                                           UTS MODULES     HANDHELD      OTS MODULES    INSTRUMENTS
                                                           -----------     --------      -----------    -----------
Optical time        Like a radar, it measures the time          X                             X
domain              of arrival of reflections of an
Reflectometers      optical signal to determine the
(OTDRs)             distance to the breaks or points of
                    excessive loss in a fiber network.

Optical spectrum    Produces a graphical representation         X                             X
Analyzers           of power versus wavelength for an
                    optical signal. Useful for measuring
                    the drift, power and signal-to-noise
                    ratio for each wavelength in a DWDM
                    system.

Optical power       Measures the power of an optical            X              X              X              X
meters              signal.  It is the basic tool for
                    the verification of transmitters,
                    amplifiers and optical transmission
                    path integrity.

Widely tunable      Can produce laser light across a                                          X              X
Lasers              broad range of wavelengths. Used to
                    test DWDM components and value-added
                    optical modules.

Narrowly tunable    A laser that can be precisely tuned to                                    X
Lasers              simulate a DWDM light sources. Used
                    primarily in testing optical amplifiers.

Polarization mode   Measures the dispersion of light            X                             X
Dispersion          that is caused by polarization.
Analyzers           Generally used to determine the
                    bandwidth capacity of fiber and
                    cables.

Multi-wavelength    Measures the power and drift for            X                             X
Meters              multiple wavelengths in a DWDM
                    system.

Variable optical    Used in network simulation setups to                       X              X              X
Attenuators         provide calibrated variable
                    reduction of the strength of an
                    optical signal.

Polarization        Measures the difference in loss of                                        X
Dependent loss      power for the different states of
Meters              polarization.

Loss test sets      Integrates a power meter and a light        X              X                             X
                    source to manually or automatically
                    measure the loss of optical signal
                    along a fiber.

Stable light        Emitting diode or lasers used in            X              X              X              X
sources             connection with a power meter to
                    measure signal loss.

Optical fiber       Measures the geometric and light                                                         X
Parameters          guiding properties of an optical
Analyzer            fiber. Used in new fiber research
                    and development and quality control
                    applications.

Optical             Amplifiers which boost the power of source                                X
amplifier           lasers. Used for the testing and calibration
                    of test systems.

Optical switches    Provides switching between fibers.          X                             X
                    Used to provide flexible and
                    automated test setups such as the
                    measurement of multiple fibers or
                    components with multiple ports with
                    one instrument.

23

                                                                                    FORMAT
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------
 INSTRUMENT TYPE             TYPICAL APPLICATION                    PORTABLE                     SCIENTIFIC
 ---------------             -------------------                    --------                     ----------
                                                             FTB 300                        IQ200        BENCHTOP
                                                           UTS MODULES     HANDHELD      OTS MODULES    INSTRUMENTS
                                                           -----------     --------      -----------    -----------
Optical power       Provides a highly accurate and                                            X
Reference module    traceable measurement of power for
                    the calibration or verification of
                    other power measurement instruments.

Broadband source    Used for testing wavelength                                               X
                    dependent behavior of DWDM optical
                    components and value-added optical
                    modules.

Talk sets           A device which attaches to an               X              X
                    optical fiber and serves as a
                    temporary voice link facilitating
                    coordination of work among
                    installation crews.

Optical return      Combines a laser and a power meter          X              X              X              X
loss Meters         to measure the amount of potentially
                    degrading back reflection.

Visual fault        A visible laser that can be                 X              X
Locators            connected to an optical fiber
                    network to help locate breaks or
                    points of excessive loss.

Live fiber          Clips on to a fiber and is used to                         X
detector            detect the presence and direction of
                    a signal without interrupting the
                    traffic.

Clip-on coupling    Clips to an optical fiber and allows                       X
Device              non-invasive testing.

PORTABLE AND MONITORING PRODUCTS

We offer an extensive range of products for fiber-optic testing, measurement and monitoring in the carrier market.

Our test and measurement products are available as handheld test instruments or as field-portable platforms with related modules. Our handheld instruments are durable, compact and easy to use. Our portable platforms are rugged, Windows-based, battery-powered units. Their large, environmentally robust touchscreens are very practical for field use.

In August 2000, we introduced our second-generation remote fiber test system, better known as FiberVisor, with wavelength monitoring to detect faulty channels in DWDM systems. FiberVisor consists of rack-mounted remote test units, which are strategically deployed along a fiber-optic network and a test system controller that retrieves information from as many remote test units as required. The test system controller is typically located inside a network operations center. The information obtained from these remote test units is combined with data from a geographic information system in our FiberVisor system to pinpoint the exact location of a system failure and rapidly provide the required information to a restoration team.

INDUSTRIAL AND SCIENTIFIC PRODUCTS

Our industrial and scientific product line is mainly built around our IQ-200 OTS platform and is available as modules or stand-alone benchtop instruments. This base platform is a Windows-based system, which includes a Pentium processor, liquid crystal screen and three slots

24

to accept test modules. This base platform can be supplemented by as many as four expansion platforms, each capable of housing six additional modules, which can be connected and controlled to provide additional functionality and capacity. These expansion platforms can also be controlled via a personal computer. Altogether, the IQ-200 OTS platform and expansion platforms can hold as many as 27 modules and test as many as 105 channels.

The modular nature of our IQ-200 OTS platform is adapted for complex applications involving the synchronized operation of several instruments. For example, several types of lasers, a variable attenuator and an optical spectrum analyzer can be combined to automatically characterize a number of key performance parameters of fiber-optic amplifiers.

Our Industrial and Scientific Division also addresses testing problems that cannot be handled by standard modules or stand-alone benchtop instruments. We have dedicated a team of engineers to develop custom-made, integrated test systems for customers with specific needs. Some of these integrated test systems, in turn, are modified and offered as off-the-shelf test systems to suit a wider range of customers. In addition, we have created a software development kit for developers who prefer writing their own programs for our instruments. We provide automated systems for assembly, calibration and environmental testing for optical components, value-added optical modules and optical networking systems such as:

o        Fiber assembly test system      Used for quality assurance
                                         testing of optical connector
                                         cables known as jumpers.
                                         Jumpers are used to
                                         interconnect optical
                                         networking equipment.

o        Optical calibration test system Used to calibrate power
                                         meters, light sources,
                                         variable attenuators and
                                         optical time domain
                                         reflectometers.

o        Environmental test system       Allows users to perform
                                         long-term qualification
                                         testing of optical components
                                         and value-added optical
                                         modules under varying
                                         environmental conditions
                                         primarily to ensure compliance
                                         with industry standards.

o        DWDM passive component test     Provides optical DWDM
         system                          component and value-added
                                         optical module manufacturers
                                         an automated testing, quality
                                         assurance and test data
                                         storage solution.

o        Optical amplifier test system   Provides manufacturers of
                                         optical amplifiers with an
                                         integrated automated testing,
                                         quality assurance and test
                                         data storage solution.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

We believe that our future success largely depends on our ability to maintain and enhance our core technology and product functionality. To keep developing new products and

25

enhancements, it is important that we recruit and retain highly skilled engineers, scientists and technicians. As of November 15, 2000, our research and development department included 236 full-time engineers, scientists and technicians, of whom 40 hold post-graduate degrees. Gross research and development expenditures for fiscal 2000 were $9.4 million compared to $6.4 million for fiscal 1999.

Through a market-oriented, product portfolio review process, we ensure that our investments in research and development are aligned with our customers' needs. This approach enables us to maximize our returns on research and development investments by focusing our resources on a limited number of prioritized projects. Quarterly product portfolio review meetings enable us to choose a realistic, balanced mix of new products and allocate the necessary resources for their development. All our projects, including those already underway, are reviewed, given a priority rating and allocated budgets and resources. Our existing projects can be stopped or substantially redefined if there have been significant changes in market conditions, or if the project development schedule or budget has been significantly exceeded.

To manage our research projects once they are underway, we use a structured management process known as the stage-gate approach. The stage-gate approach is based on a systematic review of a project's feasibility at various stages of its life cycle. The following are the key review stages of the stage-gate approach:

o market study and research feasibility;

o product definition;

o development feasibility;

o development;

o qualification; and

o transfer to production.

At each stage, we review our project risks, costs and estimated completion time. We compare our design to anticipated market needs and ensure that our project is synchronized with other internal departments and external industry events. The inter-related portfolio review and stage-gate processes enabled us to be named winners of the Outstanding Corporate Innovator Award in 2000 by the U.S.-based Product Development and Management Association (PDMA).

CUSTOMERS

Since 1985, we have sold more than 100,000 product units to more than 1,800 customers and our products are distributed in over 70 countries. Our customers include telecommunications carriers, cable television companies, public utilities, private network operators, third-party installers, equipment rental companies, as well as optical component, value-added optical module and optical networking system manufacturers. During fiscal 2000, we delivered products to more than 800 customers and no single customer accounted for more than 5.8% of our sales.

26

UNITED STATES AND CANADA

During fiscal 2000, U.S. and Canadian customers accounted for 50.4% and 11.2% of our sales.

The following table is an alphabetical list of our top U.S. and Canadian customers based on gross sales during the last 12 months:

AT&T Corporation
Bell Atlantic Corporation
GTE Corporation
Lucent Technologies
MCI Telecommunications
Newcourt Technologies Corp
Nortel Networks Corporation
Pacific Bell Communications Inc. Qwest Communications International, Inc. US West Communications, Inc.

INTERNATIONAL

Our international sales are largely handled by a network of distributors around the world. During fiscal 2000, international customers accounted for 38.38% of our sales.

The following is an alphabetical list of some international end-users of our products:

Bestel S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
Daewon Corporation (Korea)
ECI Telecom LTD. (Israel)
FOCI Fiber-Optic Communications Inc. (Taiwan) Instituto Costarricense de Electricidad (Costa Rica) Korea Informatics Telesis Inc. (Korea) Marconi Communications SPA (Italy) Nortel Networks Corporation (United Kingdom) Telecom Argentina (Argentina)
Telkom S.A. LTD. (South Africa)

SALES

We sell our fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring products through direct and indirect sales networks in the United States and Canada as well as around the world. We also have an inside sales group, consisting of 15 people, to meet the needs of existing and new customers. Our inside sales group is responsible for providing quotations to customers, supporting our sales force and managing more than 2,400 demonstration units.

27

UNITED STATES AND CANADA SALES

In the United States and Canada, our direct sales network consists of a vice-president, four national sales managers and 16 regional sales managers and application engineers, who are located throughout major metropolitan areas. Our main sales office in the United States is located in Richardson, Texas. We also maintain sales personnel in the following metropolitan areas: Atlanta, Georgia; Charlotte, North Carolina; Chicago, Illinois; Columbus, Ohio; Dallas, Texas; Denver, Colorado; Los Angeles, California; Newark, New Jersey; Wilmington, Delaware; Montreal, Quebec; Ottawa, Ontario; Toronto, Ontario; and Vancouver, British Columbia. Our group of 26 sales professionals has an average of 12 years of experience in the fields of telecommunications, fiber optics, or test, measurement and monitoring.

In the United States, we have adopted a market-specific sales strategy. Two different sales organizations have been created to maximize coverage and penetration of our main markets:

o CARRIER MARKET. This sales team targets customers who own, operate or install networks as their primary business. This market includes telecommunications carriers, cable television companies, public utilities, private network operators, as well as third-party installers and equipment rental companies. A national sales manager, nine regional sales managers, sales engineers and application engineers and a team of independent sales representatives and distributors concentrate on selling our product line to this customer market.

o MANUFACTURING/R&D MARKET. This sales team targets customers who research, develop or manufacture optical networking products. This sales group consists of one national sales manager and eight regional sales managers and application engineers, who oversee a network of independent sales representatives. Some regional sales managers also have direct responsibility for serving our larger manufacturing customers. This organizational structure allows us to adequately cover the demands of a highly technical customer base and to identify and penetrate the large number of start-up companies in the component manufacturer market.

INTERNATIONAL SALES

Our international sales network includes a vice-president, one general manager in Europe, two sales directors covering Latin America and Asia, 10 regional sales managers and three sales engineers. Our direct sales network around the world is supported by a main office in Paris, France, which maintains our head European sales operations and also provides repair and calibration services for our European, Middle East and African customers. We also have established several sales offices in strategic locations around the world to support our network of distributors and customers. These offices are located in China, Great Britain, Japan and Singapore. Finally, we rely on more than 50 distributors to support our international sales. We feel that the local presence and cultural attributes of our distributors allow us to better serve our global markets.

28

MARKETING, COMMUNICATIONS AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT

MARKETING

Our marketing group consists of 30 product managers and marketing analysts who have various degrees in engineering, science and business administration. Product managers, with the assistance of marketing analysts, are responsible for all aspects of our marketing program including new product introductions, definition of new features and functions, pricing, product launches and advertising campaigns. Marketing analysts help product managers develop marketing programs with tools such as our Web site, CD-ROMs, advertisements, mailouts and customer presentations. We follow up our marketing initiatives by attending industry trade shows. Furthermore, we are implementing a customer relationship management system to compile market and customer information including forecasts, leads and competitive data. We use this information to make strategic business decisions.

COMMUNICATIONS

Our communications group, which is mainly composed of commercial writers and graphic artists, supports our marketing group by producing marketing and corporate documentation. Literature includes specification sheets, application notes, media releases, product catalogues, advertising copy and a bi-monthly corporate newsletter. Our communications group is also responsible for maintaining and updating our Web site.

CUSTOMER SUPPORT

We have developed a customer support group that serves customers and distributors around the world in English, French, Spanish and German. Our customer support group consists of three distinct units: technical support, order management and a repair and calibration authorization service center. A frequently asked question database is also updated regularly on our Web site.

MANUFACTURING

Manufacturing operations consist mainly of material planning, procurement, sub-assembly, final assembly, testing, software loading, calibration, quality assurance and shipping and billing. As of November 15, 2000, we had 357 employees involved in our manufacturing operations. We have two surface-mount, circuit-board assembly lines and we occupy more than 55,000 square feet for manufacturing purposes. After we move our research and development, administrative and marketing departments to a new 150,000 square-foot building in the Quebec Metro High-Tech Park in the fall of 2001, we will make use of our former buildings exclusively for manufacturing purposes. As a result, manufacturing capacity will increase three-fold to 182,000 square feet. Our manufacturing operations are handled by three inter-related departments:

o PRODUCTION. Our production department, which is divided into 15 cells, is responsible for manufacturing high-quality products on time. Each cell consists of specialized technicians and has full responsibility over a product group. Technicians are versatile enough so

29

that they can perform specific functions within a cell and they can be transferred to other cells when required to alleviate bottlenecks. Furthermore, this department is responsible for manufacturing schedules, finished goods warehousing, customs management, shipping and billing.

o PRODUCTION ENGINEERING AND QUALITY. This department, which supports our production cells, acts like a gatekeeper to ensure the quality of our products and the effectiveness of our manufacturing processes. It is responsible for the transfer of products from research and development to manufacturing, product improvement, documentation, metrology, repairs and the quality assurance and regulatory compliance process. Quality assurance represents a key element in our manufacturing operations. We meticulously verify our instruments to ensure that they meet stringent industry requirements and provide our customers with detailed product test sheets. Our quality assurance program has been certified ISO 9001 since 1994.

o SUPPLY-CHAIN MANAGEMENT. This department is responsible for parts procurement, raw materials, forecasting and special projects. Our products consist of optical, electronic and mechanical parts. Approximately one-third of our parts are manufactured to our specifications. Some parts are obtained from single-source suppliers. We manage risks associated with single-source suppliers, as well as parts that are subject to industry shortages or long delivery lead times, through a strategic forecasting process that involves procuring excess inventory where appropriate.

COMPETITION

The fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid change as a result of technological developments and other factors. We compete with many different companies, depending on product family and geographical market. We believe that the main competitive factors in the industry include the following:

o product performance and reliability;

o level of technological innovation;

o product lead times;

o breadth of product offering;

o ease of use;

o customer service and technical support;

o strength of sales and distribution relationships; and

o price.

Generally, our competitors fall into two categories. The first category consists of global electronic test and measurement manufacturers, who complement their broad range of products

30

with fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment. These companies include Agilent Technologies, Inc., Acterna Corporation (resulting from the merger of Telecommunications Technique Corporation and Wavetek Wandel & Golterman), Anritsu Corporation, Ando Corporation, Tektronix, Inc., GN Nettest and Newport Corporation. The second category refers to niche companies in the fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring industry. These companies typically have limited product lines and are often geographically limited in their customer base. Such companies include Santec Corporation, Fotec, Inc., ILX Lightwave Corporation and Kingfisher International PTY Ltd. We also face competition from JDS Uniphase Corp., an optical component and value-added optical module vendor that designs and markets its own line of test and measurement instruments.

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

In most countries where our products are sold, our products must comply with the regulations of one or more governmental entities. These regulations often are complex and vary from country to country. Depending upon the country and the relevant product, the applicable regulations may require product testing, approval, registration, marking and unique design restrictions. Accordingly, we have appointed a team of engineers who are responsible for ensuring that our products comply with all applicable regulations.

In the United States, our products must comply with the regulations of several agencies of the U.S. federal government, including the Federal Communications Commission, or the FCC, the Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA. Under the FCC's regulations, our products must comply with, among other things, rules concerning unintentional radio frequency emissions that interfere with protected radio communications systems. Depending upon the product, compliance with these rules may necessitate applying for and obtaining an FCC equipment authorization prior to importing into the United States, or marketing, any units of the relevant product. Additionally, some of our products must comply with the FDA's performance standards and related rules concerning light-emitting products, such as lasers. The FDA's regulations are intended to promote safety by limiting human exposure to harmful electromagnetic radiation. Similarly, our products must comply with OSHA's design safety standards for systems that utilize electricity. These rules are intended to reduce the risk of accidental human electrocution.

Similar regulations apply in other countries. For example, our products are subject to the safety standards of Industry Canada and the Canadian Standards Association with respect to electricity utilization and radio frequency emissions. Other countries in the world require equipment marking in accordance with the standards of the European Community, often referred to as CE marking, testing to ensure compliance with International Electrotechnical Commission standards and other international product approval. Other significant types of regulations not described in this Annual Report also may apply, depending upon the relevant product and country.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Our success and ability to compete are dependent in part on our ability to develop and protect our proprietary technology. We file U.S. and Canadian patent applications to protect

31

technology, inventions and improvements important to the development of our business. We also rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade secret rights, licensing and confidentiality agreements.

We currently hold four U.S.-issued, two Canadian-issued and three foreign-issued patents and we have seven U.S. and nine Canadian patent applications pending. These issued and pending patents cover various aspects of our products and processes. The expiration dates of our issued patents range from July 17, 2011 to October 9, 2016. In addition, Burleigh has five U.S., one Canadian and one Japanese issued patents and has five U.S. patent applications pending. These issued and pending patents cover various aspects of Burleigh's products and processes. The expiration of Burleigh's issued patents range from 2008 to 2016.

We consider three of our inventions for which patents have either been granted or are pending to be material. These inventions are:

o the optical time domain reflectometer with internal reference reflector for which a patent was granted in the United States and is pending in Canada. This invention permits the control of the optical time domain reflectometer detector gain and the determination of the loss of the initial optical connector and is used in most of our optical time domain reflectometer-based products;

o the measurement of attenuation of optical fibers using bidirectional transmission of information via the fiber for which patents were granted in the United States and Canada. This invention forms the basis of our FOT-920 and FTB-3920 products; and

o an adapter for interconnecting optical fiber connectors for which patents are pending in Canada and the United States. This invention permits a wide variety of connectors to be joined to our test and measurement instruments.

Confidentiality and proprietary information agreements with our senior management, employees and others generally stipulate that all confidential information developed or made known to these individuals by us during the course of their relationship is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties, except in specific circumstances. The agreements also generally provide that all intellectual property developed by the individual in the course of rendering services to us belongs exclusively to us. These efforts afford only limited protection.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

GAP Optique has recently instituted legal proceedings with the Juridiction des Prud'hommes in Geneva, Switzerland against an ex-employee for breach of a confidentiality obligation as stipulated in his employment contract. GAP is claiming monetary damages only since Swiss law does not allow injunctive relief in this case.

Mr. Patrick Stamp was hired by EXFO's subsidiary, GAP Optique on May 1st 1998. Mr. Stamp's employment contract contained a confidentiality clause which prohibits disclosure or use of any confidential information he may obtain during the course of his work. The contract

32

provides that this obligation continues for a period of one year following termination of the employment agreement.

Mr. Stamp left GAP Optique in February 2000 to create a start-up company called LUCIOL Instruments, S.A ("LUCIOL") with the help of two former employees of the University of Geneva. LUCIOL presently manufactures and sells fiber optic test instruments, of which two (a chromatic dispersion analyzer and a photon-counting OTDR) were developed jointly by GAP Optique and the University of Geneva. Mr. Stamp participated in the development of these instruments during employment with GAP Optique and the University. Therefore, it is the contention of GAP Optique that Mr. Stamp is now using illegally, through LUCIOL, the proprietary and confidential information he obtained during his employment in order to market the particular test instruments.

There are no other legal or arbitration proceedings pending or threatened of which we are aware which may have or have had a significant effect on our financial position.

33

C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

As of December 20, 2000, the following chart presents our corporate structure, the jurisdiction of incorporation of our subsidiaries and the percentage of shares that we hold in those subsidiaries.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
[ORGANIZATION CHART]

                  EXFO Electro-Optical
                    Engineering Inc.
                        (Canada)
     85%                 100%                100%                     100%

                         GEXFO
GAP Optique S.A.       Distribution     Nortech Fibronic Inc.    Burleigh Instruments,
(Switzerland)       Internationale Inc.      (Canada)                     Inc.
                         (Quebec)                                     (New York)

     100%                100%                100%                     100%                     100%

EXFO Europe         EXFO America Inc.   Nortech Fibronic U.S.A.  Burleigh Instruments     Burleigh Instruments
S.A.R.L. (France)       (Delaware)             Inc.                  (U.K.) Ltd.                 GmbH
                                             (Texas)             (United Kingdom)              (Germany)

D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Our main offices and facilities are located near Quebec City, Canada. We occupy four buildings, totaling approximately 193,868 square feet. These buildings house our executive and administrative offices, research and development facilities and production facilities. In addition, we maintain sales offices in Brazil, China, France, Germany, Great Britain, Japan and Singapore and the United States.

We plan on investing $20 million to triple our manufacturing capacity. We will increase our manufacturing operations at the plant in the building acquired in June, 2000 and move our research and development, administration and marketing departments to a new 150,000 square foot building in the fall of 2001. Thus making a third building available for manufacturing activities. We have already spent $1 million on the project and plan on spending a total of $20 million. The project will be financed through our short-term investments.

34

The following table sets forth information with respect to the main facilities that we occupy.

     LOCATION                      USE OF SPACE                       SQUARE FOOTAGE         TYPE OF INTEREST
     --------                      ------------                       --------------         ----------------
436 Nolin Street              Manufacturing                                44,164                 Leased
Vanier (Quebec)

400 Godin Avenue              Research and Development,                   112,000                 Owned
Vanier (Quebec)               Manufacturing and Administrative(1)

465 Godin Avenue              Executive and Administrative                 24,000                 Leased
Vanier (Quebec)

500 St-Jean-Baptiste Street   Administrative and Manufacturing             13,694                 Leased
Quebec (Quebec)


(1) 55,000 square feet are leased to a third-party until December 31, 2000.

35

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Canada, or Canadian GAAP. To the extent applicable to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report, these principles conform in all material respects with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, except as described in note 20 of our consolidated financial statements.

CORPORATE HIGHLIGHTS

EXFO Acquires Burleigh Instruments: Subsequent to the year-end, EXFO acquired Burleigh Instruments, Inc. for $235 million in EXFO stock and $40 million in cash. Burleigh, a privately held company in Fishers, upstate New York, is a leading supplier of DWDM wavelength measurement instruments and precision positioning equipment.

EXFO Expands into Quebec Metro High-Tech Park: Subsequent to the year-end, EXFO announced an agreement that provides it with an option to purchase 4.2 million square feet of land in the Quebec Metro High-Tech Park. A facility will be built to house administrative services, research and development, marketing and some manufacturing. The first phase of construction, which will include a 150,000 square-foot building, is expected to be completed in the fall of 2001.

EXFO Reports Record Revenues and Operating Results for Fiscal 2000: EXFO announced that it had increased its revenues by 70% to $71.6 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2000 from $42.2 million in 1999. Net income increased 71% to $9.9 million, or $0.25 per share, for fiscal 2000 from $5.8 million, or $0.14 per share, for 1999.

EXFO Increases Manufacturing Capacity: EXFO unveiled plans in June 2000 to increase its manufacturing capacity with the purchase of a 112,000 square-foot building, of which the company was already renting 25,000 square feet. An additional 25,000 square feet were made available in October 2000, including one-third for manufacturing, and the remaining 62,000 square feet will become available by April 2001. EXFO currently dedicates 55,000 square feet to manufacturing.

EXFO Completes Successful Initial Public Offering: EXFO announced in June 2000 that it had closed its offering of 8,050,000 subordinate voting shares at US$26.00 per share in the United States and at C$38.55 per share in Canada. Total proceeds to EXFO, including the over-allotment option exercised by the underwriters, were approximately $209 million.

EXFO Introduces More Than a Dozen Products at OFC: EXFO introduced more than a dozen new products in March 2000 at the Optical Fiber Conference in Baltimore, Maryland. Key product launches included optical spectrum analyzer test modules for field and manufacturing testing, widely tunable laser sources for DWDM testing, automated test systems for DWDM optical components and value-added optical modules, a single-slot optical time domain

36

reflectometer platform and related test modules, as well as high-power and low-polarization sensitivity power meters.

EXFO Acquires Nortech Fibronic Inc.: EXFO announced in February 2000 that it had purchased Nortech Fibronic Inc. for $2.8 million to complement its Portable and Monitoring product line. The acquisition enabled EXFO to add more than 60 employees to its personnel.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

OPTICAL NETWORKING MARKET

The past decade has witnessed an explosive growth in the volume of data traffic largely due to the soaring popularity of the Internet and related bandwidth-intensive applications. According to the Angus Reid Group, a leading polling firm, the number of Internet users around the world is expected to increase from 300 million in 2000 to 1 billion by 2005. Ryan, Hankin & Kent, a leading telecom market research firm, forecasts that Internet traffic will increase from 350,000 terabytes, or trillions of bytes, per month at the end of 1999, to more than 15 million terabytes per month in 2003, representing a compound annual growth rate of 156%.

The dramatic increase in Internet users and traffic has created a tremendous need for high-bandwidth communications networks. To meet this increasing demand for bandwidth, many communications service providers are designing and installing new networks based on optical fiber, deploying additional fiber within their existing networks or using advances in optical technology such as Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing, or DWDM. DWDM involves combining beams of light of slightly different wavelengths through a single fiber, with each wavelength carrying its own stream of information. This technique requires separate laser sources for each signal or channel and more complex equipment to control and amplify the signal in the network. Some DWDM systems can carry as many as 160 separate channels per optical fiber. DWDM has wide market acceptance because it incorporates technologies that greatly reduce the cost of optical transmission over long distances and because it provides network flexibility in local and metropolitan areas. According to Ryan, Hankin & Kent, the global optical transport market is expected to increase from $47 billion in 2000 to $64 billion in 2001, a 36% increase year over year.

OPTICAL TEST, MEASUREMENT AND MONITORING EQUIPMENT MARKET

Conventional test, measurement and monitoring instruments used by telecommunications carriers and manufacturers of communications equipment were designed for electrical transmission systems and are unsuitable for optical networking. Unlike traditional electrical transmission systems, which transmit electrical signals along copper wires, fiber-optic transmission systems use pulses of light along glass or plastic fiber, often referred to as optical fiber. When light travels along optical fiber and through the optical components and systems that link optical fibers together, it is subject to unwanted effects such as reflection, attenuation, noise and various types of dispersion, all of which degrade signal quality and reduce transmission performance. Fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment is critical for measuring these effects and helping communications carriers and manufacturers of optical components, value-added optical modules and optical networking systems ensure network performance and

37

reliability. The main uses for fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment include research and development, manufacturing, network installation and maintenance as well as network monitoring.

CORPORATE OVERVIEW

EXFO was incorporated on September 18, 1985. Our original products were focused primarily on the needs of installers and operators of fiber-optic networks. In 1996, we supplemented our product line with an extensive line of Industrial and Scientific products that are dedicated to the manufacturing and research and development markets in the fiber-optic industry. Our Industrial and Scientific products tend to be more complex and higher priced than our field-testing products. In 1999, we entered the market for remote fiber test systems. Remote fiber test systems allow carriers to deploy test equipment throughout their networks in order to monitor the status of their fiber-optic networks.

We sell our products to customers through our direct sales force and indirectly through distribution channels. We deliver products to a large number of customers. No customer accounted for more than 5.8% of total sales in fiscal 2000; in fiscal 1999, this figure was 6.8%.

Cost of sales include raw materials, salaries and related expenses for direct and indirect manufacturing personnel and manufacturing overhead.

Gross research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for engineers and other technical personnel and fees paid to third-party consultants. We are entitled to research and development tax credits granted by the Canadian federal government and the government of the province of Quebec. See note 2. We are also entitled to government grants resulting from agreements entered into with the government of the province of Quebec. See note 15. Research and development tax credits and certain government grants are recorded as a reduction of gross research and development expenses. Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for personnel, sales commissions, travel expenses, marketing programs, professional services, management information systems, human resources and other corporate expenses. We intend to expand our sales organization by opening additional international sales offices and service centers. We expect that in support of our continued growth, the expansion of our sales efforts and our operations as a public company, selling and administrative expenses will continue to increase with sales for the foreseeable future.

Effective September 1, 1999, we adopted the U.S. dollar as the reporting currency for our consolidated financial statements. The financial statements for all periods prior to fiscal 2000 are presented in U.S. dollars in accordance with a translation of convenience method under Canadian GAAP, using the representative exchange rate as at August 31, 1999 of $1.00 = C$1.4958. The following historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

38

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
                                                                 $                                       %
YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,                              1998          1999        2000          1998           1999       2000
         Sales............................          $31,605      $42,166    $71,639            100.0%       100.0%     100.0%
         Cost of Sales....................           11,345       14,998     24,712             35.9         35.6       34.5
         -------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ ----------- -----------

         Gross margin.....................           20,260       27,168     46,927             64.1         64.4       65.5
         -------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ ----------- -----------
         Operating expenses...............
           Selling and administrative.....            9,898       13,279     24,304             31.3         31.5       33.9
           Net research and development...            3,014        4,315      6,402              9.5         10.2        8.9
           Amortization of capital and other            657          898      1,498              2.1          2.1        2.1
         assets
         -------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ ----------- -----------

         Earnings from operations.........            6,691        8,676     14,723             21.2         20.6       20.6
         Interest income, net.............              (40)        (136)    (1,480)            (0.1)        (0.3)      (2.1)
         Foreign exchange loss (gain).....             (126)         506        684             (0.4)         1.2        1.0
         -------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ ----------- -----------

         Earnings before income taxes and
         amortization of goodwill.........            6,857        8,306     15,519             21.7         19.7       21.7

         Income taxes.....................            2,356        2,492      5,298              7.5          5.9        7.4
         -------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ ----------- -----------

         Earnings before amortization of
         goodwill.........................            4,501        5,814     10,221             14.2         13.8       14.3
         Amortization of goodwill.........              ---          ---        297              ---          ---        0.4
         -------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ ----------- -----------

         Net earnings for the year........           $4,501       $5,814     $9,924             14.2%        13.8%      13.9%
         -------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ ----------- -----------

         Research and development data:
           Gross research and development.           $4,406       $6,390     $9,374             13.9%        15.2%      13.1%
           Net research and development...           $3,014       $4,315     $6,402              9.5%        10.2%       8.9%
         -------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ ----------- -----------

The above table sets forth certain consolidated statements of earnings data in thousands of U.S. dollars and as a percentage of sales for the years indicated.

SALES

Sales totaled $71.6 million, $42.2 million and $31.6 million for fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Sales increased 69.9% from fiscal 1999 to fiscal 2000 and 33.4% from fiscal 1998 to fiscal 1999 mainly due to a higher demand for our Industrial and Scientific products as well as a general sales increase in our other products. Accepted orders increased 102.3% from $42.9 million for fiscal 1999 to $86.7 million for fiscal 2000.

North American sales accounted for 61.6%, 56.3% and 50.6% of total sales for fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. International sales represented 38.4%, 43.7% and 49.4% of total sales for fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The steady growth in North American sales during the past three years reflects a higher demand for our test, measurement and monitoring products in this region.

39

GROSS MARGIN

Gross margin amounted to 65.5% of sales for fiscal 2000, 64.4% for 1999 and 64.1% for 1998. The improvement in the gross margin from fiscal 1999 to 2000 is mainly due to the increase in the amount of government grants earned in fiscal 2000. However, the level of grants that will be received in future years may fluctuate based on the number of employees hired and changes in government legislation. The slight increase in gross margin from fiscal 1998 to 1999 can be attributed to increased economies of scale in our production process and increased sales of higher margin products.

Although competitive pricing pressures continue, EXFO has been able to mitigate such pricing pressures through increased sales of higher margin products and cost-reduction manufacturing programs. Gross margin can be negatively affected by increases in component costs, shifts in product mix and increases in product offerings by other suppliers in the test, measurement and monitoring market.

SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE

Selling and administrative expenses totaled $24.3 million, $13.3 million and $9.9 million for fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. As a percentage of sales, selling and administrative expenses amounted to 33.9%, 31.5% and 31.3% in fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The $11.0 million increase in selling and administrative expenses from fiscal 1999 to 2000 reflects increased personnel expenses for sales and marketing staff, increased expenses related to customer support, increased sales commissions related to higher sales, increased promotional and product marketing expenses as well as the expenses related to operating a public company. The $3.4 million increase from fiscal 1998 to 1999 reflects the hiring of additional sales personnel, marketing and administrative personnel, the opening of offices in Asia and commissions on higher sales volume.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Gross research and development expenses totaled $9.4 million, $6.4 million and $4.4 million for fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. As a percentage of sales, gross R&D expenses were 13.1%, 15.2% and 13.9% in fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Gross R&D expenses increased $3.0 million from fiscal 1999 to 2000 and $2.0 million from fiscal 1998 to 1999. These increases are due to the hiring of additional R&D personnel in order to develop new products and enhance current ones. During fiscal 2000, we added 45 employees in our R&D Department, which reflects our continued focus on R&D activities.

Tax credits and grants from federal and provincial governments for our R&D activities amounted to $3.0 million, $2.1 million and $1.4 million in fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. This increase in tax credits and grants is directly related to the hiring of additional research and development personnel. As a result, net R&D expenses increased 48.4% from fiscal 1999 to 2000 and 43.2% from fiscal 1998 to 1999. Our net R&D expenses represented 8.9%, 10.2% and 9.5% of sales in fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

40

INTEREST INCOME

Interest income amounted to $1.5 million, $0.1 million and nil for fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2000 primarily results from the interest income derived from investment of the remaining net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering on June 29, 2000. This income is offset by interest expenses associated with borrowings under our line of credit.

INCOME TAXES

Our effective income tax rates were 34.1%, 30.0% and 34.4% for fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The lower effective tax rate in 1999 compared to 2000 and 1998 was the result of non-deductible expenses and other items that have reduced overall income tax expenses.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Prior to our Initial Public Offering, we had financed operations and met our capital expenditure requirements mainly through cash flows from our operations, research and development tax credits and government grants. Cash flows used for operating activities for fiscal 2000 were $4.0 million compared to cash flows provided by operating activities in 1999 and 1998 of $3.7 million and $3.2 million, respectively. Cash flows used for operating activities during fiscal 2000 were mainly due to the significant increase in accounts receivable, which is related to a higher volume of sales and inventories that are required to ensure minimal manufacturing and delivery lead times. As at August 31, 2000, we had cash and cash equivalents of $729,000, short-term investments of $162.7 million and working capital of $194.2 million.

Cash flows used for investing activities were $169.0 million, $1.2 million and $2.0 million for fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Cash flows during fiscal 1999 and 1998 were mainly used for capital expenditures and short-term investments. The cash flows used during fiscal 2000 mainly resulted from the investment of the remaining net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering in June 2000, the acquisition of Nortech Fibronic Inc. in February 2000 and the purchase of a building located in Vanier, Quebec in June 2000.

For the year ended August 31, 2000, cash flows provided by financing activities amounted to $172.8 million compared to cash flows used in the amount of $3.3 million and $0.3 million for the years ended August 31 of 1999 and 1998, respectively. Financing from the Initial Public Offering was the main source of cash flows provided for fiscal 2000. Proceeds of the Initial Public Offering were used to pay the share issue expenses of $16.7 million, to pay dividends of $17.6 million and to repay our debts. For fiscal 1999 and 1998, cash flows used for financing activities were mainly due to dividends paid as well as repayments of bank advances and long-term debts. We do not foresee payments of additional dividends during the next three fiscal years.

We have available credit facilities that provide for advances of up to C$10.0 million (US$6,793,000) under lines of credit and C$3.0 million (US$2,038,000) as an operating loan. These facilities, which are renewable annually, bear interest at prime rate. Accounts receivable, inventories and all tangible and intangible assets have been pledged as security against these facilities. As at August 31, 2000, C$15,000 has been drawn against the facilities. The interest

41

rate of credit facilities drawn in Canadian dollars is the Canadian prime rate (7.5% as at August 31, 2000) and the credit facilities drawn in United States dollars is the U.S. prime rate (10.0% as at August 31, 2000).

We believe that our existing cash balances and short-term investments, together with cash flows from operations and available lines of credit, will be sufficient to meet our liquidity and capital spending requirements through the end of fiscal 2001. However, possible investments in or acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies may require additional financing prior to such time. There can be no assurance that additional debt or equity financing will be available when required or, if available, can be secured on terms satisfactory to us.

An amount of $40 million was used in December 2000 in order to complete the acquisition of Burleigh. This amount was paid by funds becoming available from the expiry of short-term investments.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In 1999, the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants issued section 3461, "Employee future benefits," which is effective for the fiscal year beginning on or after January 1, 2000. Adopting this standard will not have a significant impact on our earnings or shareholders' equity. For new U.S. accounting standards, see note 20.

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

CURRENCY RISKS

We are exposed to currency risks as a result of our export of products manufactured in Canada, substantially all of which are denominated in U.S. dollars. Our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations is partially hedged by operating expenses of our U.S. and European subsidiaries and the portion of our raw materials purchased in U.S. dollars. In addition, we frequently enter into forward exchange contracts to sell U.S. dollars at fixed forward rates in exchange for Canadian dollars. We enter into such contracts to manage the risk of exchange rate fluctuations between the Canadian and U.S. dollars on cash flows related to anticipated future revenue streams and firmly committed future sales transactions denominated in U.S. dollars. In the last quarter of fiscal 2000, we entered into forward exchange contracts to buy U.S. dollars at the maturity dates of certain short-term investments denominated in Canadian currency.

The following table summarizes the forward exchange contracts in effect as at August 31, 2000, classified by expected transaction dates, none of which exceed two years. The table below presents the notional amounts of such contracts (in thousands of dollars) along with the weighted average contractual forward rates under such contracts. The notional amounts of such contracts are used to calculate the contractual payments to be exchanged under these contracts.

The fair value of the contracts to sell U.S. dollars as at August 31, 2000, based on the prevailing exchange rate at that date of $1.00 = C$1.4722, amounted to C$9.7 million compared to a contractual value of C$9.8 million, resulting in a deferred unrealized loss of C$65,790 (approximately US$45,000).

42

YEARS ENDING AUGUST 31,                                   2001        2002
-----------------------                                   ----        ----

FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS TO SELL U.S. DOLLARS
IN EXCHANGE FOR CANADIAN DOLLARS
    Contractual amounts                                   $ 5,400     $ 1,200
    Weighted average contractual exchange rates            1.4871      1.4602

FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS TO BUY U.S. DOLLARS
IN EXCHANGE FOR CANADIAN DOLLARS
Contractual amount $40,500 -- Weighted average contractual exchange rates 1.4777 --

The fair value of the contracts to buy U.S. dollars as at August 31, 2000 amounted to US$27,431,000 compared to a contractual value of US$27,407,000, resulting in an unrealized loss of US$24,000.

OPERATIONAL RISKS

Gross margin has varied in the past and may continue to vary significantly in the future depending on the mix of products sold, our capacity to introduce new products with higher margins, our ability to achieve economies of scale in our production process, the impact of large orders with reduced margins, fluctuations in raw material costs, increases in personnel costs and level of government grants earned. In addition, we plan to significantly increase our operating expenses to expand our manufacturing, sales and marketing, customer support, administration and research and development activities.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements relate to our future plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. We have identified these statements by the use of words such as "may," "will," "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan," "estimate," "believe," "continue" or other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations and assumptions as to future events that may not prove to be accurate. Our actual results are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties and could differ materially from those discussed in these statements. Factors that could contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, our ability to adapt to current and future changes in technology; our ability to introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis; our ability to overcome significant and increasing competition in our industry; the impact of depending on a single supplier or a limited number of suppliers for key components and materials in our products; our ability to attract and retain sufficient numbers of highly skilled technical, sales and marketing and other personnel; and our ability to sustain research and development activities. In addition, such forward-looking statements could be affected by general industry and market conditions as well as growth rates, general international economic conditions including exchange rate fluctuations, and other future factors. In light of the many risks and uncertainties surrounding our business and operations, you should keep in mind that we cannot guarantee that the forward-looking statements described in this annual report will

43

transpire. We undertake no obligation and do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable law.

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers, senior managers and directors as of October 1, 2000.

     NAME AND MUNICIPALITY OF RESIDENCE              AGE                        POSITIONS WITH EXFO
---------------------------------------------   -------------   -----------------------------------------------
GERMAIN LAMONDE                                       41         Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Cap-Rouge, Quebec                                                Executive Officer
PIERRE PLAMONDON                                      42         Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial
Quebec City, Quebec                                              Officer
BRUCE BONINI                                          43         Vice-President, North American Sales
Fairview, Texas
JUAN-FELIPE GONZALEZ                                  41         Vice-President, International Sales
Quebec City, Quebec
JEAN-FRANCOIS BOULET                                  44         Vice-President, Human Resources
Montmagny, Quebec
MARIO LAROSE                                          46         Vice-President, Marketing
Laval, Quebec
STEPHEN BULL                                          41         Vice-President, Research and Development
Lac-Beauport, Quebec
ROXANE VEZINA                                         36         Information Technology and Supply-Chain
Quebec City, Quebec                                              Management Director
LUC GAGNON                                            41         Manufacturing Director
Saint-Augustin-de-Desmaures, Quebec
GREGORY SCHINN                                        42         Chief Technology Officer
Quebec City, Quebec
KIMBERLEY ANN OKELL                                   40         Secretary and Legal Counsel
Quebec City, Quebec
PIERRE MARCOUILLER                                    44         Director
Magog, Quebec
DAVID A. THOMPSON                                     50         Director
Horseheads, New York
ANDRE TREMBLAY                                        46         Director
Outremont, Quebec
MICHAEL UNGER                                         60         Director
Woodbridge, Ontario

The address of each of our executive officers, senior managers and directors is c/o EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., 465 Godin Avenue, Vanier, Quebec, Canada. The following is a brief biography of each of our executive officers, senior managers and directors.

GERMAIN LAMONDE is one of our founders. Germain Lamonde has been our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer since our inception in 1985. Mr. Lamonde holds a bachelor's degree in Physics Engineering from Ecole Polytechnique, University of Montreal in Canada and a master's degree in Optics from Laval University in Canada. Mr. Lamonde is a member of the board of directors of Laval University's Research Center for Excellence in Photonics.

PIERRE PLAMONDON has been our Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer since January 1996 and was a director from December 1999 to May 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Plamondon served as senior manager for Price Waterhouse, now PricewaterhouseCoopers

44

LLP, from September 1981 to December 1995 in Canada and France. Mr. Plamondon holds a bachelor's degree in Business Administration and a license in Accounting, both from Laval University in Canada. Mr. Plamondon has been a member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants since 1983.

BRUCE BONINI has been our Vice-President, North American Sales since December 1998. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bonini held the position of Vice-President Sales-Eastern Region for Wandel & Golterman, now Wavetek Wandel & Golterman, a company specializing in communications test solutions, from September 1997 to December 1998. Mr. Bonini was successively Sales Director and Vice-President of Sales for Digital Lightwave Inc., a synchronous optical network test equipment manufacturer, from August 1996 to January 1997. From August 1987 to August 1996, Mr. Bonini held different sales and senior management positions for Laser Precision Corporation, an optical test equipment manufacturer. Following the acquisition of Laser Precision by GN Nettest, Mr. Bonini was named Global Vice-President of Sales for GN Nettest/Fiber-Optics Division. Mr. Bonini holds a bachelor's degree in Business Administration (industrial marketing) from Western Michigan University in the United States.

JUAN-FELIPE GONZALEZ has been our Vice-President, International Sales since September 1998. From January 1997 to September 1998, he was our International Sales Director and, from September 1993 to January 1997, our Sales Manager for Latin America and the Caribbean. Prior to joining us in September 1993, Mr. Gonzalez was Marketing and Sales Director at Reyde, Barcelona, a plastics technical product corporation in Spain. Mr. Gonzalez holds a bachelor's degree in Industrial Chemistry from Complutense University of Madrid in Spain and a master's degree in Business Administration from the School of Industrial Organization in Spain.

JEAN-FRANCOIS BOULET joined us in March 2000 as Vice-President, Human Resources. Mr. Boulet was formerly employed by Societe de portefeuille du Groupe Desjardins -- Assurances Generales since 1996 where he had been successively Senior Vice-President, Human Resources and Senior Vice-President, Human Resources and Corporate Communications. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Boulet held different senior management positions related to human resources and organizational development for Inglis Limited, a leading manufacturer of home appliances. Mr. Boulet holds a bachelor's degree in Industrial Relations from Laval University in Canada.

STEPHEN BULL was appointed our Vice-President, Research and Development in December 1999. He joined us in July 1995 and held the positions of Assistant Director-Engineering from September 1997 to December 1999 and Group Leader (Engineering Management) from July 1995 to September 1997. From June 1990 to March 1995, Mr. Bull held the position of General Manager and Managing Director for Space Research Corporation, a military engineering company in Belgium. Mr. Bull holds a bachelor's degree in Electrical Engineering from Laval University in Canada.

MARIO LAROSE was appointed Vice-President, Marketing on June 7, 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Larose was Interim General Manager with C-MAC Corporation, a manufacturer of microelectronic products, from September 1999 to January 2000. Prior to the acquisition by C-MAC of L.G. Technologies Ltee, Mr. Larose held the position of Vice-President, Marketing and Sales with L.G. Technologies Ltee, a sub-contract electronic manufacturer from January 1998 to September 1999. Prior to that, Mr. Larose was Vice-President, Engineering with

45

Unican Security Systems Limited, a public security systems manufacturer, from August 1995 to December 1997. Prior to joining Unican, Mr. Larose held various positions with Northern Telecom, now Nortel Networks Limited, a provider of telephony, data, wireless and wire-line solutions for the Internet. Mr. Larose is President and a shareholder of LAMA2 inc., a private management consulting company. Mr. Larose holds a bachelor's degree in Applied Sciences, Engineering Physics from Ecole Polytechnique, University of Montreal in Canada and a master's in Business Administration from Universite du Quebec a Montreal in Canada.

ROXANE VEZINA joined us in January 2000 as Information Technology and Supply-Chain Management Director. From October 1995 to December 1999, Ms. Vezina served as Vice-President, Information Systems and Strategic Planning for Venmar Ventilation and Broan-NuTone Canada, manufacturers of home comfort and indoor air quality products. From August 1991, when she joined Venmar, to October 1995, Ms. Vezina acted as the Quality Improvement and Special Projects Manager. Ms. Vezina holds a bachelor's degree in Industrial Engineering from Ecole Polytechnique, University of Montreal in Canada.

LUC GAGNON joined us in March 2000 as Manufacturing Director. Prior to joining us, Mr. Gagnon served as Operations Manager for Mendes Inc., a company specializing in amusement equipment, from March 1999 to March 2000. From December 1997 to February 1999, Mr. Gagnon was Plant Manager for C-MAC Corporation, Micro-Circuits Division. Prior to that, Mr. Gagnon served as Operations Manager for Steris Corporation, a manufacturer of specialized cleaning equipment, from March 1993 to December 1997. Previously, Mr. Gagnon held various engineering positions with Unitel Inc., a telecommunications carrier. Mr. Gagnon holds a bachelor's degree in Electrical Engineering and a master's degree in Engineering from Sherbrooke University in Canada.

GREGORY SCHINN was appointed our Chief Technology Officer in November 1999, after simultaneously holding the positions of Scientific Director and Head of the Research Group since joining us in April 1996. Prior to joining us, Dr. Schinn led the research and development team responsible for optical amplifier and fiber laser development at MPB Technologies, Inc., a diversified technology company, in Montreal from 1990 to 1996. Dr. Schinn holds a bachelor's degree in Engineering Science and a master's degree in Aerospace Engineering from the University of Toronto. He also holds a Ph.D. in Physics from the University of Colorado at Boulder and has spent two years as a post-doctoral research associate at the University of Virginia. Dr. Schinn has been published in numerous scientific journals and he has served on the technical organizing committees of several international scientific conferences. He is currently the Director of the Division of Applied Physics of the Canadian Association of Physicists.

KIMBERLEY ANN OKELL has been our in-house legal counsel since February 2000 and our Secretary since May 2000. Prior to joining us, Ms. Okell was Vice-President Legal Affairs and Secretary with Groupe Equiconcept Inc. from October 1999 to February 2000 and Director of Legal Services and Secretary with Informission Group Inc., now nurun Inc., an information technology company, from December 1997 to October 1999. Prior to that, Ms. Okell was an associate with the law firm McCarthy Tetrault from August 1994 to December 1997. Ms. Okell has been a member of the Quebec Bar since September 1993. Ms. Okell holds a bachelor's degree in Civil Law from Laval University in Canada, a bachelor's degree in Common Law from

46

The University of Western Ontario in Canada and an Honors bachelor of Arts degree from York University in Canada.

PIERRE MARCOUILLER has served as our director since May 2000. Mr. Marcouiller is Chairman of the Board of Camoplast Inc., a supplier of components to the recreational and motorized vehicle and automotive parts markets. He is the founder and has been sole shareholder of Nexcap Inc., an investment company in the manufacturing sector, since December 1996. Mr. Marcouiller worked with Venmar Ventilation Inc., a private ventilation equipment manufacturer, from January 1983 to December 1996. Mr. Marcouiller was the controlling shareholder of Venmar from 1991 to 1996 and held the position of President and General Manager of Venmar from December 1986 to December 1996. Mr. Marcouiller is also a director of Heroux Inc., a publicly traded company that manufactures aerospace and industrial turbines, and holds directorships in other privately companies. Mr. Marcouiller holds a bachelor's degree in Business Administration from Universite du Quebec a Trois-Rivieres in Canada and a Master in Business Administration from Sherbrooke University in Canada.

DAVID A. THOMPSON has served as our director since June 2000. He has held various positions with Corning Inc., a manufacturer of optical fiber and other products for the telecommunications, television and other communications-related industries, since 1976. Mr. Thompson was the Director -- Technology and Strategy of Corning's Components Business-Photonic Technologies since March 1995 and was recently named Director, Operations and Project Management for the Optical Physics Technology Directorate. Mr. Thompson holds a bachelor's degree in Chemistry from the Ohio State University, in the United States, and a doctorate in Inorganic chemistry from the University of Michigan, in the United States.

ANDRE TREMBLAY has served as our director since May 2000. He has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Microcell Telecommunications Inc., a wireless telecommunications provider, since May 1995. Mr. Tremblay has been a member of the board of directors of Microcell since November 1995. Mr. Tremblay is also a member of the executive committee and a member of the board of directors of Telesystem Ltd. and, since 1992, Executive Vice-President of Telesystem Ltd. Prior to joining Telesystem Ltd., a privately-held holding company, Mr. Tremblay was a tax partner and member of the management committee of Raymond, Chabot, Martin, Pare, a Canadian accounting firm. Mr. Tremblay holds a bachelor's degree in Business Administration and a license in Accounting from Laval University in Canada, as well as a master's degree in taxation from Sherbrooke University in Canada. He also completed the Advanced Management Program offered by the Harvard Business School in the United States.

MICHAEL UNGER has served as our director since May 2000. He worked with Nortel Networks Limited, now Nortel Networks Corporation, from 1962 to 2000. Mr. Unger's most recent position was President of Nortel's Optical Networks Business Unit, a position he held from May 1998 to April 2000. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Unger was Nortel's Group Vice-President, Transport Networks from March 1990 to May 1998. Mr. Unger holds a bachelor's degree in Science from Concordia University in Canada.

47

TERM OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Executive officers are appointed annually by the board of directors and serve until their successors are appointed and qualified or until earlier resignation or removal.

B. COMPENSATION

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Our directors who are not officers or employees will receive annual compensation of C$6,000 comprised of cash, the equivalent value of our subordinate voting shares under our directors' compensation plan or options to purchase some of our subordinate voting shares under our stock option plan. Directors who are also committee members will receive additional annual compensation of C$3,000 per committee and committee chairpersons will receive C$5,000 annually comprised of cash, the equivalent value of our subordinate voting shares under our directors' compensation plan or options to purchase some of our subordinate voting shares under our stock option plan. This compensation for chairing or participating on a committee is also payable by way of stock options. All directors will be reimbursed for travelling and other expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings.

In the financial year ended August 31, 2000, 8,000 options were granted to directors who were not employees under our Stock Option Plan.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The table below shows certain compensation information for Mr. Germain Lamonde, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and the four other most highly compensated executive officers of the Corporation and its subsidiaries during the financial year ended August 31, 2000 (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers"). This information includes the US dollar value of base salaries, bonus awards and long term incentive plan payments, the number of options granted, and certain other compensation, if any, whether paid or deferred.

                                            SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        OTHER ANNUAL    SECURITIES     ALL OTHER
                                     FINANCIAL   SALARY      BONUS(1)   COMPENSATION      UNDER      COMPENSATIONS
    NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION        YEAR       (US$)       (US$)         (US$)      OPTIONS(2)(#)     (US$)
    ---------------------------        ----       -----       -----         -----      -------------     -----
Germain Lamonde                         2000    134,932       63,566          --          25,402           --
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Bruce Bonini                            2000    309,801       20,000          --           3,900           --
Vice-President, North American
Sales
Juan-Felipe Gonzalez                    2000    153,502       15,879          --           6,900           --
Vice-President, International Sales
Mario Larose(3)                         2000     25,880           --          --          20,000           --
Vice-President, Marketing
Jean-Francois Boulet(3),                2000     38,814       12,658          --              --           --
Vice-President, Human Resources
-------------------------

(1) A portion of the bonus amounts is paid in cash in the year for which they are awarded and the balance is paid in cash in the year following the financial year for which they are awarded.

(2) Indicates the number of Subordinate Voting Shares underlying the options granted under the Stock Option Plan during the 2000 financial year.

48

(3) Mr. Boulet and Mr. Larose commenced employment with the Corporation in March and June 2000 respectively.

The following table indicates additional information on the options granted to our Named Executive Officers during the 2000 fiscal year.

                                                 PERCENTAGE OF
                                                      NET
                                                   TOTAL OF                       MARKET VALUE OF
                                                    OPTIONS                          SECURITIES
                                 SECURITIES       GRANTED TO       EXERCISE OR       UNDERLYING
                                UNDER OPTIONS    EMPLOYEES IN         BASE         OPTIONS ON THE
                                 GRANTED(1)     FINANCIAL YEAR      PRICE(2)       DATE OF GRANT
            NAME                     (#)              (%)        (SECURITY/US$)    (SECURITY/US$)   EXPIRATION DATE
--------------------------    ---------------   --------------   --------------   ---------------   ---------------
Germain Lamonde                    25,402             4.2             $26.00           $26.00        June 29, 2010
Bruce Bonini                        3,900            .006             $26.00           $26.00        June 29, 2010
Juan-Felipe Gonzalez                6,900            .011             $26.00           $26.00        June 29, 2010
Mario Larose                       20,000             3.3             $26.00           $26.00        June 29, 2010
Jean-Francois Boulet                   --             --               --               --                 --
-------------------------

(1) Underlying securities: Subordinate Voting Shares.

(2) The exercise price of options granted is determined based on the highest of the closing prices of the Subordinate Voting Shares on The Toronto Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ National Market closing price to Canadian dollars, as required. These options were granted as of the date of the Corporation's initial public offering at an exercise price equal to the initial price of the Subordinate Voting Shares.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

We entered into an employment agreement with Germain Lamonde. The agreement provides for Mr. Lamonde's employment as our President and Chief Executive Officer at a base salary, without adjustment, from May 2000 to August 31, 2000 of C$275,000 per year. Mr. Lamonde is also entitled to receive, during the period from September 1, 2000 to August 31, 2001, a base salary of C$275,000 plus a variable portion based on a formula established by our board of directors. The agreement is for an indeterminate period and the salary will be reviewed annually after September 1, 2001. In the event of the termination of Mr. Lamonde's employment with us, other than for cause, Mr. Lamonde will be entitled to severance payments (in no case exceeding 24 months of remuneration) and the vesting of all stock options, upon the incapacity of Mr. Lamonde, a merger, acquisition by a third party of substantially all of our assets or of the majority of our share capital or termination of Mr. Lamonde without cause by us.

We have also entered into employment agreements with Mr. Bruce Bonini, Mr. Juan-Felipe Gonzalez and Mr. Mario Larose.

The agreement with Mr. Bonini provides for Mr. Bonini's employment as Vice-President, North American Sales at a base salary of US$135,000 plus commissions of US$125,000 if sales objectives are met, for the period from September 1, 1999 to August 31, 2000. The agreement is for an indeterminate period and salary is reviewed annually. In the event Mr. Bonini's employment terminates for any reason whatsoever and he is unable to accept new employment due to his non-competition obligations to the Corporation, Mr. Bonini may receive compensation for a period of 18 months following the date of termination in amounts varying from 5% to 125% of his base monthly salary at the time of termination depending on the cause of the termination.

49

The agreement with Mr. Gonzalez provides for Mr. Gonzalez's employment as Vice-President International Sales at a base salary of US$95,000, plus commissions on sales of US$58,502, for the period from September 1, 1999 to August 31, 2000. The agreement is for an indeterminate period and salary is reviewed annually. In the event Mr. Gonzalez's employment terminates for any reason whatsoever and he is unable to accept new employment due to his non-competition obligations to the Corporation, Mr. Gonzalez may receive compensation for a period of 18 months following the date of termination in amounts varying from 5% to 50% of his base monthly salary at the time of termination depending on the cause of the termination.

The agreement with Mr. Larose provides for Mr. Larose's employment as Vice-President, Marketing at an annual base salary of US$122,341 for the period from his commencement in June 2000 to August 31, 2000. No bonus is payable to Mr. Larose for the financial year ended August 31, 2000. The agreement is for an indeterminate period and salary is reviewed annually. In the event of termination of Mr. Larose's employment other than for cause, Mr. Larose will be entitled to severance payments equivalent to 12 months of remuneration. In the event of Mr. Larose's termination due to a merger or acquisition by a third party of substantially all of the Corporation's assets or of the majority of its share capital, Mr. Larose shall be entitled to severance benefits ranging from 12 to 24 months of remuneration, based on his length of service with the Corporation.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

We have a stock option plan for our directors, executive officers, employees and consultants and those of our subsidiaries as determined by our board of directors, to attract and retain competent directors, executive officers, employees and consultants motivated to work toward ensuring our success and to encourage them to acquire our shares.

All of the options that will be granted under the plan may be exercised within a maximum period of ten years following the grant date of the options. The board of directors will designate the recipients of options and determine the number of subordinate voting shares covered by each of these options, the date of vesting of each option, the exercise price of each option, the expiry date and any other conditions relating to these options, in each case in accordance with the applicable legislation of the securities regulatory authorities. The price at which the subordinate voting shares may be purchased under the plan will not be lower than the highest of the closing prices of the subordinate voting shares on the stock exchanges where the subordinate voting shares are listed at the date preceding the date of grant.

The maximum number of subordinate voting shares that is issuable under the plan may not exceed 4,470,961 shares. The maximum number of subordinate voting shares that may be granted to any individual may not exceed 5% of the outstanding subordinate voting shares. The board of directors may accelerate the vesting of any or all outstanding options of any or all options upon the occurrence of a change of control.

As of August 31, 2000, we have granted to 561 of our employees and to all directors who are not officers or employees options to purchase a total of 609,734 subordinate voting shares with an exercise price of C$38.55 with vesting over four years commencing one year following the date of the grant. On September 1, 2000, on September 13, 2000 and on October 11, 2000,

50

122,908, 313,835 and 75,000 options respectively were granted to employees and consultants to purchase the same amounts of subordinate voting shares at the price of C$83.66, C$68.17 and C$51.25 respectively. In October 2000, NASDAQ and The Toronto Stock Exchange conditionally approved the re-pricing of the options granted on September 1, 2000 and September 13, 2000. These options were granted at exercise prices of C$83.66 and C$68.17 respectively and were all to be re-priced at C$51.25. However, on December 6, 2000, our Board of Directors adopted a resolution to re-price all options at a price of C$33.00, with the exception of all options granted to Mr. Germain Lamonde. No subordinate voting shares may be issued by us at this new price until shareholder approval and NASDAQ and The Toronto Stock Exchange final approvals have been obtained. Following these grants and net of cancelled options for departures, there are 3,382,570 options that are available for future grants under the plan.

SHARE PLAN

In September 1998, we established a stock purchase plan for officers, directors and key employees as amended in April 2000. As of August 31, 2000, 705,704 subordinate voting shares had been issued and fully paid under the 1998 Stock Purchase Plan for a weighted average cash consideration of C$0.98 per share. The plan provides that all shares issued under the plan are restricted as to sale and transferability for a minimum period of five years upon the date of acquisition.

On April 3, 2000, we adopted a new share plan which replaced the 1998 Stock Purchase Plan. No additional shares will be issued under the new share plan. The new share plan established restrictions on the rights of the holders of subordinate voting shares who hold those shares as a result of the conversion of the Class "F" shares issued under the 1998 Stock Purchase Plan. The new share plan also requires the subordinate voting shares to be held in trust by a trustee until August 31, 2004, except for 256,017 subordinate voting shares which will be released between October 21, 2003 and January 20, 2004. The new share plan also provides for the earlier release of shares in the event that the employment of a holder of shares is terminated or upon the occurrence of a change of control. The new share plan does not permit any transfer, except within the trust to a registered retirement savings plan or a registered retirement income fund or to a trustee in bankruptcy. The new share plan also established the conditions pursuant to which the shares of a shareholder are to be sold by the trustee on the public market.

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD PLAN

The EXFO Electrical-Optical Engineering Restricted Stock Award Plan (the "Plan") was established to provide a means through which employees of Burleigh can be granted awards of restricted shares ("Restricted Shares") of our subordinate voting shares to promote retention and foster identity of interest between our stockholders and employees of Burleigh.

The effective date of the Plan is December 20, 2000. The expiration date of the Plan is the business day next following the final grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan. However, the administration of the Plan shall continue until all awards of Restricted Shares have been forfeited or settled. The aggregate number of shares subject to the Plan is 360,000. Grants of Restricted Shares are to be made in accordance with a pre-determined schedule. The Plan is administered by the committee that is designated to administer our Stock Option Plan.

51

Awards of Restricted Shares are subject to forfeiture and restrictions on transfer until the Restricted Shares become vested at which point a stock certificate will be issued to a participant with respect to the number of vested shares, which are then freely transferable. Restricted Shares become vested, subject to a participant's continued employment with the Company or its affiliates, on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant of an award of Restricted Shares.

Upon a participant's termination of employment with us or any of our affiliates due to the participant's death, disability or retirement on or after age 60, the participant's award of restricted shares becomes fully vested and is no longer subject to forfeiture. However, the transfer restrictions remain in place until the occurrence of the vesting dates originally contemplated by the award.

Upon the voluntary resignation of a participant, the termination of a participant's employment for cause, the termination of a participant who is not designated a member of Burleigh's "Management Team" without cause prior to a change in control of EXFO or a termination without cause of a participant who is designated a member of Burleigh's Management Team that is initiated by Burleigh prior to a change in control of EXFO, the unvested portion of the participant's award of Restricted Shares will be forfeited.

Upon the termination without cause of a participant who is designated a member of Burleigh's Management Team that is initiated by us or a termination of a participant's employment without cause following a change in control of EXFO, a participant's award of Restricted Stock will become fully vested and all restrictions will lapse.

In the event of a change in control, the committee administering the Plan may in its discretion remove restrictions on Restricted Shares or provide for the cancellation of awards in exchange for payment in respect of the Restricted Shares subject to an award.

DEFERRED PROFIT SHARING PLAN

Under the plan, we contribute an amount equal to 1% of each employee's gross salary to that employee's individual deferred profit sharing plan to the extent that such employee contributes at least 2% of his or her gross salary to his or her individual tax-deferred registered retirement savings plan. In the year ended August 31, 2000, the aggregate amount of contributions under the plan was $137,000 (C$202,000).

401(K) PLAN OF EXFO AMERICA INC.

We maintain a 401(k) plan to provide employees of EXFO America Inc. who are residents of the United States, with a tax preferential savings and investment program. Employees become eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the first day of the month following the completion of three months of continuous service. Employees may elect to defer their current compensation up to the lesser of 1% of eligible compensation or the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have the deferral contributed to the 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan permits, but does not require, us to make additional matching contributions to the 401(k) plan on behalf of the eligible participants, subject to a maximum of 50% of the first 6% of the

52

participant's current compensation. The contributions made by and on behalf of employees may not exceed the maximum contribution limitation currently equal to the lesser of 15% of their compensation or $10,500 per year under current statutory limitations. In the year ended August 31, 2000, we made an aggregate of $23,000 in matching contributions to the 401(k) plan. Contributions by employees or by us to the 401(k) plan and income earned on plan contributions are generally not taxable to the employees until withdrawn and contributions by us are generally deductible by us when made. At the direction of each participant, the trustee of the 401(k) plan invests the assets of the 401(k) plan in selected investment options.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Our by-laws require us, subject to the limitations provided by law, to indemnify our present or former directors and officers or any persons who act or acted at our request as directors or officers of a body corporate of which we are or were a shareholder and for all costs, losses, charges and expenses that arose or may arise by reason of their status as directors or officers of EXFO or such body corporate. A policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance is maintained by us which insures our directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries against liability incurred by, arising from or against them for certain of their acts, errors or omissions.

C. BOARD PRACTICES

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Our directors are elected at the annual meeting of shareholders for one-year terms and serve until their successors are elected or appointed, unless they resign or are removed earlier. Our articles of incorporation provide for a board of directors of a minimum of three and a maximum of 12 directors. Our board presently consists of five directors. Under the CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT, a majority of the directors and of the members of any committee of the board of directors must be composed of resident Canadians.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a human resources committee.

Our audit committee will recommend a firm to be appointed as independent auditors to audit financial statements and to perform services related to the audit, review the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors, review with management and the independent auditors our annual operating results and consider the adequacy of the internal accounting procedures and the effect of the procedures relating to the auditors' independence. In addition, the audit committee will monitor the board's corporate governance practices, propose nominees annually for election to the board, make recommendations as to the composition of the committees of the board and review the functioning of the board and the powers, mandates and performance of the committees. The audit committee is composed of three independent directors: Andre Tremblay, Michael Unger and Pierre Marcouiller. The chairperson of the audit committee is Andre Tremblay.

53

Our human resources committee will evaluate, review and supervise our procedures with regards to human resources and will assess the performance of our officers. This committee will also review annually the remuneration of the directors and will recommend to the board of directors general remuneration policies regarding salaries, bonuses and other forms of remuneration for our directors and executive officers. The human resources committee is composed of three independent directors: David A. Thompson, Michael Unger and Pierre Marcouiller. The chairperson of the human resources committee is Michael Unger.

D. EMPLOYEES

We have fostered a corporate culture where growth and change are strongly encouraged. In fact, employees are constantly evolving with the rapid pace of technology to meet new challenges and realities. We believe that we possess a good cross-section of experience and youth to handle these inevitable changes in the industry. The average age of our employees is around 30 years old. Over the years, we have benefited from our proximity to Laval University, which is located near Quebec City. Laval University has post-graduate programs in optical and electronic engineering.

As of November 15, 2000, we employed 874 full-time employees who originate from approximately 20 countries. 236 are involved in research and development, 357 in manufacturing, 98 in sales and marketing, 105 in general administrative positions and 78 in communications and customer support. Our employees are based primarily in Quebec, Canada with 49 employees based outside of Canada. During the 12-month period ended November 15, 2000, we added 419 employees. We have agreements with almost all of our employees covering confidentiality and non-competition. Only manufacturing employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement, which expires in 2004. We have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that relations with our employees are good.

E. SHARE OWNERSHIP

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our share capital as of November 30, 2000 by:

o our directors;

o our Chief Executive Officer and our three highest compensated executive officers; and

o all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Each multiple voting share is convertible at the option of the holder into one subordinate voting share. Holders of our subordinate voting shares are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our multiple voting shares are entitled to ten votes per share.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each director and executive officer is c/o EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., 465 Godin Avenue, Vanier, Quebec, Canada.

54

                                                                                                  TOTAL
                                                                                               PERCENTAGE
                                       MULTIPLE VOTING SHARES     SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES     OF VOTING
                                       BENEFICIALLY OWNED (1)      BENEFICIALLY OWNED (1)         POWER
                                       ----------------------     -----------------------      -----------
               NAME                     NUMBER       PERCENT        NUMBER        PERCENT        PERCENT
               ----                     ------       -------        ------        -------        -------
Germain Lamonde (2).............     38,000,000          100           Nil            Nil            97.7%
Juan Felipe Gonzalez............            --            --        56,352              *             *
Bruce Bonini....................            --            --        54,824              *             *
Jean-Francois Boulet............            --            --        15,603              *             *
Pierre Marcouiller..............            --            --         6,000              *             *
David A. Thompson...............            --            --         2,100              *             *
Andre Tremblay  (3).............            --            --         7,000              *             *
Michael Unger...................            --            --         6,000              *             *
All directors and executive
  officers as a group (11 persons).  38,000,000          100       209,179              2.39%         *


* Less than 1%.

(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Options that are currently exercisable are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

(2) The number of shares held by Germain Lamonde includes 35,340,000 multiple voting shares held of record by GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc., 1,900,000 multiple voting shares held of record by Fiducie Germain Lamonde and 760,000 multiple voting shares held of record by G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc.

(3) The number of subordinate voting shares held of record by Andre Tremblay includes 6,650 subordinate voting shares held of record by 9044-6451 Quebec Inc. and 350 subordinate voting shares held of record by 9089-3082 Quebec Inc., companies controlled by Mr. Tremblay.

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our share capital as of November 30, 2000 by persons or groups of affiliated persons known by us to own more than 5% of our voting shares.

Each multiple voting share is convertible at the option of the holder into one subordinate voting share. Holders of our subordinate voting shares are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our multiple voting shares are entitled to ten votes per share.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person who beneficially owns 5% or more of our subordinate voting shares or multiple voting shares is c/o EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., 465 Godin Avenue, Vanier, Quebec, Canada.

55

                                                                                                  TOTAL
                                                                                               PERCENTAGE
                                       MULTIPLE VOTING SHARES     SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES     OF VOTING
                                       BENEFICIALLY OWNED (1)      BENEFICIALLY OWNED (1)         POWER
                                       ----------------------     -----------------------      -----------
               NAME                     NUMBER       PERCENT        NUMBER        PERCENT        PERCENT
               ----                     ------       -------        ------        -------        -------
Germain Lamonde (2)            38,000,000        100%             Nil            Nil                97.7%

GEXFO Investissements
  Technologiques inc. (3)      35,340,000        93%              Nil            Nil                90.9%

Fiducie Germain Lamonde (4)    1,900,000          5%              Nil            Nil                 4.9%

G. Lamonde Investissements
  Financiers inc. (5)           760,000           2%              Nil            Nil                 1.9%
-------------------------

(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Options that are currently exercisable are deemed by the outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

(2) The number of shares held by Germain Lamonde includes 35,340,000 multiple voting shares held of record by GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc., 1,900,000 multiple voting shares held of record by Fiducie Germain Lamonde and 760,000 multiple voting shares held of record by G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc.

(3) GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc. is a company controlled by Mr. Lamonde.

(4) Fiducie Germain Lamonde is a family trust for the benefit of Mr. Lamonde and members of his family.

(5) G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc. is a company controlled by Mr. Lamonde.

B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

INDEBTEDNESS OF DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES

We have guaranteed the repayment of loans granted to employees by a financial institution for the purchase of our Class "F" shares that were converted into subordinate voting shares immediately prior to our initial public offering. As of August 31, 2000, the total principal amount guaranteed by us is C$177,399 (approximately $115,773) and $56,200. We loaned to some of our employees up to $26,000 to finance the acquisition of our Class "F" shares. These loans are to be reimbursed no later than five years from the date of the loans. These loans will accrue interest at prime rate and will be secured by a pledge of the employees' shares to us.

Except as disclosed in this section, none of our directors, executive officers, associates or affiliates had any material interest in any transaction with us during the past three years or in any proposed transaction which has materially affected or could materially affect us.

LEASES

We have entered into lease agreements with 9080-9823 Quebec inc., a company controlled by Mr. Germain Lamonde, for the manufacturing facilities located at 436 Nolin Street and the executive and administrative offices located at 465 Godin Avenue in Vanier, Quebec. The table below sets forth the leased space, annual rent and term of the leases:

LOCATION       SQUARE FOOTAGE           ANNUAL RENT         EXPIRY DATE
--------       --------------           -----------         -----------
436 Nolin           44,164               C$220,820          February 28, 2001
465 Godin           24,000               C$144,000          November 30, 2001

56

Based on third-party valuations of the property values, we believe these lease agreements are at prevailing market terms.

LOAN TO GEXFO INVESTISSEMENTS TECHNOLOGIQUES INC.

In February 2000, we extended a non-interest-bearing loan with a principal amount of C$1.0 million to GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc., a company controlled by Germain Lamonde. This loan was repaid on July 14, 2000 from the proceeds of our initial public offering.

PROMISSORY NOTES ISSUED TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

On June 27, 2000, we declared a dividend of C$26.0 million (approximately $17.5 million) to the holders of Class "A" and Class "F" shares. Holders of Class F shares received a cash payment of C$475,075 (approximately $320,000). We issued promissory notes to the holders of Class "A" shares. The promissory notes bore no interest and were payable on demand. We repaid indebtedness under the promissory notes on July 6, 2000 from the proceeds of our initial public offering and such promissory notes were subsequently cancelled.

ACQUISITION OF GEXFO DISTRIBUTION INTERNATIONALE INC.

On September 1, 1998, we acquired all the issued and outstanding shares of GEXFO Distribution Internationale inc. from GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc., a company controlled by Germain Lamonde, in exchange for one Class "C" share of EXFO. This share was redeemed on September 1, 1998 at a price of C$509,000 ($340,000). GEXFO Distribution Internationale inc. has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, EXFO America Inc. and EXFO Europe S.A.R.L., which markets fiber-optic test and measurement instruments for the U.S. and European markets.

LOAN FROM 9080-9823 QUEBEC INC.

As of February 29, 2000, we had outstanding a loan of approximately $1.4 million owed to 9080-9823 Quebec inc., a company controlled by Germain Lamonde. This loan bore interest at prime rate plus 1% and was repayable on demand. We repaid all amounts outstanding on this loan on August 22, 2000 from the proceeds of our initial public offering.

CAPITAL REORGANIZATION OF GEXFO INVESTISSEMENTS TECHNOLOGIQUES INC.

In connection with the capital reorganization of GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc., Germain Lamonde undertook to cause us to declare a dividend in an amount sufficient for GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc. to be able to redeem those of its shares not currently owned by Mr. Lamonde and we undertook to apply our retained earnings primarily for this purpose. To that end, we declared on June 27, 2000 a dividend in an amount of C$26.0 million to our shareholders of which C$23.7 million was paid to GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc. on June 27, 2000 in the form of a promissory note, which was repaid on July 6, 2000 from the proceeds of our initial public offering. See "-- Promissory Notes Issued to Our Shareholders."

57

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENTS

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT WITH MR. LAMONDE

In July 2000, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Germain Lamonde, under which Mr. Lamonde and entities affiliated with him were granted demand registration rights in the United States in respect of the subordinate voting shares, including the subordinate voting shares issued upon conversion of the multiple voting shares held by him or entities affiliated with him. With respect to the demand registration rights of Mr. Lamonde, subject to minimum dollar amounts, Mr. Lamonde may make a demand once every 12 consecutive month period. Mr. Lamonde also has an unlimited number of piggyback registration rights in respect of the subordinate voting shares issued upon conversion of the multiple voting shares held by him or entities affiliated with him. The piggyback registration rights generally will allow Mr. Lamonde to include all or a portion of the subordinate voting shares issuable upon conversion of the multiple voting shares under any registration statement filed by us.

We will pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes, in connection with the exercise of any demand registration rights or piggyback registration rights. We also will agree to indemnify any sellers and underwriters against some liabilities, including liabilities arising under applicable securities laws. Mr. Lamonde has agreed not to exercise his registration rights without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch on behalf of the underwriters of the initial public offering for a period of 180 days following June 29, 2000.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT WITH BURLEIGH SHAREHOLDERS

In December 2000 in connection with the acquisition of Burleigh, we issued registration rights to the former shareholders of Burleigh. We agreed, subject to minimum dollar amounts, to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement on Form F-1 in the United States within 90 days from the date of closing of the Burleigh acquisition in order to register the resale of the shares issued to the former shareholders of Burleigh. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will facilitate an underwritten secondary public offering. If the secondary offering is not completed by March 30, 2001, the former Burleigh shareholders were granted, subject to minimum dollar amounts, one demand registration right in the United States in respect of their subordinate voting shares. The Burleigh shareholders also have an unlimited number of piggyback registration rights in respect of their subordinate voting shares. The piggyback registration rights generally will allow the Burleigh shareholders to include all or a portion of their subordinate voting shares under any registration statement filed by us. The piggyback registration rights cease to apply on June 1, 2002. We are required as soon as practicable after June 29, 2001, to prepare and file a registration statement on Form F-3 or F-10 relating to the resale of the subordinate voting shares held by the Burleigh shareholders.

We will pay all expenses, other than underwriting commissions or discounts, taxes and fees and expenses of counsel and advisors to the Burleigh shareholders, in connection with the preparation and filing of any of the foregoing registration statements. We also will agree to indemnify any sellers and underwriters against some liabilities, including liabilities arising under applicable securities laws, incurred in connection with the registration statement on Form F-3 or F-10.

58

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Pages F-1 to F-24.

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

Not Applicable, except for Item 9A (4) and Item 9C.

Our subordinate voting shares have been quoted on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol "EXFO" and listed on The Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol "EXF" since our initial public offering on June 29, 2000. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our subordinate voting shares. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing sales prices per subordinate voting share as reported on the NASDAQ National Market and The Toronto Stock Exchange.

On January 16, 2001, the last reported sale price for our subordinate voting shares on the NASDAQ National Market was $29.38 per share and the last reported sale price for our subordinate voting shares on The Toronto Stock Exchange was C$44.85 per share.

                                                        NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET         THE TORONTO STOCK EXCHANGE
                                                        ----------------------         --------------------------
            PERIOD.............................            High            Low          High             Low
            Past 6 Calendar Months.............           92 1/2           16 3/4      134.00           26.00
2001        January (1-16).....................           29 3/8           21 15/16     44.85           32.95
2000        December...........................           36 1/8           17 5/8       55.00           27.50
            November...........................           37 5/8           16 3/4       58.25           26.00
            October............................           48               29 7/8       72.00           46.50
            September..........................           63               40           92.00           60.50
            August.............................           66               42           97.50           62.25
            July...............................           92 1/2           39 1/2      134.00           55.05
            June (29-30).......................           56               26           68.50           51.00

            Quarterly Data Since Q4 2000
First       Quarter Ended November 30, 2000               63               16 3/4       92.00           26.00
Quarter

2000:       Period from June 29, 2000 to August           92 1/2           26          134.00           51.00
            31, 2000

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. SHARE CAPITAL

Not Applicable

B. MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Incorporated by reference to our registration statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-38956).

59

C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS

Not Applicable

D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS

There is no law or governmental decree or regulation in Canada that restricts the export or import of capital, or affects the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our subordinate voting shares, other than withholding tax requirements.

There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by our articles of incorporation or our other charter documents on the right of a non-resident to hold or vote subordinate voting shares, other than as provided by the INVESTMENT CANADA ACT, the NORTH AMERICAN FREE TRADE AGREEMENT IMPLEMENTATION ACT (Canada) and the WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION AGREEMENT IMPLEMENTATION ACT. The INVESTMENT CANADA ACT requires notification and, in certain cases, advance review and approval by the Government of Canada of the acquisition by a "non-Canadian" of "control" of a "Canadian business", all as defined in the INVESTMENT CANADA ACT. Generally, the threshold for review will be higher in monetary terms for a member of the World Trade Organization or North American Free Trade Agreement.

E. TAXATION

UNITED STATES TAXATION

The information set forth below under the caption "United States Taxation" is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of subordinate voting shares by a U.S. Holder, as defined below. These discussions are not a complete analysis or listing of all of the possible tax consequences of such transactions and do not address all tax considerations that may be relevant to particular holders in light of their personal circumstances or to persons that are subject to special tax rules. In particular, the information set forth under the caption "United States Taxation" deals only with U.S. Holders that will hold subordinate voting shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and who do not at any time own individually, nor are treated as owning 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote. In addition, this description of U.S. tax consequences does not address the tax treatment of special classes of U.S. Holders, such as banks, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, persons holding subordinate voting shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a "straddle," U.S. expatriates, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, dealers or traders in securities or currencies and holders whose "functional currency" is not the U.S. dollar. This summary does not address estate and gift tax consequences or tax consequences under any foreign, state or local laws other than as provided in the section entitled "Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations" provided below.

As used in this section, the term "U.S. Holder" means:

(a) an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

60

(b) a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof including the District of Columbia;

(c) an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source;

(d) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or

(e) a partnership to the extent the interests therein are owned by any of the persons described in clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above.

Holders of subordinate voting shares who are not U.S. Holders, sometimes referred to as "Non-U.S. Holders", should also consult their own tax advisors, particularly as to the applicability of any tax treaty.

The following discussion is based upon:

o the Internal Revenue Code;

o U.S. judicial decisions;

o administrative pronouncements;

o existing and proposed Treasury regulations; and

o the Canada-- U.S. Income Tax Treaty.

Any of the above is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and as a result, there can be no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions we have reached and describe here.

HOLDERS OF SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR CONSEQUENCES TO THEM UNDER U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND APPLICABLE FOREIGN TAX LAWS OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES.

DIVIDENDS

Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, the gross amount of any distribution paid by us to a U.S. Holder will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax as foreign source dividend income to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of such property on the date of the distribution. Dividends received by a U.S. Holder will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations. To the extent that an amount

61

received by a U.S. Holder exceeds such holder's allocable share of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be applied first to reduce such U.S. Holder's tax basis in his subordinate voting shares, thereby increasing the amount of gain or decreasing the amount of loss recognized on a subsequent disposition of the subordinate voting shares. Then, to the extent such distribution exceeds such U.S. Holder's tax basis, it will be treated as capital gain. We do not currently maintain calculations of our earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The gross amount of distributions paid in Canadian dollars, or any successor or other foreign currency, will be included in the income of such U.S. Holder in a dollar amount calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the day the distributions are paid regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If the Canadian dollars, or any successor or other foreign currency, are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of the payment, the U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize any foreign currency gain or loss with respect to the receipt of Canadian dollars as distributions. If, instead, the Canadian dollars are converted at a later date, any currency gains or losses resulting from the conversion of the Canadian dollars will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Any amounts recognized as dividends will generally constitute foreign source "passive income" or, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, "financial services income" for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. A U.S. Holder will have a basis in any Canadian dollars distributed equal to their dollar value on the payment date.

A Non-U.S. Holder of subordinate voting shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on dividends received on subordinate voting shares unless such income is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States.

SALE OR EXCHANGE

A U.S. Holder's initial tax basis in the subordinate voting shares will generally be cost to the holder. A U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the subordinate voting shares will generally be the same as cost, but may differ for various reasons including the receipt by such holder of a distribution that was not made up wholly of earnings and profits as described above under the heading "Dividends." Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of subordinate voting shares will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the subordinate voting shares and the amount realized on the disposition. In the case of a non-corporate U.S. Holder, the federal tax rate applicable to capital gains will depend upon:

o the holder's holding period for the subordinate voting shares, with a preferential rate available for subordinate voting shares held for more than one year; and

o the holder's marginal tax rate for ordinary income.

Any gain realized will generally be treated as U.S. source gain and loss realized by a U.S. Holder generally also will be treated as from sources within the United States.

62

The ability of a U.S. Holder to utilize foreign taxes as a credit to offset U.S. taxes is subject to complex limitations and conditions. The consequences of the separate limitation calculation will depend upon the nature and sources of each U.S. Holder's income and the deductions allocable thereto. Alternatively, a U.S. Holder may elect to claim all foreign taxes paid as an itemized deduction in lieu of claiming a foreign tax credit. A deduction does not reduce U.S. tax on a dollar-for-dollar basis like a tax credit, but the availability of the deduction is not subject to the same conditions and limitations applicable to foreign tax credits.

If a U.S. Holder receives any foreign currency on the sale of subordinate voting shares, such U.S. Holder may recognize ordinary income or loss as a result of currency fluctuations between the date of the sale of subordinate voting shares and the date the sale proceeds are converted into U.S. dollars.

A Non-U.S. Holder of subordinate voting shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale or exchange of such subordinate voting shares unless:

o such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States; or

o in the case of any gain realized by an individual Non-U.S. Holder, such Non-U.S. Holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale and certain other conditions are met.

PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANY

We could be classified as a personal holding company for U.S. federal income tax purposes if both of the following tests are satisfied:

o if at any time during the last half of our taxable year, five or fewer individuals own or are deemed to own more than 50% of the total value of our shares; and

o we receive 60% or more of our U.S. related gross income from specified passive sources, such as royalty payments.

A personal holding company is taxed on a portion of its undistributed U.S. source income, including specific types of foreign source income which are connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, to the extent this income is not distributed to shareholders. We do not believe we are a personal holding company presently and we do not expect to become one. However, we can not assure you that we will not qualify as a personal holding company in the future.

FOREIGN PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANY

We could be classified as a foreign personal holding company if in any taxable year both of the following tests are satisfied:

63

o five or fewer individuals who are United States citizens or residents own or are deemed to own more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of our shares entitled to vote or the total value of our shares; and

o at least 60%, 50% in some cases, of our gross income, as adjusted, consists of "foreign personal holding company income", which generally includes passive income such as dividends, interests, gains from the sale or exchange of shares or securities, rent and royalties.

If we are classified as a foreign personal holding company and if you hold shares in us, you may have to include in your gross income as a dividend your pro rata portion of our undistributed foreign personal holding company income. If you dispose of your shares prior to such date, you will not be subject to tax under these rules. We do not believe we are a foreign personal holding company presently and we do not expect to become one. However, we can not assure you that we will not qualify as a foreign personal holding company in the future.

PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANY

We believe that our subordinate voting shares should not currently be treated as stock of a passive foreign investment company for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination made annually and thus may be subject to change based on future operations and composition and valuation of our assets. In general, we will be a passive foreign investment company with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which the U.S. Holder holds our subordinate voting shares, either:

o at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

o at least 50% of the average value of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

For this purpose, passive income includes income such as:

o dividends;

o interest;

o rents or royalties, other than certain rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of trade or business;

o annuities; or

o gains from assets that produce passive income.

If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the passive foreign investment company tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation's income.

64

If we are treated as a passive foreign investment company, a U.S. Holder that did not make a qualified electing fund election or, if available, a mark-to-market election, as described below, would be subject to special rules with respect to:

o any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of subordinate voting shares; and

o any "excess distribution" by us to the U.S. Holder.

Generally, "excess distributions" are any distributions to the U.S. Holder in respect of the subordinate voting shares during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the U.S. Holder in respect of the subordinate voting shares during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder's holding period for the subordinate voting shares.

Under the passive foreign investment company rules,

o the gain or excess distribution would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder's holding period for the subordinate voting shares;

o the amount allocated to the taxable year in which the gain or excess distribution was realized would be taxable as ordinary income;

o the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, would be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for that year; and

o the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax would be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.

A U.S. Holder owning actually or constructively "marketable stock" of a passive foreign investment company may be able to avoid the imposition of the passive foreign investment company tax rules described above by making a mark-to-market election. Generally, pursuant to this election, such holder would include in ordinary income, for each taxable year during which such stock is held, an amount equal to the increase in value of the stock, which increase will be determined by reference to the value of such stock at the end of the current taxable year compared with their value as of the end of the prior taxable year. Holders desiring to make the mark-to-market election should consult their tax advisors with respect to the application and effect of making such election.

In the case of a U.S. Holder who does not make a mark-to-market election, the special passive foreign investment company tax rules described above will not apply to such U.S. Holder if the U.S. Holder makes an election to have us treated as a qualified electing fund and we provide certain required information to holders. For a U.S. Holder to make a qualified electing fund election, we would have to satisfy certain reporting requirements. We have not determined whether we will undertake the necessary measures to be able to satisfy such requirements in the event that we were treated as a passive foreign investment company.

65

A U.S. Holder that makes a qualified electing fund election will be currently taxable on its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, at ordinary income and capital gains rates, respectively, for each of our taxable years, regardless of whether or not distributions were received. The U.S. Holder's basis in the subordinate voting shares will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed income. Distributions of income that had previously been taxed will result in a corresponding reduction of basis in the subordinate voting shares and will not be taxed again as a distribution to the U.S. Holder. U.S. Holders desiring to make a qualified electing fund election should consult their tax advisors with respect to the advisability of making such election.

UNITED STATES BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING

A U.S. Holder will generally be subject to information reporting with respect to dividends paid on, or proceeds of the sale or other disposition of, our subordinate voting shares, unless the U.S. Holder is a corporation or comes within certain other categories of exempt recipients. A U.S. Holder that is not an exempt recipient will generally be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 31% with respect to the proceeds from the sale or the disposition of, or with respect to dividends on, subordinate voting shares unless the U.S. Holder provides a taxpayer identification number and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. Any amount withheld under these rules will be creditable against the U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability or refundable to the extent that it exceeds such liability. A U.S Holder who does not provide a correct taxpayer identification number may be subject to penalties imposed by the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Non-U.S. Holders will generally be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding with respect to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of subordinate voting shares effected within the United States, unless the holder certifies to its foreign status or otherwise establishes an exemption if the broker does not have actual knowledge that the holder is a U.S. holder. A payor within the United States will be required to withhold 31% of any payments of dividends on or proceeds from the sale of subordinate voting shares within the United States to a non-exempt U.S. or Non-U.S. Holder if such holder fails to provide appropriate certification. In the case of such payments by a payor within the United States to a foreign partnership other than a foreign partnership that qualifies as a "withholding foreign partnership" within the meaning of such Treasury regulations, the partners of such partnership will be required to provide the certification discussed above in order to establish an exemption from backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements.

CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of the material Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to a U.S. person who holds subordinate voting shares and who, for the purposes of the INCOME TAX ACT (Canada), or the ITA, and the CANADA-UNITED STATES INCOME TAX CONVENTION (1980), or the Convention, as applicable and at all relevant times:

o is resident in the United States and not resident in Canada,

o holds the subordinate voting shares as capital property,

66

o does not have a "permanent establishment" or "fixed base" in Canada, as defined in the Convention; and

o deals at arm's length with us. Special rules, which are not discussed below, may apply to "financial institutions", as defined in the ITA, and to non-resident insurers carrying on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere.

This discussion is based on the current provisions of the ITA and the Convention and on the regulations promulgated under the ITA, all specific proposals to amend the ITA or the regulations promulgated under the ITA announced by or on behalf of the Canadian Minister of Finance prior to the date of this Annual Report and the current published administrative practices of the Canada Customs and Revenue Agency, or the Agency. It does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law or administrative practice nor any income tax laws or considerations of any province or territory of Canada or any jurisdiction other than Canada, which may differ from the Canadian federal income tax consequences described in this document.

Under the ITA and the Convention, dividends paid or credited, or deemed to be paid or credited, on the subordinate voting shares to a U.S. person who owns less than 10% of the voting shares will be subject to Canadian withholding tax at the rate of 15% of the gross amount of those dividends or deemed dividends. If a U.S. person is a corporation and owns 10% or more of the voting shares, the rate is reduced from 15% to 5%. As described above and subject to specified limitations, a U.S. person may be entitled to credit against U.S. federal income tax liability for the amount of tax withheld by Canada.

Under the Convention, dividends paid to specified religious, scientific, charitable and similar tax exempt organizations and specified organizations that are resident and exempt from tax in the United States and that have complied with specified administrative procedures are exempt from this Canadian withholding tax.

A capital gain realized by a U.S. person on a disposition or deemed disposition of the subordinate voting shares will not be subject to tax under the ITA unless the subordinate voting shares constitute taxable Canadian property within the meaning of the ITA at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition. In general, the subordinate voting shares will not be "taxable Canadian property" to a U.S. person if they are listed on a prescribed stock exchange, which includes The Toronto Stock Exchange, unless, at any time within the five-year period immediately preceding the dispositions, the U.S. person, persons with whom the U.S. person did not deal at arm's length, or the U.S. person together with those persons, owned or had an interest in or a right to acquire more than 25% of any class or series of our shares.

If the subordinate voting shares are taxable Canadian property to a U.S. person, any capital gain realized on a disposition or deemed disposition of those subordinate voting shares will generally be exempt from tax under the ITA by virtue of the Convention if the value of the subordinate voting shares at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition is not derived principally from real property, as defined by the Convention, situated in Canada. The determination as to whether Canadian tax would be applicable on a disposition or deemed

67

disposition of the subordinate voting shares must be made at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition.

HOLDERS OF SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS, OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES.

F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

Not Applicable

G. STATEMENT BY EXPERTS

Not Applicable

H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

Any statement in this Annual Report about any of our contracts or other documents is not necessarily complete. If the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, the contract or document is deemed to modify the description contained in this Annual Report. You must review the exhibits themselves for a complete description of the contract or document.

You may review a copy of our filings with the SEC, including exhibits and schedules filed with it, at the SEC's public reference facilities in Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the SEC located at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and at the Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. You may also obtain copies of such materials from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. The SEC maintains a Web site (HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC . Although we make many of our filings with the SEC electronically as a foreign private issuer, we are not obligated to do so.

You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information that we file with the SEC at the addresses indicated above and you may also access them electronically at the Web site set forth above. These SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services.

68

WE ARE REQUIRED TO FILE REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION WITH THE SEC UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION FILED BY US WITH THE SEC MAY BE INSPECTED AND COPIED AT THE SEC'S PUBLIC REFERENCE FACILITIES DESCRIBED ABOVE. AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER, WE ARE EXEMPT FROM THE RULES UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT PRESCRIBING THE FURNISHING AND CONTENT OF PROXY STATEMENTS AND OUR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS ARE EXEMPT FROM THE REPORTING AND SHORT-SWING PROFIT RECOVERY PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN
SECTION 16 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT. UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT, AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER, WE ARE NOT REQUIRED TO PUBLISH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS FREQUENTLY OR AS PROMPTLY AS UNITED STATES COMPANIES.

I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

See Item 4.C. of this Annual Report

ITEM 11. QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT RISK

MARKET RISK

CURRENCY RISKS

We are exposed to currency risk as a result of our export of products manufactured in Canada, substantially all of which are denominated in U.S. dollars. Our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations is partially hedged by operating expenses of our U.S. and European subsidiaries and the portion of our raw materials purchased in U.S. dollars. In addition, we frequently enter into forward exchange contracts to sell U.S. dollars at fixed forward rates in exchange for Canadian dollars. We enter into such contracts to manage the risk of exchange rate fluctuations between the Canadian and U.S. dollars on cash flows related to anticipated future revenue streams and firmly committed future sales transactions denominated in U.S. dollars. We do not enter into forward exchange contracts for trading purposes. In the last quarter of fiscal 2000, we entered into forward exchange contracts to buy U.S. dollars at the maturity dates of certain short-term investments denominated in Canadian currency.

The following table summarizes the forward exchange contracts in effect as at August 31, 2000, classified by expected transaction dates, none of which exceed two years. The table below presents the notional amounts of such contracts (in thousands of dollars) along with the weighted average contractual forward rates under such contracts. The notional amounts of such contracts are used to calculate the contractual payments to be exchanged under these contracts.

                                                                         YEARS ENDING
                                                                      ------------------
                                                                           AUGUST 31,
                                                                      2001          2002
                                                                      ----          ----
Forward exchange contracts to sell U.S. dollars in exchange
for Canadian dollars
Contractual amounts...........................................     $  5,400       $ 1,200
Weighted average contractual exchange rates...................       1.4871        1.4602
Forward exchange contracts to buy U.S. dollars in exchange
for Canadian dollars
Contractual amounts...........................................     $ 40,500            --
Weighted average contractual exchange rates...................       1.4777            --

69

FAIR VALUE

The fair value of the contracts to sell U.S. dollars as at August 31, 2000, based on the prevailing exchange rate at that date of $1.00 = C$1.4722, amounted to C$9.7 million compared to a contractual value of C$9.8 million, resulting in a deferred unrealized loss of C$65,790 (approximately $45,000).

The fair value of the contracts to buy U.S. dollars as at August 31, 2000 amounted to US$27,431,000 compared to a contractual value of US$27.407,000 resulting in an unrealized loss of US$24,000.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES.

Not Applicable

PART II.

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDENDS ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not Applicable

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND
USE OF PROCEEDS

Not Applicable

ITEM 15. [RESERVED]

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

70

PART III.

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not Applicable.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See pages F-1 to F-24

ITEM 19.          EXHIBITS

     NUMBER                             EXHIBIT
---------------   --------------------------------------------------------------
      1.1         Amended Articles of Incorporation of EXFO (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 3.1 of EXFO's Registration Statement on
                  Form F-1, File No. 38956).
      1.2         By-laws of EXFO (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of
                  EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 38956).
      1.3         Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. of EXFO.
      2.1         Form of Subordinate Voting Share Certificate (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 4.1 of EXFO's Registration Statement on
                  Form F-1, File No. 38956).
      2.2         Form of Registration Rights Agreement between EXFO and Germain
                  Lamonde dated July 6, 2000 ) (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.13 of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1,
                  File No. 333-38956).
      3.1         Form of Trust Agreement among EXFO, Germain Lamonde, GEXFO
                  Investissements Technologiques inc., Fiducie Germain Lamonde
                  and G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc. (incorporated
                  by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of EXFO's Registration Statement
                  on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.1         Agreement of Merger and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of
                  November 4, 2000, by and among EXFO, EXFO Sub, Inc., Burleigh
                  Instruments, Inc., Robert G. Klimasewki, William G. May, Jr.,
                  David J. Farrell and William S. Gornall
      4.2         Amendment No. 1 to Agreement of Merger and Plan of Agreement,
                  dated as of December 20, 2000, by and among EXFO, EXFO Sub,
                  Inc., Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Robert G. Klimasewski,
                  William G. May, Jr., David J. Farrell and William S. Gornall.
      4.3         Offer to purchase shares of Nortech Fibronic Inc., dated
                  February 6, 2000 among EXFO, Claude Adrien Noel, 9086-9314
                  Quebec inc., Michel Bedard, Christine Bergeron and Societe en
                  Commandite Capidem Quebec Enr. and Certificate of Closing,
                  dated February 7, 2000 among the same parties (including
                  summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
                  of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).
      4.4         Offer to acquire a building, dated February 23, 2000, between
                  EXFO and Groupe Mirabau inc. and as accepted by Groupe Mirabau
                  inc. on February 24, 2000 (including summary in English)
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of EXFO's
                  Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.5         Lease Agreement, dated December 1, 1996, between EXFO and
                  GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc., as assigned to
                  9080-9823 Quebec inc. on September 1, 1999 (including summary
                  in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of
                  EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).
      4.6         Lease Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between EXFO and GEXFO
                  Investissements Technologiques inc., as assigned to 9080-9823
                  Quebec inc. on September 1, 1999 (including summary in
                  English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit10.5 of EXFO's
                  Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.7         Loan Agreement between EXFO and GEXFO Investissements
                  Technologiques inc., dated May 11, 1993, as assigned to
                  9080-9823 Quebec inc. on September 1, 1999 (including summary
                  in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of
                  EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).
      4.8         Resolution of the board of directors of EXFO, dated September
                  1, 1999, authorizing EXFO to acquire GEXFO Distribution
                  Internationale inc. from GEXFO Investissements Technologiques
                  inc. (including summary in English) (incorporated by reference
                  to Exhibit 10.10 of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1,
                  File No. 333-38956).
      4.9         Form of Promissory Note of EXFO issued to GEXFO
                  Investissements Technologiques inc. dated June 27, 2000 )
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of EXFO's
                  Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.10        Credit Agreement, dated July 6, 1995, among EXFO, National
                  Bank of Canada and Banque Nationale de Paris(Canada), as
                  amended on December 22, 1999 and on March 28, 2000 (including
                  summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
                  of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).
      4.11        Term Loan Offer, dated March 28, 2000, among EXFO and National
                  Bank of Canada as accepted by EXFO on April 3, 2000 (including
                  summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                  10.11 of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).
      4.12        Sale Agreement, dated September 1, 1999, between EXFO and
                  GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc. (including summary
                  in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of
                  EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).

                                       71

      4.13        Purchase Agreement to acquire a building dated June 7, 2000,
                  between EXFO and Groupe Mirabau inc. (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 10.16 of EXFO's Registration Statement on
                  Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.14        Employment Agreement of Germain Lamonde dated May 29, 2000
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of EXFO's
                  Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.15        Employment Agreement of Mario Larose dated as of May 30, 2000.
      4.16        First Amending Agreement to Employment Agreement of Mario
                  Larose dated as of September 1, 2000.
      4.17        Deferred Profit Sharing Plan, dated September 1, 1998
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of EXFO's
                  Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.18        Stock Option Plan, dated May 25, 2000 (incorporated by
                  Reference to Exhibit 10.7 of EXFO's Registration Statement on
                  Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.19        Share Plan, dated April 3, 2000 (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.8 of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1,
                  File No. 333-38956).
      4.20        Directors' Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.17 of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1,
                  File No. 333-38956).
      4.21        Restricted Stock Award Plan, dated December 20, 2000.
      8.1         Subsidiaries of EXFO (included on page 34 of this Annual
                  Report).

72

AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Shareholders of
EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

We have audited the balance sheets of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. as at August 31, 1999 and 2000 and the consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2000. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian and United States generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the company as at August 31, 1999 and 2000 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2000 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

(Signed) PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

LOGO

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
Quebec City, Quebec, Canada
September 20, 2000 (except for note 21, dated December 20, 2000)

F-1

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

                                                                                  AS AT AUGUST 31,
                                                                              1999              2000
                                                                              ----              ----
                                ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents.........................................       $        423     $        729
Short-term investments (notes 9 and 19)...........................              1,371          162,659
Accounts receivable (note 9)
  Trade...........................................................              8,869           18,272
  Other (note 5)..................................................              1,026            2,790
Income taxes receivable (note 9)..................................                381              284
Inventories (notes 6 and 9).......................................              7,591           18,868
Prepaid expenses and deposits.....................................                475            1,023
Future income taxes (note 17).....................................                 --              995
                                                                         ------------     ------------
                                                                               20,136          205,620
Capital assets (notes 7 and 9)....................................              2,639            8,694
Goodwill and other assets (notes 8 and 9).........................                 65            2,320
Future income taxes (note 17).....................................                 --            3,089
                                                                         ------------     ------------
                                                                         $     22,840     $    219,723
                                                                         ============     ============
                              LIABILITIES
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Bank advances (note 9)............................................       $         --     $         10
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 10)................              5,523           10,353
Dividend payable..................................................                 51               --
Mandatorily redeemable preferred shares (note 11).................                 --              543
Loan from a company under common control (note 15)................              1,337               --
Deferred revenue..................................................                218              395
Current portion of long-term debt.................................                 --              152
Future income taxes (note 17).....................................                262               --
                                                                         ------------     ------------
                                                                                7,391           11,453
Deferred revenue..................................................                109              151
Deferred grants...................................................                533            1,109
Long-term debt (note 12)..........................................                 --               16
Future income taxes (note 17).....................................                128               --
                                                                         ------------     ------------
                                                                                8,161           12,729
                                                                         ------------     ------------
                         SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Share capital (note 13)...........................................                 87          198,459
Cumulative translation adjustment.................................                 --            1,555
Retained earnings.................................................             14,592            6,980
                                                                         ------------     ------------
                                                                               14,679          206,994
                                                                         ------------     ------------
                                                                         $     22,840     $    219,723
                                                                         ============     ============

On behalf of the Board

/s/Germain Lamonde            /s/Andre Tremblay

Germain Lamonde               Andre Tremblay
Director                      Director

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-2

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

                                                                                YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                                   --------------------------------------------
                                                                      1998               1999           2000
                                                                   ----------         ----------     ----------
                                                                     (note 3)           (note 3)
SALES (note 18)...............................................     $   31,605         $   42,166     $   71,639
COST OF SALES.................................................         11,345             14,998         24,712
                                                                   ----------         ----------     ----------
GROSS MARGIN..................................................         20,260             27,168         46,927
                                                                   ----------         ----------     ----------
OPERATING EXPENSES............................................
Selling and administrative....................................          9,898             13,279         24,304
Net research and development (note 15)........................          3,014              4,315          6,402
Amortization of capital assets................................            609                857          1,451
Amortization of other assets..................................             48                 41             47
                                                                   ----------         ----------     ----------
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES......................................         13,569             18,492         32,204
                                                                   ----------         ----------     ----------
EARNINGS FROM OPERATIONS......................................          6,691              8,676         14,723
Interest income, net..........................................            (40)              (136)        (1,480)
Foreign exchange loss (gain)..................................           (126)               506            684
                                                                   ----------         ----------     ----------
EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL.....          6,857              8,306         15,519
INCOME TAXES (note 17)........................................          2,356              2,492          5,298
                                                                   ----------         ----------     ----------
EARNINGS BEFORE AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL......................          4,501              5,814         10,221
AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL......................................             --                 --            297
                                                                   ----------         ----------     ----------
NET EARNINGS FOR THE YEAR.....................................     $    4,501         $    5,814     $    9,924
                                                                   ==========         ==========     ==========
BASIC AND FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE....................
  Earnings before amortization of goodwill....................     $     0.12         $     0.14     $     0.26
  Net earnings................................................     $     0.12         $     0.14     $     0.25
BASIC WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING (000'S)...         38,000             38,001         39,951

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RETAINED EARNINGS

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

                                                                       YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                         ------------------------------------------------
                                                              1998               1999             2000
                                                         --------------      -----------      -----------
                                                            (note 3)           (note 3)
BALANCE-- BEGINNING OF YEAR.........................     $        7,643      $    12,044      $    14,592


ADD
Net earnings for the year...........................              4,501            5,814            9,924
                                                         --------------      -----------      -----------
                                                                 12,144           17,858           24,516
                                                         --------------      -----------      -----------
DEDUCT
Dividends
  Class A shares....................................                 --            2,926           17,216
  Class C share (note 4)............................                 --              340               --
  Class E shares....................................                100               --               --
  Class F shares....................................                 --               --              320
                                                         --------------      -----------      -----------
                                                                    100            3,266           17,536
                                                         --------------      -----------      -----------
BALANCE-- END OF YEAR                                    $       12,044      $    14,592      $     6,980
                                                         ==============      ===========      ===========
DIVIDENDS PER SHARE
   Class A shares...................................     $           --      $       0.08     $      0.45
   Class C share....................................     $           --      $       340      $        --
   Class E shares...................................     $        0.005      $        --      $        --
   Class F shares...................................     $           --      $        --      $      0.45

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

                                                                           YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                                  ----------------------------------------
                                                                    1998            1999             2000
                                                                  --------        --------         -------
                                                                  (note 3)        (note 3)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net earnings for the year.....................................    $  4,501        $  5,814       $   9,924
Add (deduct) items not affecting cash and cash equivalents....
  Amortization of discount on short-term investments..........          --              --            (807)
  Amortization of capital assets..............................         609             857           1,451
  Amortization of goodwill and other assets...................          48              41             344
  Future income taxes.........................................         289             (42)            (33)
Change in non-cash operating working capital items
  Accounts receivable.........................................      (1,297)         (3,875)        (10,476)
  Income taxes receivable.....................................          --            (381)          2,149
  Inventories.................................................        (758)         (1,259)        (10,732)
  Prepaid expenses and deposits...............................        (117)           (205)           (519)
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities....................         369           1,965           3,917
  Income taxes payable........................................        (490)           (115)             --
  Deferred revenue............................................          --             327             215
  Deferred grants.............................................          --             533             567
                                                                  --------        --------       ---------
                                                                     3,154           3,660          (4,000)
                                                                  --------        --------       ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Bank advances.................................................        (142)           (136)           (357)
Repayment of loan from a company under common control.........          --              --          (1,349)
Repayment of long-term debt...................................         (21)            (20)           (812)
Issuance of share capital.....................................          --              86         209,690
Share issue expenses..........................................          --              --         (16,743)
Dividends paid................................................        (100)         (3,215)        (17,587)
                                                                  --------        --------       ---------
                                                                      (263)         (3,285)        172,842
                                                                  --------        --------       ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to short-term investments...........................        (647)            (33)       (519,645)
Proceeds from disposal of short-term investments..............          --              --         359,886
Additions to capital and other assets.........................      (1,336)         (1,181)         (7,180)
Business combination, net of cash and cash equivalents
  acquired (note 4)...........................................          --              --          (2,108)
                                                                  --------        --------       ---------
                                                                    (1,983)         (1,214)        (169,047)
                                                                  --------        --------       ----------
CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS...........................         908            (839)           (205)
EFFECT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS...................................................          --              --             511
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS-- BEGINNING OF YEAR.................         354           1,262             423
                                                                  --------        --------       ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS-- END OF YEAR.......................    $  1,262        $    423       $     729
                                                                  ========        ========       =========
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
Interest paid.................................................    $    145        $    148       $     480
Interest received.............................................    $    (40)       $    (98)      $    (949)
Income taxes paid.............................................    $  2,032        $  2,801       $   3,761

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(tabular amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and

per share data and as otherwise noted)

1. INCORPORATION AND NATURE OF ACTIVITIES

The company, incorporated in 1985 under the Canada Business Corporations Act, designs, manufactures and markets a full line of fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment and instruments for the telecommunications industry. The company derives substantially all of its revenue from customers located in the United States, Canada, Europe and Asia. Marketing activities outside Canada are carried out by subsidiaries located in the United States and Europe and independent representatives worldwide. The company's customers consist primarily of telecommunications carriers, cable television companies, public utilities, private network operators, third-party installers, equipment rental companies, as well as optical component, value-added optical module, and optical networking system manufacturers.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Canada. These principles conform, in all material respects, with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, except as described in note 20. The principal accounting policies of the company, which have been consistently applied, are summarized as follows:

ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting year. Significant estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, tax credits receivable, provisions for obsolete inventories, the useful lives of capital assets and goodwill and certain accrued liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CONSOLIDATION

These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company and its subsidiaries.

F-6

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES

The company's subsidiaries are considered to be integrated. As a result, the subsidiaries' accounts are remeasured into the functional currency using the temporal method. Under this method, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical rates. Revenue and expenses are remeasured at the average rate for the year. Gains and losses resulting from remeasurement are reflected in the statement of earnings.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are measured into the functional currency using the temporal method.

FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS

The company enters into forward exchange contracts in order to hedge against potential exchange rate fluctuations on cash flows related to anticipated future revenue streams denominated in foreign currencies. Unrealized gains and losses on these forward exchange contracts are deferred and recognized upon settlement of the related transactions. Accordingly, cash flows resulting from forward exchange contract settlements are classified as cash flows from operating activities along with the corresponding cash flows being hedged.

Furthermore, the company has entered into forward exchange contracts to sell Canadian dollars in exchange for U.S. dollars. These contracts, which are speculative in nature, are carried on the balance sheet at fair value. Any unrealized gains or losses on these contracts at each balance sheet date are included in earnings for the year.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and balances with banks and all highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Short-term investments are valued at the lower of cost and market value. Cost is composed of acquisition cost plus amortization of discount or less amortization of premium.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of raw materials and work in progress inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out method. The cost of finished goods is determined using the average cost method.

F-7

CAPITAL ASSETS AND AMORTIZATION

Capital assets are recorded at cost less related government grants and research and development tax credits. Amortization is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the capital assets as follows:

TERM

Building.......................    25 years
Equipment......................    3 to 5 years
Leasehold improvements.........    Remaining lease term including lease
                                   renewal option

The carrying value of capital assets is evaluated whenever significant events occur which may indicate an impairment in value, based upon a comparison of the carrying value to the net recoverable amount.

GOODWILL, OTHER ASSETS AND AMORTIZATION

Goodwill, which represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the net identifiable assets acquired, is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of five years. The company assesses the carrying value of goodwill for future recoverability on an annual basis by estimating the associated net undiscounted future cash flows. The amount of impairment loss, if any, is the excess of the carrying value over the estimated net undiscounted cash flows. Goodwill is written down for any permanent impairment in value of the unamortized portion.

Other assets include the cost of acquired patents, net of accumulated amortization. Patents are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of four years.

GOVERNMENT GRANTS

Government grants are accrued as a receivable when there is reasonable assurance that the company has complied and will continue to comply with all the conditions related to the grant. Grants related to operating expenses are included in earnings when the related expenses are incurred. Grants related to capital expenditures are deducted from the related asset. Grants related to job creation and training programs for extended periods are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the minimum period for which the created job must be maintained or training provided.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

For products where the software is incidental, the company recognizes revenue when the products are delivered, with provisions made for estimated returns, warranties and support obligations.

For products where software is not incidental, the revenues are separated into two categories, product and customer support revenues based upon vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value. The product revenues for these sales are recognized when the products are delivered with provisions made for estimated returns and warranties. The customer support

F-8

revenues are deferred and recognized ratably over the year of the support arrangement, except where provided within one year of delivery, costs of providing this support is insignificant and accrued at the time of delivery and no upgrades of software are provided. Prior to September 1, 1998, the revenues for support were included in sales upon delivery with a provision for any costs associated with future support obligations. The effect of this accounting change for the years ended prior to 1999 was not determinable by the company. For the year ended August 31, 1999, the company deferred revenues amounting to $327,000 which had an effect on net earnings of $226,000. The change resulted in a reduction in net earnings per share for the year ended August 31, 1999 of $0.01.

ADVERTISING COSTS

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

INCOME TAXES

The company provides for income taxes using the liability method of tax allocation. Under this method, future income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on deductible or taxable temporary differences between financial statement values and tax values of assets and liabilities using enacted income tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

The company establishes a valuation allowance against future income tax assets if, based on available information, it is more likely than not that some or all of the future income tax assets will not be realized.

TAX CREDITS

The company is entitled to scientific research and experimental development ("SRED") tax credits granted by the Canadian federal government ("Federal") and the government of the Province of Quebec ("Provincial"). Federal SRED tax credits are earned on qualified Canadian SRED expenditures at a rate of 20% and can only be used to offset Federal income taxes otherwise payable. Provincial SRED tax credits, which are refundable, are earned on qualified SRED salaries in the Province of Quebec at a rate of 20%. Additional refundable provincial SRED tax credits are earned at a rate of up to 20%. These additional tax credits are reduced to nil, on a pro-rata basis, as total assets of the company increase from Cdn$25 million to Cdn$50 million.

SRED and other tax credits are accounted for as a reduction of the related expenditures. The refundable portion of SRED and other tax credits is recorded in the year in which the related expenditures are incurred. The non-refundable portion of SRED tax credits is recorded in the year in which the related expenditures are incurred, provided the company has reasonable assurance that the credits will be realized.

F-9

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

All expenses related to development activities, which do not meet generally accepted criteria for deferral, and research are expensed as incurred. Development expenses which meet generally accepted criteria for deferral are capitalized and amortized against earnings over the estimated period of benefit.

As at August 31, 2000, the company had not deferred any development costs.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

The company maintains two stock-based compensation plans, which are described in note 13. Under accounting principles generally accepted in Canada, no compensation cost is recognized for those plans when stocks or stock options are issued to plan participants. Any consideration received from plan participants upon the purchase of stock or the exercise of stock options is credited to share capital.

EARNINGS AND DIVIDENDS PER SHARE

Basic earnings and dividends per share are determined using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, as adjusted for the effects of stock splits and other reorganizations of share capital in prior years.

Fully diluted earnings per share are determined using the weighted average number of shares and dilutive share equivalents outstanding during the year. Earnings for the year are increased by the estimated additional earnings, net of applicable income taxes, on the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of dilutive common share equivalents.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARD

In 1999, the CICA issued section 3461, "Employee future benefits" which is effective for fiscal beginning on or after January 1, 2000. Adopting this standard will not have a significant impact on the company's earnings or shareholders' equity.

3. CHANGE IN REPORTING CURRENCY

The consolidated financial statements of the company were presented in Canadian dollars up to August 31, 1999. Effective September 1, 1999, the U.S. dollar has been adopted as the reporting currency. The functional currency continues to be the Canadian dollar. The financial statements for the years ended August 31, 1998 and 1999 are presented in U.S. dollars in accordance with a translation of convenience method using the representative exchange rate as at August 31, 1999 of US$1.00 = Cdn$1.4958. The translated amount for monetary and non-monetary items as at August 31, 1999 becomes the historical basis for those items in subsequent years.

The financial statements as at August 31, 2000 and for the year then ended have been translated using the current rate method. Under this method, the financial statements are

F-10

translated into the reporting currency as follows: assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate in effect at the date of the balance sheet and revenue and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the year. All gains and losses from the translation of the financial statements into the reporting currency are included in the cumulative translation adjustment in shareholders' equity. Changes in the cumulative translation adjustment during each year result solely from the application of this translation method.

4. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

NORTECH FIBRONIC INC.

On February 4, 2000, the company acquired a 100% interest in Nortech Fibronic Inc. ("Nortech"), a company specializing in fiber-optic testing and temperature sensing, in exchange for total consideration valued at Cdn$4,051,000
(US$2,799,000). The consideration paid consisted of Cdn$3,051,000 (US$2,108,000)
in cash, the issuance of 800,000 Class G shares which are mandatorily redeemable, for cash or subordinate voting shares at the option of the company, on November 30, 2000 for an amount of Cdn$800,000 (US$553,000) (note 11), and a non-interest-bearing debenture in the amount of Cdn$200,000 (US$138,000) due November 30, 2000 (note 12).

This acquisition, which has been accounted for using the purchase method, resulted in goodwill amounting to Cdn$3,677,000 (US$2,542,000) based on the following allocation of the purchase price to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Current assets..................................................         $1,842
Capital assets..................................................            409
Future income taxes.............................................            237
                                                                            ---
                                                                          2,488
Current liabilities.............................................          1,933
Long-term debt..................................................            298
                                                                            ---
                                                                          2,231
Net identifiable assets acquired................................            257
Goodwill........................................................          2,542
                                                                          -----
Purchase price..................................................          2,799
Less:  Class G shares issued....................................            553
Less:  Non-interest-bearing debenture...........................            138
Less:  Cash and cash equivalents acquired.......................             --
                                                                             --
                                                                         ------
Cash paid net of cash and cash equivalents acquired.............         $2,108
                                                                         ======

The net earnings of Nortech have been included in the consolidated statement of earnings of the company from the date of acquisition, February 4, 2000.

PRO FORMA INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma information regarding the acquisition of Nortech has been prepared by the company's management based upon the audited consolidated financial statements of the company for the years ended August 31, 1999 and 2000 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Nortech.

F-11

This pro forma information includes adjustments related to the amortization of goodwill as well as the income tax effects of the acquisition. Consequently, such information is not necessarily indicative of the actual results which would have been achieved, nor is it necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of the company.

The following unaudited pro forma information for the year ended August 31, 1999 has been prepared as if the acquisition had occurred on September 1, 1998. The unaudited pro forma information for the year ended August 31, 2000 has been prepared as if the acquisition had occurred on September 1, 1999:

YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,

                                                         1999           2000
                                                       --------       -------
                                                     (unaudited)    (unaudited)
                                                       (note 3)
Sales...........................................       $44,948        $73,024
Earnings before amortization of goodwill........         6,091         10,179
Net earnings....................................        $5,602         $9,716
Basic and fully diluted earnings per share
  Earnings before amortization of goodwill......         $0.15          $0.26
  Net earnings..................................         $0.14          $0.24

GEXFO DISTRIBUTION INTERNATIONALE INC.

On September 1, 1998, the company acquired, from its parent company, all the issued and outstanding shares of GEXFO Distribution Internationale Inc. in exchange for 1 Class C share of the company, which was redeemed at a price of Cdn$509,000 (US$340,000). This holding company has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, EXFO America Inc. and EXFO Europe S.A.R.L., which market fiber-optic test and measurement and monitoring equipment and instruments for the American and European markets.

Since the exchange was between entities under common control, the exchange has been accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. The assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity of the company and the other companies have been combined using their respective carrying amounts and financial statements of prior years have been restated as if the companies had always been combined. The statements of earnings and cash flows for 1998 reflect the results of operations and cash flows on a combined basis. The creation, issuance and redemption of the Class C share on September 1, 1998 has been presented as a mandatorily redeemable preferred share and a dividend distribution from the combined retained earnings.

The combined companies' net assets as at August 31, 1998 are as follows:

                                    EXFO            GEXFO
                               ELECTRO-OPTICAL   DISTRIBUTION
                                  ENGINEERING   INTERNATIONALE
                                      INC.           INC.       ELIMINATIONS       TOTAL
                                 ----------      ----------     ------------    ----------
                                                                                (note 3)
Total assets.................    $   17,384      $      639     $     (380)     $   17,643
Total liabilities............        (5,679)           (299)           380          (5,598)
                                 ----------      ----------     ----------      ----------
Net assets...................    $   11,705      $      340     $       --      $   12,045
                                 ==========      ==========     ==========      ==========

F-12

Consolidated sales and net earnings for GEXFO Distribution Internationale Inc. during the year ended August 31, 1998 were insignificant.

GAP-OPTIQUE S.A.

On June 1, 2000, the company acquired the 85% interest in GAP-Optique S.A. held by its parent company for a cash consideration of $16,000. The carrying value of the net assets of GAP-Optique S.A. was $19,000 as at December 31, 1999. GAP-Optique S.A. did not have any operations in 1998, 1999 or 2000. Since the exchange occurred between entities under common control, the exchange has been accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. The assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity of the company and GAP-Optique S.A. have been combined using their respective carrying amounts and financial statements of prior year have been restated as if the companies had always been combined.

5. OTHER RECEIVABLES

AS AT AUGUST 31,

                                                 1999          2000
                                                 ----          ----
Grants receivable.......................     $     479     $   2,046
Company under common control............            27            --
Other...................................           520           744
                                             ---------     ---------
                                             $   1,026     $   2,790
                                             =========     =========

6. INVENTORIES

AS AT AUGUST 31,

                                                 1999          2000
                                                 ----          ----
Raw materials...........................     $  4,005      $ 12,057
Work in progress........................        1,177         2,910
Finished goods..........................        2,409         3,901
                                             --------      --------
                                             $  7,591      $ 18,868
                                             ========      ========

7.       CAPITAL ASSETS

                                                  AS AT AUGUST 31, 1999
                                             ------------------------------
                                                       ACCUMULATED
                                              COST     AMORTIZATION    NET
                                             ------    ------------   ------
Equipment................................    $4,426      $2,469       $1,957
Leasehold improvements...................     1,146         464          682
                                             ------      ------       ------
                                             $5,572      $2,933       $2,639
                                             ======      ======       ======

                                                  AS AT AUGUST 31, 2000
                                             ------------------------------
                                                       ACCUMULATED
                                              COST     AMORTIZATION      NET
                                             ------    ------------    ------
Land....................................     $   299      $   --       $  299
Building................................       3,442          32        3,410
Equipment...............................       8,451       4,158        4,293
Leasehold improvements..................       1,373         681          692
                                             -------      ------       ------
                                             $13,565      $4,871       $8,694
                                             =======      ======       ======

8. GOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETS

AS AT AUGUST 31,

1999 2000
Goodwill-- net of accumulated amortization of $297,000..... $ -- $2,252

F-13

Patents-- net of accumulated amortization of $111,000 and
  $159,000 as at August 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively....        65         68
                                                                -----     ------
                                                                $  65     $2,320
                                                                =====     ======

9. CREDIT FACILITIES

The company has available credit facilities which provide for advances of up to Cdn$10,000,000 (US$6,793,000) under a line of credit and Cdn$3,000,000 (US$2,038,000) as an operating loan. These facilities, which are renewable annually, bear interest at prime rate. Accounts receivable, inventories and all tangible and intangible assets of the company have been pledged as security against these facilities. Amounts of nil and Cdn$15,000 (US$10,000) were drawn against the facilities as at August 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

10. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

AS AT AUGUST 31,

                                                                 1999      2000
                                                                 ----      ----
Trade................................................           $1,884  $ 6,473
Salaries and social benefits.........................            1,112    1,698
Outstanding cheques in excess of bank balances.......            1,942      374
Commissions..........................................              421      966
Other................................................              164      842
                                                                ------  -------
                                                                $5,523  $10,353
                                                                ======  =======

11.      MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES

Authorized-- unlimited as to number, without par value Preferred, non-voting, ranking in priority to subordinate and multiple voting shares, each series ranking pari passu with the preferred shares of every other series, issuable in one or more series Preferred Series 1, non-voting, mandatorily redeemable on November 30, 2000 at their paid-in value, ranking in priority to all other existing and future classes of shares. The company may elect to settle the redemption value by issuing the number of subordinate voting shares obtained by dividing the paid-in value of the preferred shares Series 1, being Cdn$800,000, by the average trading price of the subordinate voting shares for a period of ten trading days preceding November 30, 2000

On February 7, 2000, the company filed articles of amendment pursuant to which the Class G shares were created.

Prior to June 29, 2000, the company's authorized mandatorily redeemable preferred shares consisted of Class B, C, E and G shares.

On June 29, 2000, the company filed articles of amendment pursuant to which preferred shares issuable in series and preferred shares Series 1 were created, the 800,000 issued and outstanding Class G shares were converted into 800,000 preferred shares Series 1 and Class B, C, E and G shares were cancelled.

F-14

The following table summarizes the preferred share activity since August 31, 1997:

                                                            CLASS C SHARE           CLASS E SHARES
                                                            -------------           --------------       ---------
                                                                                                           TOTAL
                                                                                                           -----
                                                          NUMBER      AMOUNT       NUMBER       AMOUNT     AMOUNT
                                                          ------      ------       ------       ------     ------
Balance as at August 31, 1997 and 1998.............           --      $   --     19,000,000     $   --     $   --
Business combination (note 4)......................            1         340             --         --        340
Redemption of Class C share........................           (1)       (340)          (340)        --         --
Conversion of Class E shares into Class A shares              --          --    (19,000,000)        --         --
                                                          ------      ------     ----------     ------     ------
  (note 13)........................................
Balance as at August 31, 1999 and 2000.............           --      $   --             --     $   --     $   --
                                                          ======      ======     ==========     ======     ======

                                                             CLASS G SHARES         PREFERRED SHARES SERIES 1
                                                             --------------         -------------------------
                                                                                                            TOTAL
                                                                                                            -----
                                                            NUMBER     AMOUNT       NUMBER       AMOUNT    AMOUNT
                                                            ------     ------       ------       ------    ------
Balance as at August 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999.........         --      $    --            --     $   --     $   --
Business combination (note 4)........................    800,000          555            --         --        555
Conversion of Class G shares into preferred shares                                  800,000        555         --
  Series 1...........................................   (800,000)       (555)
Foreign currency translation adjustment..............         --          --             --        (12)       (12)
                                                              --          --             --     ------     ------
Balance as at August 31, 2000........................         --      $   --        800,000     $  543     $  543
                                                         =======      ======        =======     ======     ======

12. LONG-TERM DEBT

AS AT
AUGUST 31,

                                                              1999      2000
                                                              ----      ----
Unsecured non-interest-bearing debenture
  due November 30, 2000...........................          $   --    $  136
Unsecured non-interest-bearing loan
  repayable through July 2002.....................              --        32
                                                                --        --
                                                                --       168
Less:  Current portion............................              --       152
                                                            ------    ------
                                                            $   --    $   16
                                                            ======    ======

As at August 31, 2000, minimum principal repayments required in each of the next two years are as follows:

  2001............................................          $ 152
  2002............................................             16

13.      SHARE CAPITAL

Authorized-- unlimited as to number, without par value Subordinate voting and participating, bearing a non-cumulative dividend to be determined by the Board of Directors, ranking pari passu with multiple voting shares
Multiple voting and participating, entitling to ten votes each, bearing a non-cumulative dividend to be determined by the Board of Directors, convertible at the holder's option into subordinate voting shares on a one-for-one basis, ranking pari passu with subordinate voting shares

Prior to June 29, 2000, the company's authorized share capital consisted of Class A, D and F shares.

On September 2, 1998, the company filed articles of amendment pursuant to which the Class A shares were split on a 190,000-to-one basis. Pursuant to articles of amendment dated

F-15

September 3, 1998, the 100 issued and outstanding Class E shares (note 11) were converted into Class A shares on a 190,000-to-one basis. All references to numbers of shares and per share amounts have been restated in order to reflect the share split and conversion noted above.

On June 29, 2000, the company filed articles of amendment pursuant to which subordinate and multiple voting shares were created, the 38,000,000 issued and outstanding Class A shares were converted into 38,000,000 multiple voting shares, the 707,264 issued and outstanding Class F shares were converted into 707,264 subordinate voting shares and the Class A, D and F shares were cancelled.

The following tables summarize the share capital activity since August 31, 1997:

                                                          CLASS A SHARES           CLASS F SHARES
                                                          --------------           --------------
                                                                                                          TOTAL
                                                         NUMBER      AMOUNT      NUMBER      AMOUNT      AMOUNT
                                                         ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Balance as at August 31, 1997 and 1998..............    19,000,000   $    1          --      $   --      $    1
Conversion of Class E shares into Class A shares
  (note 11).........................................    19,000,000       --          --          --          --
Issued for cash under stock purchase plan...........            --       --     197,588          86          86
                                                        ----------   ------     -------      ------      ------
Balance as at August 31, 1999.......................    38,000,000        1     197,588          86          87
Issued for cash under stock purchase plan...........            --       --     509,676         390         390
Conversion of Class F shares into subordinate
  voting shares.....................................            --       --    (707,264)       (476)       (476)
Conversion of Class A shares into multiple voting
  shares............................................   (38,000,000)      (1)         --          --          (1)
                                                        ----------   ------     -------      ------      ------
Balance as at August 31, 2000.......................            --   $   --          --      $   --      $   --
                                                        ==========   ======     =======      ======      ======

                                                          MULTIPLE VOTING SHARES      SUBORDINATE VOTING
                                                                                            SHARES
                                                          ----------------------     ---------------------
                                                                                                              TOTAL
                                                          NUMBER      AMOUNT       NUMBER       AMOUNT        AMOUNT
                                                          ------      ------       ------       ------        ------
Balance as at August 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999..                  --   $   --            --    $      --     $      --
Conversion of Class F shares into subordinate
  voting shares............................                     --       --       707,264          476           476
Conversion of Class A shares into multiple
  voting shares............................             38,000,000        1            --           --             1
Issued pursuant to the initial public offering                  --       --     8,050,000      209,300       209,300
Share issue expenses, net of related income
  taxes of $5,425,000......................                     --       --            --      (11,318)      (11,318)
                                                        ----------   ------     ---------    ---------      --------
Balance as at August 31, 2000..............             38,000,000   $    1     8,757,264    $ 198,458      $198,459
                                                        ==========   ======     =========    =========      ========

STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The company's stock purchase plan terminated at the time of the initial public offering. In accordance with that plan, officers, directors and key employees could purchase Class F shares up to a maximum of 5% of all participating, issued and outstanding shares of the company. The maximum number of shares held by one person could not exceed 1% of all issued and outstanding shares of the company. The purchase price of shares under that plan was determined as a multiple of the company's equity as at the end of the preceding fiscal year. Shares issued under that plan are restricted as to sale and transferability for a period of at least five years. Prior to June 29, 2000, the date of the initial public offering, the company issued 707,264 Class F shares in exchange for a weighted average cash consideration of Cdn$0.98 (US$0.68) per share. As at August 31, 2000, the company has guaranteed the repayment of third party loans totaling Cdn$270,000 (US$183,000) obtained by certain employees with respect to the purchase of Class F shares.

F-16

STOCK OPTION PLAN

On May 25, 2000, the company established a stock option plan for directors, executive officers, employees and consultants and those of the company's subsidiaries, as determined by the Board of Directors.

The maximum number of subordinate voting shares issuable under the plan shall not exceed 4,470,961 shares. The maximum number of subordinate voting shares that may be granted to any individual shall not exceed 5% of the number of outstanding subordinate voting shares. The exercise price shall be the market price of the common shares on the date of granting. Options granted under the plan generally expire ten years from the date of granting. Options granted under the plan generally vest over a four-year period, with 25% becoming exercisable at the end of each of the first four fiscal years of the company following the date of granting. The number of options, which ultimately become exercisable in any given year, and in aggregate, depends on the degree to which the company's financial performance objectives are met. The Board of Directors may accelerate the vesting of any or all outstanding options upon the occurrence of a change of control.

On June 27, 2000, the company granted options to purchase a total of 609,734 subordinate voting shares at the initial public offering price. As at August 31, 2000, there were 3,861,227 shares reserved for issuance under the stock option plan.

The following table summarizes the stock option activity since May 25, 2000:

                                                     YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 2000
                                                     --------------------------
                                                                    WEIGHTED
                                                                    AVERAGE
                                                      NUMBER     EXERCISE PRICE
                                                      ------     --------------
Outstanding-- Beginning of year.........                    --         $ --
Granted.................................               609,734           26
                                                       -------           --
Outstanding-- End of year...............               609,734         $ 26
                                                       =======         ====
Options exercisable-- End of year.......                    --         $ --
                                                       =======         ====

As at August 31, 2000, the weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding options was 4.83 years.

14. COMMITMENTS

OPERATING LEASES

The company has entered into operating leases for its premises, which expire at various dates through to 2003. As at August 31, 2000, the minimum rentals payable during each of the next three years are as follows:

2001....................................          $397
2002....................................           209
2003....................................            49
                                                  ----
                                                  $655

F-17

During the years ended August 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, rental expense amounted to $283,000, $344,000 and $579,000, respectively.

15. OTHER DISCLOSURES

LOAN FROM A COMPANY UNDER COMMON CONTROL

The loan from a company under common control bearing interest at prime rate plus 1% and unsecured was reimbursed during the year.

During the years ended August 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, the effective interest rate on this loan was 6.25%, 6.95% and 7.75%, respectively.

NET RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

Net research and development expenses comprise the following:

YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,

                                                   1998        1999        2000
                                                   ----        ----        ----
                                                  (note 3)      (note 3)

Gross research and development expenses......     $  4,406    $  6,390  $ 9,374
Research and development tax credits.........       (1,332)     (1,935)  (2,436)
Government grants............................          (60)       (140)    (536)
                                                  --------    --------  -------
                                                  $  3,014    $  4,315  $ 6,402
                                                  ========    ========  =======

OTHER GRANTS AND TAX CREDITS

During 1998, the company entered into an agreement with the Quebec Minister of Industry, Commerce, Science and Technology (the "Minister"). Pursuant to this agreement, the Minister agreed to contribute, in the form of grants, up to a maximum of Cdn$600,000 (US$417,000) towards interest costs incurred over the period from January 1, 1998 through December 31, 2002. In addition, the Minister agreed to provide grants up to a maximum of Cdn$2,220,000 (US$1,541,000) over the period from January 1, 1998 through December 31, 2002, payable based on the number of full-time jobs created during the period.

The above grants are subject to the condition that the company maintain its Canadian principal place of business within the Province of Quebec until at least December 31, 2002 and that jobs created pursuant to the agreement be maintained for a period of at least five years from the date of creation. Should these conditions not be met by the company, the Minister may enforce various recourse options, which include suspension or cancellation of the agreement or requiring the repayment of amounts received by the company. During the period from January 1, 1998 to August 31, 2000, the company recognized a total of Cdn$2,396,000 (US$1,627,000) under this program, of which Cdn$1,048,000 (US$712,000) has been credited to earnings with the balance of Cdn$1,348,000 (US$915,000) having been included in deferred grants.

Furthermore, in 1999, the company entered into another agreement with the Minister. Pursuant to this agreement, the Minister agreed to provide grants up to a maximum of Cdn$3,756,000 (US$2,551,000) over the period from February 1998 to June 2002, payable based on the number of jobs created and certain specific training expenses related to such jobs. The

F-18

above grant is subject to the condition that 361 jobs be created pursuant to the agreement and that the new employees continue to participate in the specific training program for a period of at least ten consecutive months. Should these conditions not be met by the company, the Minister may enforce various recourse, which include suspension or cancellation of the agreement or requiring the repayment of amounts received by the company. Since 1998, the company has recognized a total of Cdn$1,322,000 (US$898,000) under this program, of which Cdn$1,037,000 (US$704,000) has been credited to earnings with the balance of Cdn$285,000 (US$194,000) having been included in deferred grants. Should any repayments of amounts received pursuant to these agreements be required, such repayments will be charged to earnings as the amounts of any repayments become known.

Finally, since 2000, companies operating in the Quebec city area are entitled to a refundable tax credit granted by the government of the Province of Quebec. This credit is earned on the increase of production and marketing salaries incurred in the Quebec City area at a rate of 40%. The company has recognized a total of Cdn$1,297,000 (US$881,000) under this program which has been credited to earnings.

Following is a summary of the classification of these and certain other grants and tax credits in the statements of earnings.

Interest income for the years ended August 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 is net of related government grants of $66,000, $126,000 and $196,000, respectively.

Cost of sales for the years ended August 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 is net of government grants of $11,000, $33,000 and $915,000, respectively.

Selling and administrative expenses for the years ended August 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 are net of government grants of $22,000, $21,000 and $386,000, respectively.

Research and development expenses for the years ended August 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 are net of government grants of $60,000, $140,000 and $536,000, respectively.

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLANS

The company maintains two separate defined contribution employee benefits plans for certain eligible employees. These plans, which are accounted for on an accrual basis, are summarized as follows:

o Deferred profit sharing plan

This plan, maintained for eligible Canadian resident employees, requires the company to contribute an amount equal to 1% of an employee's gross salary, provided that the employee has contributed at least 2% of gross salary to a tax-deferred registered retirement savings plan. In addition, at the end of each fiscal year, the company may contribute an additional amount of up to 4% of an employee's gross salary to the employee's tax-deferred registered retirement savings plan. Contributions paid to this plan during the years ended August 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 amounted to nil, Cdn$156,000 (US$104,000) and Cdn$202,000 (US$137,000), respectively.

F-19

o 401K plan

The company maintains a 401K plan for eligible U.S. resident employees. Under the plan, the company may elect to contribute an amount of up to 50% of the first 6% of an employee's current compensation, subject to certain legislated maximum contribution limits. During the years ended August 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, the company made contributions totaling US$8,000, US$21,000 and US$23,000, respectively.

16. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the normal course of operations, the company entered into transactions with certain companies under common control. These transactions have been measured at the exchange amount which is the amount of consideration agreed upon by the related parties. These transactions have been reflected in the financial statements as follows:

YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,

                                                   1998        1999        2000
                                                   ----        ----        ----
                                                  (note 3)      (note 3)
Rent.........................................      $ 219       $ 232       $ 241
Interest expense.............................         84          92         105

17. INCOME TAXES

The reconciliation of the income tax provision calculated using the Canadian federal and provincial statutory income tax rates to the provision for income taxes per the financial statements is as follows:

YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,

                                                   1998        1999        2000
                                                   ----        ----        ----
                                                  (note 3)      (note 3)
Income taxes at combined Canadian federal and
  provincial statutory tax rate (38%)........     $2,606      $3,156     $5,897
Increase (decrease) due to:
    Manufacturing and processing deduction...       (387)       (519)      (645)
    Non-deductible expenses..................         43          40         57
    Other....................................         94        (185)       (11)
                                                  ------      ------     ------
                                                  $2,356      $2,492     $5,298
                                                  ======      ======     ======
Income taxes consist of:
    Current..................................     $2,067      $2,534     $5,331
    Future...................................        289        (42)        (33)
                                                  ------      ------     ------
                                                  $2,356      $2,492     $5,298
                                                  ======      ======     ======

Significant components of the company's future tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

AS AT AUGUST 31,

                                                              1999       2000
                                                              ----       ----
Future tax assets
   Provisions and accruals...................                $  --     $  266
   Government grants.........................                   18         --
   Deferred revenue..........................                  101        175
   Share issue expenses......................                   --      4,358
   Other.....................................                    4        193
                                                             -----     ------
                                                               123      4,992
                                                             -----     ------
Future tax liabilities
  Capital assets.............................                 (183)      (419)
  Research and development tax credits.......                 (330)      (474)

F-20

AS AT AUGUST 31,

                                                              1999       2000
                                                              ----       ----
  Government grants..........................                   --        (15)
                                                             -----     ------
                                                              (513)      (908)
                                                             -----     ------
                                                             $(390)    $4,084
                                                             =====     ======
Presented as:
  Current....................................                $(262)    $  995
  Long-term..................................                 (128)     3,089
                                                             -----     ------
                                                             $(390)    $4,084
                                                             =====     ======

18. SEGMENT INFORMATION

Management has organized the company under one operating segment, that being the development, manufacture and marketing of fiber-optic test, measurement and monitoring equipment and instruments. Substantially all of the company's long-lived assets are located in Canada.

Sales by geographic region are detailed as follows:

YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,

                                                    1998       1999       2000
                                                    ----       ----       ----
                                                    (note 3)   (note 3)

United States................................      $13,644    $20,755    $36,139
Canada.......................................        2,353      2,973      8,006
Europe.......................................        6,717      8,721     14,503
Asia.........................................        3,229      3,199      6,486
Other........................................        5,662      6,518      6,505
                                                   -------    -------    -------
                                                   $31,605    $42,166    $71,639
                                                   =======    =======    =======

Sales have been allocated to geographic regions based on the country of residence of the related customers.

During all years presented above, there were no customers from which 10% or more of total sales were derived.

19. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Short-term investments consist of the following:

AS AT AUGUST 31,

                                                              1999       2000
                                                              ----       ----
Corporate bonds denominated in Canadian dollars
  bearing interest at annual rates of 4.9% to 5% ........  $   1,371   $     --
Commercial paper denominated in Canadian dollars,
  bearing interest at annual rates of 5.77% to 5.93%,
  maturing on different dates between November 22, 2000
  and February 2, 2001 ..................................         --     41,872
Commercial paper denominated in U.S dollars, bearing
  interest at annual rates of 6.51% to 6.79%, maturing
  at different dates between November 14, 2000 and
  March 2, 2001 .........................................         --    120,787
                                                           ---------   --------
                                                           $   1,371   $162,659
                                                           =========   ========

F-21

FAIR VALUE

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, bank advances, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, dividend payable, mandatorily redeemable preferred shares, loan from a company under common control and long-term debt are financial instruments whose fair values approximate their carrying values.

The fair value of short-term investments, determined based on market value, amounted to $1,430,000 and $162,719,000 as at August 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments which potentially subject the company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable and forward exchange contracts. The company's short-term investments consist of debt instruments issued by high-credit quality financial institutions and corporations and the company's cash and cash equivalents and forward exchange contracts are held with or issued by high-credit quality financial institutions; therefore the company considers the risk of non-performance on these instruments to be remote.

Due to the North American and European distribution of the company's customers, there is no particular concentration of credit risk. Generally, the company does not require collateral or other security from customers for trade accounts receivable; however, credit is extended to customers following an evaluation of creditworthiness. In addition, the company performs ongoing credit reviews of all its customers and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable when accounts are determined to be uncollectible.

INTEREST RATE RISK

As at August 31, 2000, the company's exposure to interest rate risk is summarized as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents ........................       Non-interest bearing
Short-term investments ...........................       As described above
Accounts receivable ..............................       Non-interest bearing
Bank advances ....................................       Prime rate
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .........       Non-interest bearing
Mandatorily redeemable preferred shares ..........       Non-interest bearing
Long-term debt ...................................       As described in note 12

FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS

The company is exposed to currency risks as a result of its export sales, substantially all of which are denominated in U.S. dollars, of products manufactured in Canada. These risks are partially hedged by forward exchange contracts and certain operating expenses. As at August 31, 1999 and 2000, the company held contracts to sell U.S. dollars at various forward rates, which are summarized as follows:

F-22

                                                               WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                   CONTRACTUAL   CONTRACTUAL
                                                      AMOUNT     FORWARD RATES
                                                      ------     -------------
As at August 31, 1999
  September 1999 to August 2000...................   $ 5,800       1.4815
  September 2000 to June 2001.....................     3,000       1.5014
As at August 31, 2000
  September 2000 to August 2001...................   $ 5,400       1.4871
  September 2001 to April 2002....................     1,200       1.4602

As at August 31, 1999 and 2000, these contracts resulted in deferred unrealized losses amounting to US$35,000 and US$45,000, respectively.

As at August 31, 2000, the company held forward exchange contracts to buy U.S. dollars at various forward rates which are summarized as follows:

                                                               WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                   CONTRACTUAL   CONTRACTUAL
                                                      AMOUNT     FORWARD RATE
                                                      ------     ------------
Maturing between November 2000 and January 2001...   $40,500       1.4777

As at August 31, 2000, the fair value of these contracts amounted to US$27,431,000 compared to contractual value of US$27,407,000, resulting in an unrealized loss of US$24,000 which has been reflected in the statement of earnings for the year.

20. UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

As a registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the United States, the company is required to reconcile its financial results for significant differences between generally accepted accounting principles as applied in Canada (Canadian GAAP) and those applied in the United States (U.S. GAAP).

Additional disclosures required under U.S. GAAP have been provided in the accompanying financial statements and notes. In addition, the following summarizes differences between Canadian and U.S. GAAP and other required disclosures under U.S. GAAP.

ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

To conform with U.S. GAAP, the company measures stock-based compensation costs using the intrinsic value method (APB 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees").

Stock purchase plan

Under APB 25, compensation cost related to the stock purchase plan is measured as the difference between the fair value of the purchased stock and the purchase price paid by plan participants. Compensation cost is amortized to expense over a period of five years, being the restriction period.

During the years ended August 31, 1999 and 2000, the weighted average fair value per share under the stock purchase plan amounted to approximately $0.68 and $10.80, respectively. The fair value per share since inception of the plan ranged between $0.68 and $18.00. As at

F-23

August 31, 1999 and 2000, the balance of deferred stock-based compensation amounted to $40,000 and $2,144,000, respectively.

Stock option plan

In accordance with APB 25, the company's stock option plan is considered to be a variable plan. Accordingly, subsequent increases in the fair value of the underlying stock, in excess of the exercise price of the option, are accounted for as additional compensation costs. Compensation cost is amortized to expense over the estimated vesting period up to a maximum of four years. As at August 31, 2000, the balance of deferred stock-based compensation amounted to $17,285,000.

Under Canadian GAAP, no compensation cost is recognized for these stock-based compensation plans.

CHANGE IN REPORTING CURRENCY

As mentioned in note 3, on September 1, 1999, the company adopted the U.S. dollar as its reporting currency. Under U.S. GAAP, the financial statements, including prior years, are translated according to the current rate method. Under Canadian GAAP, at the time of change in reporting currency, the historical financial statements are presented using a translation of convenience.

Under Canadian GAAP, the statements of earnings for the years ended August 31, 1998 and 1999 were translated into U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of US$1.00 = Cdn$1.4958. Under U.S. GAAP, revenue and expenses would be translated at exchange rates prevailing at the respective transaction dates. Average exchange rates for the years ended August 31, 1998 and 1999 were US$1.00 = Cdn$1.4390 and Cdn$1.5068, respectively. The exchange rates as at August 31, 1998 and 1999 were US$1.00 = Cdn$1.5722 and Cdn$1.4958, respectively.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Under U.S. GAAP, the short-term investments would be classified as "available for sale" securities. Consequently, these securities would be carried at fair value, with any unrealized holding gains or losses at each balance sheet date being reflected in other comprehensive income on a net of tax basis. Under Canadian GAAP, short-term investments are carried at the lower of cost and market value and cost is composed of acquisition cost plus amortization of discount or less amortization of premium.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

In accordance with SFAS 121, Accounting for the impairment of long-lived assets and for long-lived assets to be disposed of, the company reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets, including goodwill associated with assets acquired in a purchase business combination, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If this review indicates that the carrying amounts of the assets and goodwill, where applicable, will not be recoverable, as determined based on estimated undiscounted cash flows, an

F-24

impairment loss is recorded. Impairment losses, if any, are measured as the excess of the carrying values over the fair values of the related assets. In addition, goodwill is reviewed periodically as disclosed in note 2.

FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS

Under U.S. GAAP, in accordance with SFAS 52, certain of the forward exchange contracts held for hedging and other purposes in 1998 and 1999, for which the underlying transactions are not firmly committed, would not qualify for hedge accounting. Consequently, unrealized gains or losses on these contracts at each balance sheet date would be reflected in earnings for the corresponding year. Under Canadian GAAP, the company's forward exchange contracts held for the purpose of hedging anticipated sales qualify for hedge accounting and any unrealized gains or losses are deferred and recognized in the statement of earnings upon settlement of the related transactions.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

For purposes of earnings per share calculations, the subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares (previously Class A, E and F shares), collectively, are considered to constitute common shares.

Under U.S. GAAP, diluted net earnings per share is calculated based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the effects of potential common shares, such as options, and conversions of senior shares outstanding during the year. This method requires that diluted net earnings per share be calculated, using the treasury stock method, as if all potential common shares had been exercised at the later of the beginning of the period or the date of issue, as the case may be, and that the funds obtained thereby were used to purchase common shares of the company at the average fair value of the common shares during the period.

Under Canadian GAAP, fully diluted earnings per share is calculated based on the current imputed earnings method (note 2).

Under U.S. GAAP, the presentation of per share figures for earnings before amortization of goodwill is not permitted. In addition, under U.S. GAAP, amortization of goodwill would be included in the computation of earnings from operations.

FUTURE INCOME TAXES

As a result of adjustments from Canadian GAAP to U.S. GAAP, future income tax liabilities under U.S. GAAP include an adjustment of $23,000 as at August 31, 1999 and 2000, related to short-term investments and forward exchange contracts carried at fair value.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging

F-25

Activities". The standard, which must be applied prospectively, is effective for all fiscal quarters of all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. The only derivatives held by the company are forward exchange contracts. The new standard is effective September 1, 2000 and will be applied prospectively, as required. On September 1, 2000, the company hedged certain firm sales commitments with forward exchange contracts, as disclosed in note 19. The impact of adopting the standard related to these derivatives will not be material. The other derivatives currently disclosed in note 19 do not qualify as hedging instruments and the method of accounting for these derivatives will not change as a result of the application of SFAS 133.

On December 3, 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") 101, "Revenue Recognition". SAB 101, as amended by SAB101B, is effective no later than the fourth fiscal quarter of the first fiscal year beginning after December 15, 1999. The implementation of this SAB is not expected to have any material effect on the company's financial statements or revenue recognition policy in future years.

In March 2000, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Interpretation 44 "Accounting for Certain Transactions Including Stock Compensation", an interpretation of APB 25, which provides guidance on applying APB 25 for certain stock compensation issues. FIN 44 is effective since July 4, 2000. The implementation of this FIN did not have any effect on the company's financial statements.

RECONCILIATION OF NET EARNINGS TO CONFORM WITH U.S. GAAP

The following summary sets out the material adjustments to the company's reported net earnings and net earnings per share which would be made to conform with U.S. GAAP.

                                                                            YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                                        -------------------------------
                                                                         1998        1999       2000
                                                                         ----        ----       ----
Net earnings for the year in accordance with Canadian
  GAAP...........................................................       $ 4,501     $ 5,814    $ 9,924
Non-cash stock-based compensation costs related to stock
  purchase plan*.................................................            --         (10)      (538)
Non-cash stock-based compensation costs related to stock
  option plan under variable accounting*.........................            --          --     (1,464)
Change in reporting currency.....................................           178         (44)        --
Unrealized gains (losses) on forward exchange contracts..........          (208)        208         --
Future income taxes on forward exchange contracts................            67         (67)        --
                                                                        -------     -------    -------
Net earnings for the year in accordance with U.S. GAAP...........         4,538       5,901      7,922
Other comprehensive income (loss)
  Foreign currency translation adjustments.......................        (1,350)        606      1,555
   Unrealized holding gains on short-term investments, net of
  related income taxes of $23,000 in 1999 and nil in
  2000...........................................................            --          36          1
                                                                        -------     -------          -
Comprehensive income.............................................       $ 3,188     $ 6,543    $ 9,478
                                                                        =======     =======    =======
Basic and diluted net earnings per share in accordance
  with U.S. GAAP.................................................       $  0.12     $  0.15    $  0.20


* Required under APB 25

F-26

Earnings available to common shareholders is reconciled as follows:

YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,

                                                     1998      1999      2000
                                                     ----      ----      ----
Net earnings for the year....................       $4,538    $5,901    $7,922
Dividend on Class C share....................           --     (333)        --
                                                    -------   ------    ------
Earnings available to common shareholders....       $4,538    $5,568    $7,922
                                                    ======    ======    ======

The diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding calculated according to U.S. GAAP is as follows:

YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,

                                                     1998      1999      2000
                                                     ----      ----      ----
Weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding--
  Basic (000's)..............................       38,000    38,001    39,951
Conversion of preferred shares Series 1......           --        --        26
Exercise of stock options....................           --        --       109
                                                    ------    ------    ------
Weighted average number of common shares
  outstanding--
  Diluted (000's)............................       38,000    38,001    40,086
                                                    ======    ======    ======

The number of common shares issuable upon the assumed conversion of the preferred shares Series 1 has been determined by dividing the paid-in value of the preferred shares Series 1 (previously Class G shares) by the market value of the former Class A shares as at February 4, 2000 (the date the Class G shares were issued), or $18.00 per Class A share, weighted from the date of issuance of the Class G shares to the end of the year.

As a result of the above adjustments to net earnings, differences with respect to the shareholders' equity under U.S. GAAP are as follows:

SHARE CAPITAL

AS AT AUGUST 31,

                                                              1999       2000
                                                              ----       ----
Share capital in accordance with Canadian GAAP.........     $   87    $ 198,459
Stock-based compensation costs related to stock
  purchase plan
  Current year.........................................         10          538
   Cumulative effect of prior years....................         --           10
                                                            ------    ---------
Share capital in accordance with U.S. GAAP.............     $   97    $ 199,007

OTHER CAPITAL

AS AT AUGUST 31,

                                                              1999       2000
                                                              ----       ----

Other capital in accordance with Canadian GAAP....          $   --     $   --
Stock-based compensation costs related to stock
  option plan under variable accounting...........              --      1,464
                                                            ------     ------
Other capital in accordance with U.S. GAAP........          $   --     $1,464
                                                            ======     ======

RETAINED EARNINGS

AS AT AUGUST 31,

                                                              1999       2000
                                                              ----       ----
Retained earnings in accordance
  with Canadian GAAP..............................          $14,592    $ 6,980
Stock-based compensation costs ...................              (10)    (2,002)

                                      F-27

Current year......................................
   Cumulative effect of prior years                              --        (10)
Change in reporting currency
   Current year
      Net earnings................................              (44)
      Dividends...................................               24
   Cumulative effect of prior years...............            1,036      1,016
                                                            -------    -------
Retained earnings in accordance with U.S. GAAP....          $15,598    $ 5,984
                                                            =======    =======

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

YEARS ENDED
AUGUST 31,

                                                            1999        2000
                                                            ----        ----
Foreign currency translation adjustments
   Balance-- Beginning of year....................      $ (1,622)    $ (1,016)
   Change during the year.........................           606        1,555
                                                        --------     --------
   Balance-- End of year..........................        (1,016)         539
                                                        --------     --------
Unrealized holding gains on short-term investments,
 net of income taxes                                          --           36
   Balance -- Beginning of year
   Unrealized gains arising during the year, net of
     related income taxes of $23,000 in 1999 and 2000.        36           37
   Reclassification adjustment for amounts included
     in net earnings, net of related income taxes of
     $23,000 .....................................            --          (36)
                                                        --------     --------
   Balance-- End of year..........................            36           37
                                                        --------     --------
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).....      $   (980)    $    576
                                                        ========     ========

Following are condensed statements of earnings for the years ended August 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 and condensed balance sheets as at August 31, 1999 and 2000 prepared under U.S. GAAP:

YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,

                                                  1998        1999     2000
                                                  ----        ----     ----
STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Sales...................................         $32,853    $41,858   $71,639
Cost of sales...........................          11,793     14,889    24,712
                                                  ------    -------   -------
Gross margin............................          21,060     26,969    46,927
Total operating expenses................          14,105     18,367    34,503(1)
                                                  ------    -------   -------
Earnings from operations................           6,955      8,602    12,424
                                                  =====     =======   =======
Net earnings for the year...............          $4,538    $ 5,901   $ 7,922
                                                  ======    =======   =======

(1) includes the non-cash stock compensation costs totaling $2,002,000.

F-28

AS AT AUGUST 31,

                                                              1999        2000
                                                              ----        ----
BALANCE SHEETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents........................       $   423     $    729
   Available-for-sale securities...................         1,430      162,719
   Accounts receivable.............................         9,895       21,062
   Inventories.....................................         7,591       18,868
   Other current assets............................           856        1,307
   Future income taxes.............................            --          972
                                                          -------     --------
                                                           20,195      205,657
Capital assets.....................................         2,639        8,694
Goodwill and other assets..........................            65        2,320
Future income taxes................................            --        3,089
                                                          -------     --------
                                                          $22,899     $219,760
                                                          =======     ========
Current liabilities
  Bank advances....................................       $    --     $     10
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities........         5,523       10,353
   Other current liabilities.......................         1,891        1,090
                                                          -------     --------
                                                            7,414       11,453
Long-term liabilities..............................           770        1,276
                                                          -------     --------
                                                            8,184       12,729
Shareholders' equity
  Share capital....................................            97      199,007
   Other capital...................................            --        1,464
   Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)...          (980)         576
   Retained earnings...............................        15,598        5,984
                                                          -------     --------
                                                           14,715      207,031
                                                          -------     --------
                                                          $22,899     $219,760
                                                          =======     ========

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Under Canadian GAAP, the statements of cash flows, which have been prepared on a basis consistent with International Accounting Standards, for the years ended August 31, 1998 and 1999 were translated into U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of US$1.00 = Cdn$1.4958. Under U.S. GAAP, the historical exchange rates on the dates of the cash flow activities would be used. Following are summary statements of cash flows under U.S. GAAP:

YEARS ENDED
AT AUGUST 31,

                                                                 1998      1999
                                                                 ----      ----
Operating activities........................................   $  3,278  $3,633
Financing activities........................................       (273) (3,261)
Investing activities........................................     (2,061) (1,206)
                                                               --------  ------
Change in cash and cash equivalents.........................        944    (834)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash
  equivalents...............................................       (124)     56
Cash and cash equivalents
  --Beginning of year.......................................        381   1,201
                                                               --------  ------
Cash and cash equivalents
  --End of year.............................................   $  1,201  $  423
                                                               ========  ======

For the year ended August 31, 2000, there are no material differences between the statement of cash flows under Canadian GAAP as compared to U.S.
GAAP.

F-29

ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Under U.S. GAAP, the company has elected to measure compensation cost related to awards of stock options using the intrinsic value method of accounting. In this instance, however, under SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, the company is required to make pro forma disclosures of net earnings, basic net earnings per share and diluted net earnings per share as if the fair value based method of accounting had been applied.

The fair value of options granted was estimated using the Black-Scholes options pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: a risk-free interest rate of 6.04%, an expected volatility of 75%, dividends of nil and a weighted average expected life of 32 months. The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year was $13.

The Black-Scholes options valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions, and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because the company's employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

If the fair value based method had been used to account for stock-based compensation costs related to stock options issued to employees, directors and executive officers, the net earnings and related net earnings per share figures under U.S. GAAP would be as follows:

YEAR ENDED
AUGUST 31, 2000

Pro forma net earnings for the year......................... $8,939 Pro forma basic and diluted net earnings per share.......... $0.22

21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On December 20, 2000, the company acquired a 100% interest in Burleigh Instruments, Inc. ("Burleigh"), a manufacturer of precision scientific instruments used in basic and applied research, engineering and production test applications in a variety of fields, in exchange for a total consideration value at US$186,809,000. The consideration paid consisted of US$40 million in cash and the issuance of 6,488,816 subordinate voting shares for an amount of US$146,809,000. This acquisition will be accounted for using the purchase method.

Under U.S. GAAP, the value of shares issued upon a business combination should be determined based on the market price of the shares over a reasonable period of time before and after the companies have reached an agreement on the purchase price, the significant terms of the agreement are known and the proposed transaction is announced.

In view of this standard, the measurement date occurred on December 14, 2000, the date on which all significant terms of the agreement were known. The average market price of the shares a few days before and after that date was US$31.09. Considering the number of shares to be issued, the total consideration for U.S. GAAP purposes amounts to US$241,737,000.

F-30

Furthermore, the company established a restricted stock award plan for employees of Burleigh. A total of 360,000 subordinate voting shares will be granted under that plan with an exercise price of nil. Shares granted under the plan will vest over a four-year period, with 25% vesting on an annual basis commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Under U.S. GAAP, compensation costs related to the restricted stock award plan will be measured as the difference between the fair value of the awarded stock and the exercise price which is nil. As at December 20, 2000, the balance of deferred stock-based compensation amounted to US$8,145,000 and will be recognized over the vesting period.

Under Canadian GAAP, no compensation cost will be recognized for this stock-based compensation plan.

F-31

(tabular amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20 -F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

By:  /s/  Germain Lamonde
     ---------------------------------------
Name:     Germain Lamonde
Title:    Chairman of the Board, President
          and Chief Executive Officer

F-32

                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

     NUMBER                             EXHIBIT
---------------   --------------------------------------------------------------
      1.1         Amended Articles of Incorporation of EXFO (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 3.1 of EXFO's Registration Statement on
                  Form F-1, File No. 38956).
      1.2         By-laws of EXFO (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of
                  EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 38956).
      1.3         Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. of EXFO.
      2.1         Form of Subordinate Voting Share Certificate (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 4.1 of EXFO's Registration Statement on
                  Form F-1, File No. 38956).
      2.2         Form of Registration Rights Agreement between EXFO and Germain
                  Lamonde dated July 6, 2000 ) (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.13 of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1,
                  File No. 333-38956).
      3.1         Form of Trust Agreement among EXFO, Germain Lamonde, GEXFO
                  Investissements Technologiques inc., Fiducie Germain Lamonde
                  and G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc. (incorporated
                  by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of EXFO's Registration Statement
                  on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.1         Agreement of Merger and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of
                  November 4, 2000, by and among EXFO, EXFO Sub, Inc., Burleigh
                  Instruments, Inc., Robert G. Klimasewki, William G. May, Jr.,
                  David J. Farrell and William S. Gornall
      4.2         Amendment No. 1 to Agreement of Merger and Plan of Agreement,
                  dated as of December 20, 2000, by and among EXFO, EXFO Sub,
                  Inc., Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Robert G. Klimasewski,
                  William G. May, Jr., David J. Farrell and William S. Gornall.
      4.3         Offer to purchase shares of Nortech Fibronic Inc., dated
                  February 6, 2000 among EXFO, Claude Adrien Noel, 9086-9314
                  Quebec inc., Michel Bedard, Christine Bergeron and Societe en
                  Commandite Capidem Quebec Enr. and Certificate of Closing,
                  dated February 7, 2000 among the same parties (including
                  summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
                  of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).
      4.4         Offer to acquire a building, dated February 23, 2000, between
                  EXFO and Groupe Mirabau inc. and as accepted by Groupe Mirabau
                  inc. on February 24, 2000 (including summary in English)
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of EXFO's
                  Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.5         Lease Agreement, dated December 1, 1996, between EXFO and
                  GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc., as assigned to
                  9080-9823 Quebec inc. on September 1, 1999 (including summary
                  in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of
                  EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).
      4.6         Lease Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between EXFO and GEXFO
                  Investissements Technologiques inc., as assigned to 9080-9823
                  Quebec inc. on September 1, 1999 (including summary in
                  English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit10.5 of EXFO's
                  Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.7         Loan Agreement between EXFO and GEXFO Investissements
                  Technologiques inc., dated May 11, 1993, as assigned to
                  9080-9823 Quebec inc. on September 1, 1999 (including summary
                  in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of
                  EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).
      4.8         Resolution of the board of directors of EXFO, dated September
                  1, 1999, authorizing EXFO to acquire GEXFO Distribution
                  Internationale inc. from GEXFO Investissements Technologiques
                  inc. (including summary in English) (incorporated by reference
                  to Exhibit 10.10 of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1,
                  File No. 333-38956).
      4.9         Form of Promissory Note of EXFO issued to GEXFO
                  Investissements Technologiques inc. dated June 27, 2000 )
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of EXFO's
                  Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.10        Credit Agreement, dated July 6, 1995, among EXFO, National
                  Bank of Canada and Banque Nationale de Paris(Canada), as
                  amended on December 22, 1999 and on March 28, 2000 (including
                  summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
                  of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).
      4.11        Term Loan Offer, dated March 28, 2000, among EXFO and National
                  Bank of Canada as accepted by EXFO on April 3, 2000 (including
                  summary in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                  10.11 of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).
      4.12        Sale Agreement, dated September 1, 1999, between EXFO and
                  GEXFO Investissements Technologiques inc. (including summary
                  in English) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of
                  EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No.
                  333-38956).
      4.13        Purchase Agreement to acquire a building dated June 7, 2000,
                  between EXFO and Groupe Mirabau inc. (incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit 10.16 of EXFO's Registration Statement on
                  Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.14        Employment Agreement of Germain Lamonde dated May 29, 2000
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of EXFO's
                  Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.15        Employment Agreement of Mario Larose dated as of May 30, 2000.
      4.16        First Amending Agreement to Employment Agreement of Mario
                  Larose dated as of September 1, 2000.
      4.17        Deferred Profit Sharing Plan, dated September 1, 1998
                  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of EXFO's
                  Registration Statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.18        Stock Option Plan, dated May 25, 2000 (incorporated by
                  Reference to Exhibit 10.7 of EXFO's Registration Statement on
                  Form F-1, File No. 333-38956).
      4.19        Share Plan, dated April 3, 2000 (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.8 of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1,
                  File No. 333-38956).
      4.20        Directors' Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to
                  Exhibit 10.17 of EXFO's Registration Statement on Form F-1,
                  File No. 333-38956).
      4.21        Restricted Stock Award Plan, dated December 20, 2000.
      8.1         Subsidiaries of EXFO (included on page 34 of this Annual
                  Report).

F-33

(tabular amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data and as otherwise noted)

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page

PART I. ...................................................................... 1
-------

   Item 1.      Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors......... 1

   Item 2.      Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable....................... 1

   Item 3.      Key Information............................................... 1

   Item 4.      Information on the Company................................... 14

   Item 5.      Operating and Financial Review and Prospects................. 36

   Item 6.      Directors, Senior Management and Employees................... 44

   Item 7.      Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions............ 55

   Item 8.      Financial Information........................................ 59

   Item 9.      The Offer and Listing........................................ 59

   Item 10.     Additional Information....................................... 59

   Item 11.     Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Risk.......... 69

   Item 12.     Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities....... 70

PART II.        ............................................................. 70
--------

   Item 13.     Defaults, Dividends Arrearages and Delinquencies............. 70

   Item 14.     Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders
                and Use of Proceeds ......................................... 70

   Item 15.     [Reserved]................................................... 70

   Item 16.     [Reserved]................................................... 70

PART III.       ............................................................. 71
---------

   Item 17.     Financial Statements......................................... 71

   Item 18.     Financial Statements......................................... 71

   Item 19.     Exhibits..................................................... 71


EXHIBIT 1.3

[LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                    Industry Canada     Industrie Canada

                    Canada Business     Loi canadienne sur les
                    Corporation Act     societes par actions

               FORM 7                             FORMULE 7

          RESTATED ARTICLES OF               STATUTS CONSTITUTIFS
             INCORPORATION                        MIS A JOUR
             (SECTION 180)                       (ARTICLE 180)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.   Name of corporation                     Denomination de la societe

EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.       EXFO Ingenierie Electro-Optique inc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.   The place in Canada where the           Lieu au Canada ou doit etre situe
     registered office is to be              le siege social
     situated

Quebec City Metropolitan Area                Region metropolitaine de Quebec
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.   The classes and any maximum             Categories et tout nombre maximal
     number of shares that the               d'actions que la societe est
     corporation is authorized to issue      autorisee a emettre

Schedule A attached hereto is incorporated   L'annexe A ci-jointe fait partie
herein by reference as if herein set forth   integrante du present formulaire.
at length
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.   Restrictions, if any, on share          Restrictions sur le transfert
     transfers                               des actions, s'il y a lieu

None                                         Aucune
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.   Number (or minimum and maximum          Nombre (ou nombre minimal et
     number) of directors                    maximal) d'administrateurs

Schedule B attached hereto is incorporated   L'annexe B ci-jointe fait partie
herein by reference as if herein set forth   integrante du present formulaire.
at length
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.   Restrictions, if any, on business       Limites imposees a l'activite
     the corporation may carry on            commerciale de la societe, s'il
                                             y a lieu

None                                         Aucune
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.   Other provisions, if any                Autres dispositions, s'il y a lieu

Schedule C attached hereto is incorporated   L'annexe C ci-jointe fait partie
herein by reference as if herein set forth   integrante du present formulaire.
at length
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The foregoing restated articles of           Cette mise a jour des statuts
incorporation correctly set out, without     constitutifs demontre exactement,
substantive change, the corresponding        sans changement substantiel, les
provisions of the articles of incorporation  dispositions correspondantes des
as amended and supersede the original        statuts constitutifs modifies qui
articles of incorporation.                   remplacent les statuts constitutifs
                                             origineaux.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature                     Date           FOR DEPARTMENT USE ONLY -
                              D-J  M  Y-A    A L'USAGE DU MINISTERE SEULEMENT
/s/ Kimberley Ann Okell
Kimberley Ann Okell           29-06-00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title-Titre                                  Filed-Deposee

Secretary
================================================================================
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                    ANNEXE A
                                    --------

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Subordinate Voting Shares, an unlimited number of Multiple Voting shares and an unlimited number of Preferred Shares issuable in series of which 800,000 Preferred Shares Series I are authorized for issuance, which shares shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1. SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES AND MULTIPLE VOTING SHARES

The Subordinate Voting Shares and the Multiple Voting Shares (collectively the "Equity Shares") include the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1.1 DIVIDENDS

Each Subordinate Voting Share and each Multiple Voting Shares confers, subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares, the right to receive such dividends as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine, but in an identical amount, at the same time and in the same form (whether in cash, kind or otherwise) as if such shares were of one and the same class.

1.2 SUBDIVISION OR CONSOLIDATION

No subdivision or consolidation of the Subordinate Voting Shares or the Multiple Voting Shares may be made unless, simultaneously, the Multiple Voting Shares or the Subordinate Voting Shares, as the case may be, are subdivided in the same manner and, in such case, the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions then attached to the Subordinate Voting Shares and the Multiple Voting Shares will also be attached to the shares so subdivided or consolidated.

1.3 LIQUIDATION

In case of liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its business, whether or not in its own right, the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares and the holders of Multiple Voting Shares are entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares, to share equally amongst themselves, on a share-for-share basis, the remaining property and assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders, without preference or distinction.

1.4 VOTE

The holders of Subordinate Voting Shares and the holders of Multiple Voting Shares have the right to receive notices of any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation and to attend any such meeting and vote thereat as a single class in respect of any matter on which the shareholders of the Corporation are required to vote, except in the case of a meeting at which only the holders of shares of a


particular class or series are entitled to vote separately pursuant to the CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT (the "Act") or the articles of the Corporation. The Subordinate Voting Shares confer 1 vote per share and the Multiple Voting Shares confer 10 votes per share.

1.5 MULTIPLE VOTING SHARE CONVERSION PRIVILEGE

Each outstanding Multiple Voting Share may, at all times and at the option of the holder, be converted into one Subordinate Voting Share, in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

         1.5.1    the conversion privilege set out in this subsection
                  1.5 shall be exercised by means of a written notice
                  given to the transfer agent of the Corporation and
                  accompanied by the certificate or certificates
                  representing the Multiple Voting Shares in respect of
                  which the holder wishes to avail itself of such
                  privilege. Such notice shall be signed by the holder
                  of the Multiple Voting Shares in respect of which
                  such privilege is exercised or by its duly authorized
                  representative and shall indicate the number of
                  Multiple Voting Shares the holder wishes to convert.
                  The holder shall also pay all government taxes or
                  other duties or income taxes that may be imposed in
                  respect of such conversion. The conversion of the
                  Multiple Voting Shares into Subordinate Voting Shares
                  shall take effect as of the receipt by the transfer
                  agent of the Corporation of the notice of conversion
                  and the certificate or certificates representing the
                  Multiple Voting Shares in respect of which the holder
                  wishes to avail itself of the said conversion
                  privilege; and

         1.5.2    upon receipt of such notice and the certificate or
                  certificates, the Corporation will issue or cause to
                  be issued, with effect on the date of such receipt, a
                  certificate or certificates representing the
                  outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares, in accordance
                  with the terms and conditions describes hereinabove,
                  in favour of the holder of such Multiple Voting
                  Shares, which may not from such time exercise its
                  rights as a holder of Multiple Voting Shares. If less
                  than the aggregate of the Multiple Voting Shares
                  represented by a certificate is to be converted, the
                  holder shall be entitled to receive a new certificate
                  for the Multiple Voting Shares represented by the
                  original certificate and not converted.

1.6      RANK

Unless otherwise indicated in subsections 1.4 and 1.5, each Subordinate Voting Share and each Multiple Voting Share confer the same rights, are equal among themselves in all respects and will be treated by the Corporation as if they were shares of a single class.

1.7 ADDITIONAL ISSUANCE OF MULTIPLE VOTING SHARES

Save for Multiple Voting Shares issued pursuant to subsection 1.2, no Multiple Voting Share shall be issued unless such issuance has been approved by a special resolution of the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares at a special meeting of such holders convened for such purpose.


2. PREFERRED SHARES

The Preferred Shares carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

2.1 DIRECTORS' AUTHORITY TO ISSUE IN ONE OR MORE SERIES

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may issue the Preferred Shares at any time and from time to time in one or more series. Before the first shares of a particular series are issued, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall fix the number of shares in such series and shall determine, subject to the limitations set out in these Articles of Amendment, the designation, rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions to be attached to the shares of such series including, without limiting or restricting the generality of the foregoing, the rate or rates, amount or method or methods of calculation of preferential dividends, whether cumulative, non-cumulative or partially cumulative, and whether such rate, amount or method of calculation shall be subject to change or adjustment in the future, the currency or currencies of payment, the date and place of payment thereof, and the date or dates from which such preferential dividends shall accrue, the redemption price and terms and conditions of redemption, if any, the rights of retraction, if any, and the prices and other terms and conditions of any rights of retraction and whether any additional rights of retraction may be provided to such holders in the future, the consideration and the terms and conditions of any purchase for cancellation, if any, and the terms and conditions of any share purchase plan or sinking fund with respect thereto, the conversion price and the terms and conditions of conversion, if any. Before the issue of the first shares of a series, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall send to the director under the Act, Articles of Amendment containing a description of such series including the designation, rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

2.2 RANKING OF PREFERRED SHARES

The Preferred Shares of each series shall rank at par with the Preferred Shares of every other series with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Multiple Voting Shares and the Subordinate Voting Shares of the Corporation, with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and the distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntary or involuntary. If any cumulative dividends or amounts payable on return of capital in respect of a series of shares are not paid in full, the shares of all series of Preferred Shares participate rateably in respect of accumulated dividends and return of capital.


2.3 PURCHASE FOR CANCELLATION

Subject to the provisions of the Act and the provisions attached to any particular series of Preferred Shares, Preferred Shares of any series, if so provided in the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attached to such series, may be purchased for cancellation or made subject to redemption at the option of the Corporation or the holder thereof, at such time and at such prices and upon such other terms and conditions as may be specified in the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attaching to the Preferred Shares of such series.

2.4 VOTING RIGHTS

Unless the Articles of Amendment otherwise provide with respect to the creation and issue of a particular series of Preferred Shares, the holders of Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive any notice of or attend any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation and shall not be entitled to vote at any such meeting; provided that at any meeting of shareholders at which, notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of Preferred Shares are required or entitled by law to vote separately as a class, each holder of Preferred Shares of any series thereof shall be entitled to cast, in respect of each such Preferred Share held, that number of votes which is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the stated capital account maintained for all the outstanding Preferred Shares of such series by the number of such outstanding Preferred Shares; provided that in respect of any such consideration denominated in a currency other than Canadian, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall, for the purpose of this
Section 2.4, determine the appropriate conversion rate of such currency to Canadian currency in effect on the date of issue and, based on such rate, the Canadian dollar equivalent of such consideration; and provided further that when such quotient is a fraction or a whole number plus a fraction there shall be no right to vote in respect of such fraction.

Any meeting of shareholders at which the holders of the Preferred Shares are required or entitled by law to vote separately as a class or a series shall, unless the Articles of the Corporation otherwise provide, be called and conducted in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation; provided that no amendment to or repeal of the provisions of such by-laws made after the date of the first issue of any of the Preferred Shares by the Corporation shall be applicable to the calling and conduct of meetings of holders of the Preferred Shares voting separately as a class or as a series unless such amendment or repeal has been theretofore approved by ordinary resolution adopted by the holders of the Preferred Shares voting separately as a class.

3. PREFERRED SHARES SERIES 1

The first series of Preferred Shares shall consist of 800,000 shares and shall be designated as Preferred Shares Series 1 (the "Preferred Shares Series 1"). The rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attaching to the Preferred Shares Series 1 are as follows:


3.1 DEFINITIONS

In these share conditions, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

3.1.1    "Aggregate Redemption Price" means the product
         obtained by multiplying the number of outstanding
         Preferred Shares Series 1 by the Redemption Price.

3.1.2    "Conversion Price" means the dollar amount per
         Subordinate Voting Share in Canadian dollars
         determined by reference to the stock market on which
         the greatest volume of trading of the Subordinate
         Voting Shares occurred during the 10 days of stock
         market activity preceding November 30, 2000, as
         follows:

         (i)      by averaging the closing prices of the
                  Subordinate Voting Shares for such 10 days
                  of stock market activity preceding November
                  30, 2000; or

         (ii)     if the Subordinate Voting Shares have been
                  traded fewer than 5 days of the 10 days of
                  stock market activity preceding November 30,
                  2000, by averaging the following prices
                  determined for each of those 10 days:

                  a)      the closing price or, if the closing
                          price is not published, the average
                          between the highest and the lowest
                          prices, for each day that there has
                          been trading; and

                  b)      the average of the bid and ask
                          prices for each day on which there
                          was no trading.

3.1.3    "Higher Rank" or " Equal Rank" and similar
         expressions, whether used individually or
         collectively, shall mean the order of priority of the
         shares of different classes or series as regards the
         payment of dividends or the distribution of assets in
         the event of the winding-up, dissolution or
         abandonment of the business of the Corporation,
         whether or not voluntary, or in the event of any
         other repayment of capital or distribution of the
         assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for
         purposes of winding up its affairs.

3.1.4    "Redemption Price" means, for each Preferred Share
         Series 1, $1.00.

3.2 VOTING RIGHTS

Subject to the Act, the holders of the Preferred Shares Series 1 shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation or to vote at any such meeting.


3.3 DIVIDENDS

The holders of the Preferred Shares Series 1 shall not be entitled to receive, any dividend nor be entitled to participate any further in the distribution or payment of profits or assets of the Corporation.

3.4 PURCHASE

Subject to the Act, the Corporation shall have the right at its option at any time and from time to time, pursuant to tenders received upon request therefor addressed to all holders of Preferred Shares Series 1, to purchase the whole or any part of the Preferred Shares Series 1 at the lowest price for which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, such shares are obtainable, but not exceeding a sum equal to the Redemption Price for each issued and outstanding Preferred Shares Series 1, provided that if, in response to such invitation for tenders, 2 or more shareholders submit tenders at the same price and if such tenders are accepted by the Corporation, in whole or in part, then unless the Corporation accepts all such tenders in whole, the Corporation shall accept such tenders in proportion as nearly as may be to the number of shares offered in each such tender. From and after the date of such purchase, all Preferred Shares Series 1 so purchased shall be cancelled.

3.5 MANDATORY REDEMPTION

Subject to the Act, the Corporation shall have the right to redeem, on November 30, 2000 (the "Redemption Date"), all outstanding Preferred Shares Series 1 on payment to their holders of their Aggregate Redemption Price. The Corporation shall give to each registered holder of Preferred Shares Series 1 a written notice of redemption (the "Notice of Redemption") or send such notice by mail to the last known address of the holder. The Notice of Redemption shall inform the holders of Preferred Shares Series 1 of the redemption of their Preferred Shares Series 1 on the Redemption Date and shall be given no less than 5 days prior to the Redemption Date. Any holder may waive receipt of a Notice of Redemption. On the Redemption Date, the Preferred Shares Series 1 redeemed shall be cancelled automatically and their holders shall have the right, upon delivery to the Corporation at its principal office during its usual business hours of the certificate or certificates representing the Preferred Shares Series 1 so redeemed duly endorsed, to the payment of the Aggregate Redemption Price of their Preferred Shares Series 1 (less any taxes which must be deducted or withheld in respect thereof). Payment shall be made by cheque. At any time after the Notice of Redemption has been given, the Corporation shall be entitled to deposit the amount of the Aggregate Redemption Price of the Preferred Shares Series 1 (less any taxes which must be deducted or withheld in respect thereof) in one or more chartered banks or trust companies within Canada who shall have been named in the Notice of Redemption. Such deposits shall be made in one or more special trust accounts for the benefit of holders of Preferred Shares Series 1 redeemed, and the amounts owing to them shall be paid by such banks or trust companies upon remittance of the certificate or certificates representing the Preferred Shares Series 1 so redeemed duly endorsed. Once these deposits have been made, the Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be deemed to have been redeemed on the Redemption Date. After the Corporation has effected a deposit in the


aforementioned manner with respect to any of the Preferred Shares Series 1, as of the Redemption Date, holders of such shares shall not have any further rights as shareholders with respect to such shares and their rights shall be limited to the collection of the portion of the deposited amounts applicable to such shares, without interest (less any taxes which must be deducted or withheld in respect of said amount); any accrued interest on such deposits shall belong to the Corporation.

3.6 CONVERSION AT OPTION OF CORPORATION

On November 30, 2000 (the "Conversion Date"), the Corporation shall, if it has elected not to redeem the Preferred Shares Series 1, pursuant to Section 3.5 above, convert all outstanding Preferred Shares Series 1 into Subordinate Voting Shares. The number of Subordinate Voting Shares to which is entitled a holder of Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be equal to the result obtained by dividing the Aggregate Redemption Price of the Preferred Shares Series 1 held by such holder by the Conversion Price. No fractional Subordinate Voting Shares shall be issued upon the conversion of the Preferred Shares Series 1. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay a cash amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective Conversion Price. On the Conversion Date, the Preferred Shares Series 1 converted shall be cancelled automatically and their holders shall have the right to receive, upon delivery to the Corporation at its principal office during its usual business hours of the certificate or certificates representing the Preferred Shares Series 1 so converted duly endorsed, a certificate or certificates representing the number of Subordinate Voting Shares resulting from the conversion of the Preferred Shares Series 1 together with the cash amount payable as a result of conversion into fractional Subordinate Voting Shares (less any taxes which must be deducted or withheld in respect thereof). Payment of cash amounts shall be made by cheque. The Corporation shall be entitled to deposit the certificates representing the number of Subordinate Voting Shares resulting from the conversion of the Preferred Shares Series 1 together with the cash amounts payable as a result of conversion into fractional Subordinate Voting Shares (less any taxes which must be deducted or withheld in respect thereof) in one or more trust companies within Canada who shall have been named in a written notice sent by mail by the Corporation to the last known address of each registered holder of Preferred Shares Series 1. Such deposits shall be made in one or more special trust accounts for the benefit of holders of Preferred Shares Series 1 converted, and the certificates representing the Subordinate Voting Shares to which they are entitled and the cash amounts owing to them shall be remitted by such trust companies upon remittance of the certificate or certificates representing the Preferred Shares Series 1 so converted duly endorsed. Once these deposits have been made, the Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be deemed to have been converted on the Conversion Date. After the Corporation has effected a deposit in the aforementioned manner with respect to any of the Preferred Shares Series 1, as of the Conversion Date, holders of such shares shall not have any further rights as holders of Preferred Shares Series 1 with respect to such shares; any accrued interest on the cash amount deposits shall belong to the Corporation.


3.7 DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be entitled to receive, before any distribution or payment of any part of the assets of the Corporation among the holders of Multiple Voting Shares and Subordinate Voting Shares, an amount equal to the Redemption Price of their shares and no more.

3.8 VETO

No class of shares of an Equal Rank or of a Superior Rank with the Preferred Shares Series 1 may be created, and the provisions relating to the Preferred Shares Series 1 or relating to other classes of shares may not be modified so as to confer on such shares rights or privileges that are of Equal Rank or of Superior Rank to those attached to the Preferred Shares Series 1, unless such creation or modification has been approved by a special resolution of the holders of Preferred Shares Series 1 at a special meeting of such holders convened for such purpose.

3.9 INTERPRETATION

3.9.1    All amounts set forth in these presents are expressed
         in Canadian dollars and all amounts required to be
         converted into Canadian dollars shall be deemed to be
         converted into or from Canadian dollars at the noon
         buying rate of the FEDERAL RESERVE BANK OF NEW YORK
         on the date as of which such conversion is
         determined.

3.9.2    Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set
         forth in these presents, the payment of any sum of
         money may be made by electronic transfer or by any
         other means which the Board of Directors may approve,
         instead of being made by cheque. In such an event,
         the payment of sums of money to holders of Preferred
         Shares Series 1 shall be deemed to constitute payment
         and shall release the Corporation from all its
         obligations with respect to the payment of such sums,
         up to the amount represented thereby, unless the
         payment is not honoured by the Corporation.


SCHEDULE B
ANNEXE B

NUMBER (OR MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DIRECTORS)

The minimum number of directors shall be 3, and the maximum number of directors shall be 12. Moreover, directors shall be authorized to appoint one or more directors (in addition to the number of directors elected at the last annual meeting of shareholders) who shall hold office for a term expiring not later than the close of the next annual meeting of shareholders, but the total number of directors so appointed may not exceed one third of the number of directors elected at the previous annual meeting of shareholders.


SCHEDULE C
ANNEXE C

         OTHER PROVISIONS                                   AUTRES DISPOSITIONS

1.   BORROWING POWER                              1.   POUVOIR D'EMPRUNT
     ---------------                                   -----------------

The directors may, when they deem expedient,      Les administrateurs peuvent, lorsqu'ils le jugent
by way of ordinary resolution and without         opportun, par voie de resolution ordinaire et
having to obtain authorization of the             sans  avoir a obtenir l'autorisation des
shareholders:                                     actionnaires:

1.1  borrow money on the credit of the            1.1  contracter des emprunts,  compte tenu
     Corporation;                                      du credit de la societe;

1.2  issue bonds or other securities of the       1.2  emettre des obligations ou autres valeurs
     Corporation and give them in guarantee            de la societe et les donner en garantie ou
     or sell them for such prices and such             les vendre pour les prix et sommes juges
     sums as may be deemed expedient;                  convenables;

1.3  subject to  Section  44 of the CANADA        1.3  sous reserve de l'article 44 de la LOI
     BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT (R.S.C., 1985,           CANADIENNE SUR LES SOCIETES PAR ACTIONS
     c. C-44), give a guarantee on behalf of           (L.R.C. (1985), ch. C-44), garantir, au
     the Corporation to secure performance of          nom de la societe, l'execution  d'une
     an obligation of any person;                      obligation a la charge d'une autre
                                                       personne;

1.4  mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or             1.4  grever d'une surete, notamment par
     otherwise create a security interest in all       hypotheque, tout ou partie des biens,
     or any property of the Corporation,               presents ou futurs, de la societe, afin de
     owned or subsequently acquired, to                garantir ses obligations; et
     secure any obligation of the Corporation;
     and

1.5  delegate one or any of the foregoing         1.5  deleguer un ou plusieurs des pouvoirs
     powers to a director, a committee of              susmentionnes a un administrateur, a un
     directors or an officer of the Corporation.       comite d'administrateurs ou a un dirigeant
                                                       de la societe.


EXHIBIT 4.1

AGREEMENT OF MERGER AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 4, 2000,

BY AND AMONG

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.,

EXFO SUB, INC.,

BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS, INC.,

ROBERT G. KLIMASEWSKI,

WILLIAM G. MAY, JR,

DAVID J. FARRELL

AND

WILLIAM S. GORNALL


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

ARTICLE 1 THE MERGER ..........................................................2

         1.1      The Merger...................................................2

         1.2      Effect of Merger.............................................2

         1.3      Effective Time...............................................2

         1.4      Directors and Officers.......................................3

         1.5      Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws............................3

         1.6      Taking of Necessary Action, Further Action...................3

         1.7      The Closing..................................................3

         1.8      Merger Consideration, Conversion of Securities...............4

         1.9      Escrow Arrangements..........................................6

         1.10     Stock Purchase...............................................6

         1.11     Redemption of IDA Bonds and Purchase of Fishers' Assets......6

         1.12     Transfer Taxes...............................................7

         1.13     Payment of Expenses..........................................7

ARTICLE 2 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDERS...7

         2.1      Organization and Authority...................................7

         2.2      Subsidiaries.................................................8

         2.3      Capitalization...............................................9

         2.4      No Breach....................................................9

         2.5      Share Ownership.............................................10

         2.6      Consents and Approvals......................................10

         2.7      Litigation; Proceedings.....................................11

         2.8      Financial Statements........................................11

         2.9      No Undisclosed Liabilities..................................12

         2.10     Absence of Certain Changes or Events........................13

         2.11     Compliance with Laws........................................13

         2.12     Taxes.......................................................13

         2.13     Intellectual Property.......................................15

         2.14     Title to and Condition of Properties........................16

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

PAGE

2.15     Contracts and Agreements....................................16

2.16     Insurance...................................................18

2.17     Employees...................................................18

2.18     Employee Benefits...........................................19

2.19     Securities Matters..........................................21

2.20     Facilities..................................................23

2.21     Environmental Matters.......................................23

2.22     Transaction with the Shareholders...........................26

2.23     Capital Expenditures........................................26

2.24     Use of Name.................................................26

2.25     Brokers, Finders or Financial Advisors......................26

2.26     Exclusivity of Representations..............................26

2.27     Full Disclosure.............................................27

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTY OF THE BUYER AND BUYER SUB.............27

3.1      Organization and Qualifications.............................27

3.2      Capitalization..............................................28

3.3      Authorization...............................................28

3.4      Non-contravention...........................................29

3.5      Consents and Approvals......................................29

3.6      Litigation; Proceedings.....................................30

3.7      Authorization for Buyer Shares..............................30

3.8      Canadian Documents..........................................30

3.9      No Undisclosed Liabilities..................................31

3.10     Absence of Certain Changes or Events........................31

3.11     Investment Intent...........................................31

3.12     Experience of the Buyer.....................................31

3.13     Brokers, Finders or Financial Advisors......................31

3.14     Full Disclosure.............................................32

ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES............................................32

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

PAGE

4.1      Conduct of Business by the Company..........................32

4.2      Public Announcements........................................34

4.3      Non-Solicitation; Non-Negotiation...........................35

4.4      Commercially Reasonable Efforts.............................35

4.5      Hart-Scott-Rodino Act and Foreign Regulatory Requirements...35

4.6      Covenants of Parties........................................36

4.7      Modification of Disclosure Schedules........................37

4.8      Contact with Customers and Suppliers........................37

4.9      Secondary Offering..........................................37

4.10     Other Actions...............................................40

4.11     Tax Return Filing...........................................40

4.12     Assistance and Cooperation..................................41

4.13     Subchapter S relief.........................................42

4.14     Tax Covenants...............................................42

ARTICLE 5 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING...............................................42

5.1      Conditions to Each Party's Obligations......................42

5.2      Conditions to Obligations of the Buyer......................43

5.3      Conditions to Obligations of the Shareholders and
         the Company ................................................46

ARTICLE 6 OTHER AGREEMENTS....................................................48

6.1      Confidentiality.............................................48

6.2      Cooperation After the Closing...............................48

6.3      Registration of Buyer Shares................................48

6.4      Reorganization..............................................55

6.5      Expenses....................................................56

6.6      Non-Competition.............................................56

ARTICLE 7 SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION........................................56

7.1      Survival Notwithstanding Investigation......................56

7.2      General Indemnification by the Shareholders.................56

7.3      Indemnification by the Buyer................................57

7.4      Indemnification Against Third Party Claims..................58

-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                            PAGE

         7.5      Tax Indemnification.........................................59

         7.6      Indemnification to be after Tax, Insurance, Etc.............59

         7.7      Expiry and Limits of Liability..............................59

         7.8      Procedure...................................................61

ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER...................................63

         8.1      Termination.................................................63

         8.2      Effect of Termination.......................................63

         8.3      Waiver......................................................63

ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................64

         9.1      Entire Agreement; Amendments................................64

         9.2      Notices.....................................................64

         9.3      Amendments; Waivers.........................................66

         9.4      Headings....................................................66

         9.5      Successors and Assigns......................................66

         9.6      No Third-Party Beneficiaries................................66

         9.7      Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Language............66

         9.8      Execution...................................................66

         9.9      Severability................................................67

         9.10     Interpretation..............................................67

         9.11     Currency....................................................67

-iv-

                             INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

AGREEMENT......................................................................1
ARTICLES OF MERGER.............................................................2
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..................................................12
BCL............................................................................1
BUILDING.......................................................................6
BUYER..........................................................................1
BUYER BALANCE SHEET DATE......................................................31
BUYER FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................30
BUYER INDEMNIFIED PERSON......................................................57
BUYER INDEMNIFIED PERSONS.....................................................57
BUYER MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT.................................................27
BUYER SHARES...................................................................4
BUYER STOCK OPTION PLANS......................................................28
BUYER SUB......................................................................1
BUYER SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES................................................1
CANADIAN DOCUMENTS............................................................30
CASH CONSIDERATION.............................................................4
CLOSING........................................................................3
CLOSING PRICE..................................................................4
COBRA.........................................................................21
CODE...........................................................................2
COMPANY........................................................................1
COMPANY COMMON STOCK...........................................................1
COMPANY CONTRACTS.............................................................17
COMPANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.................................................15
COMPANY MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT................................................7
COMPANY PLANS.................................................................19
COPYRIGHTS....................................................................15
COUNTY.........................................................................6
DEMAND REGISTRATION...........................................................38
EFFECTIVE TIME.................................................................3
ENVIRONMENT...................................................................25
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION.......................................................25
ENVIRONMENTAL LAW.............................................................25
ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS.........................................................25
ERISA.........................................................................19
ERISA AFFILIATE...............................................................19
ESCROW AGREEMENT...............................................................6
ESCROW FUND....................................................................6
EXCHANGE RATIO.................................................................5
EXPENSES.......................................................................7
FACILITIES....................................................................23
FARRELL........................................................................1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................12
FISHERS........................................................................6

FISHERS' ASSETS................................................................6
GAAP..........................................................................12
GORNALL........................................................................1
GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY...........................................................10
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES..........................................................25
HSR ACT.......................................................................11
IDA BONDS......................................................................6
INDEMNIFIED PARTY.............................................................61
INDEMNITEE....................................................................58
INDEMNITOR....................................................................58
INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..................................................12
KLIMASEWSKI....................................................................1
KNOWLEDGE.....................................................................67
LIENS.........................................................................16
MAY............................................................................1
MERGER.........................................................................1
MERGER CONSIDERATION...........................................................4
NON-COMPETE PERIOD............................................................56
ORDER.........................................................................36
PATENTS.......................................................................15
PERMITS.......................................................................13
PERSON........................................................................11
PLAN OF MERGER.................................................................2
PROSPECTUS....................................................................52
REDEMPTION.....................................................................6
REGISTRATION STATEMENT........................................................49
RELEASE.......................................................................25
RESTRICTED SECURITIES.........................................................51
SEC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS......................................................45
SECONDARY OFFERING............................................................37
SECONDARY REGISTRATION STATEMENT..............................................37
SECURITIES ACT................................................................21
SHAREHOLDER AFFILIATE.........................................................52
SHAREHOLDERS...................................................................1
SHAREHOLDERS INDEMNIFIED PERSONS..............................................57
SIGNING PRICE..................................................................4
SOFTWARE......................................................................15
STOCK CONSIDERATION............................................................4
STOCK PURCHASE.................................................................6
STOCK PURCHASE CONSIDERATION...................................................6
STRADDLE PERIOD...............................................................59
SUBSIDIARIES...................................................................2
SURVIVING CORPORATION..........................................................1
SURVIVING CORPORATION COMMON STOCK.............................................1
TAX CLAIMS....................................................................59
TAX LOSSES....................................................................59

TAX RETURNS...................................................................14
TAXES.........................................................................14
TECHNOLOGY....................................................................15
TRADEMARKS....................................................................15
TRANSFER TAXES.................................................................7
WITHDRAWN SHARES...............................................................6


LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A                  Articles of Merger

Exhibit B                  Officers of Surviving Corporation

Exhibit C                  Buyer Shares

Exhibit D                  Form of Escrow Agreement


LIST OF SCHEDULES

Schedule 2.2               Subsidiaries

Schedule 2.3               Capitalization and share restriction agreements

Schedule 2.4               Conflicts with agreements

Schedule 2.5               Share ownership

Schedule 2.10              Certain changes or events

Schedule 2.12              S Corporation election

Schedule 2.13(A)           Intellectual property

Schedule 2.13(B)           Intellectual property

Schedule 2.13(E)           Conflicts with agreements dealing in intellectual
                           property

Schedule 2.14              Liens

Schedule 2.15              Company contracts

Schedule 2.15(A)           Breaches of company contracts and contracts
                           restricting sales territory

Schedule 2.15(B)           Embedded software licenses

Schedule 2.16              Insurance

Schedule 2.17              List of employees

Schedule 2.18              Company plans

Schedule 2.20              Current leases and property previously owned within
                           the last five years

Schedule 2.21(C)           Environmental permits

Schedule 2.22              Transactions with the Shareholders

Schedule 2.23              Capital expenditures

Schedule 2.24              Use of name

Schedule 4.1               Conduct of business by the Company


AGREEMENT OF MERGER AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (this "AGREEMENT") is dated as of November 4, 2000 among EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., incorporated pursuant to the CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT (the "BUYER"), EXFO Sub, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York ("BUYER SUB"), Burleigh Instruments, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York (the "COMPANY"), Robert G. Klimasewski, ("KLIMASEWSKI"), William G. May, Jr., ("MAY"), David J. Farrell ("FARRELL") and William S. Gornall ("GORNALL" and, together with Klimasewski, May and Farrell, the "SHAREHOLDERS").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of Buyer and the Company, and Buyer, as the sole shareholder of Buyer Sub have determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of the respective corporations and their shareholders that Buyer Sub be merged with and into the Company in accordance with the New York Business Corporation Law (the "BCL" ) and the terms of this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company will be the surviving corporation (the "MERGER");

WHEREAS, in furtherance thereof, the respective Boards of Directors of Buyer, Buyer Sub and the Company have approved the merger of Buyer Sub with and into the Company, with the Company to be the surviving corporation in such Merger (the "SURVIVING CORPORATION"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, pursuant to which each outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.02 per share, of Company ("COMPANY COMMON STOCK") issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in
Section 1.3), will be converted into the right to receive cash and Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares, without par value, (all such shares to be issued in the Merger ("BUYER SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES") based upon the Exchange Ratio (as defined in Section 1.8);

WHEREAS Buyer will receive at the Effective Time full equity ownership of the outstanding stock of the Surviving Corporation through the simultaneous conversion at the Effective Time of the issued and outstanding common stock of Buyer Sub into common stock of the Surviving Corporation and cancellation of Company Common Stock;

WHEREAS the holders of shares of Company Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time have the right to receive cash and Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares in the Merger and, in consideration of Buyer's agreeing to deliver such Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares to the Shareholders, as set forth in
Section 2.1, and in exchange for their issuance, Buyer is entitled to subscribe and will subscribe to a number of shares of common stock, par value $0.02 per share, of the Surviving Corporation ("SURVIVING CORPORATION COMMON STOCK") equivalent to the number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time;

WHEREAS, the Shareholders own 100% of the Company Common Stock;


- 2 -

WHEREAS, the Company has two majority-owned subsidiaries, Burleigh Instruments, Ltd. and Burleigh Instruments GmbH (the "SUBSIDIARIES");

WHEREAS, Klimasewski and May are the sole minority shareholders of the Subsidiaries and desire to sell their full interests in the Subsidiaries to Buyer;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Shareholders desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements in connection with, and establish various conditions precedent to, the Merger; and

WHEREAS, for federal income tax purposes, it is intended that the Merger shall qualify as a reorganization under the provisions of Section 368(a)(1)(A) and 368(a)(2)(E) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE").

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

THE MERGER

1.1 THE MERGER

At the Effective Time (as defined in Section 1.3 hereof), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Articles of Merger (as defined in Section 1.3 hereof), Buyer Sub shall be merged with and into the Company, the separate existence of Buyer Sub shall cease, and the Company shall continue as the Surviving Corporation.

1.2 EFFECT OF MERGER

The effect of the Merger shall be as set forth in Section 906 of the BCL, and the Surviving Corporation shall succeed to and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall possess all the properties, rights, privileges, immunities, powers, franchises and purposes, and be subject to all the duties, liabilities, debts, obligations, restrictions and disabilities, of the Company, all without further act or deed.

1.3 EFFECTIVE TIME

The consummation of the Merger shall be effected as promptly as practicable, but in no event more than three business days after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE 5 of this Agreement (other than those conditions which by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction of those conditions), and the parties hereto will cause a copy of the Articles of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "ARTICLES OF MERGER") and including a Plan of Merger (the "PLAN OF MERGER") to be executed, delivered and filed with


- 3 -

the Secretary of State of the State of New York in accordance with the BCL. The Merger shall become effective at the later to occur of the filing of the Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of New York. The date and time on which the Merger shall become effective is referred to herein as the "EFFECTIVE TIME" .

1.4 DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

From and after the Effective Time, the directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be the persons who were the directors of Buyer Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time and the officers of the Surviving Corporation shall be the persons who are set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto. The directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation shall hold office for the term specified in, and subject to the provisions contained in, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation and applicable law. If, at or after the Effective Time, a vacancy shall exist on the Board of Directors or in any of the offices of the Surviving Corporation, such vacancy shall be filled in the manner provided in the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

1.5 ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS

From and after the Effective Time and until further amended in accordance with applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation. From and after the Effective Time and until further amended in accordance with law, the Bylaws of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

1.6 TAKING OF NECESSARY ACTION, FURTHER ACTION

Buyer, Buyer Sub, the Company and the Shareholders, respectively, shall each use all commercially reasonable efforts to take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the Merger under the BCL at the time specified in Section 1.3 hereof. If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession to all properties, rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises of the Company, the officers of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized in the name of the Company or otherwise to take, and shall take, all such lawful and necessary action.

1.7 THE CLOSING

(a) The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the "CLOSING") will take place at the offices of Harter, Secrest & Emery LLP, 700 Midtown Tower, Rochester, New York 14604-2070 and will be effective as of the Effective Time.


- 4 -

(b) At the Closing, parties shall deliver or shall cause to be delivered to each other the documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, including the following:

(i) Buyer shall deliver to each Shareholder: (i) the aggregate amount of the Cash Consideration payable to such Shareholder in United States dollars in immediately available funds by wire transfer to one or more accounts designated prior to the Effective Time in writing by each such Shareholder for said purpose, subject to Section 1.13; (ii) stock certificates representing the Buyer Shares (other than Escrow Shares) registered in each Shareholder's name and in such denominations as set forth on Exhibit C, which shall be agreed upon by the parties at the Closing and which shall be determined by reference to the Closing Price; and (iii) all documents, instruments and writings required to have been delivered at or prior to the Effective Time by the Buyer or by Buyer Sub pursuant to this Agreement;

(ii) Buyer shall deliver to the Escrow Agent stock certificates representing the Escrow Shares;

(iii) Each Shareholder shall deliver and surrender to the Buyer his certificate or certificates representing shares of Company Common Stock, and the Company and the Shareholders shall deliver to the Buyer and Buyer Sub all other documents, instruments and writings required to have been delivered at or prior to the Effective Time by the Company or the Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement.

1.8 MERGER CONSIDERATION, CONVERSION OF SECURITIES

The total consideration to be paid by Buyer in the Merger shall be $275,000,000 (the "MERGER CONSIDERATION") consisting of (a) $40,000,000 payable in cash (the "CASH CONSIDERATION") and (b) $235,000,000 (the "STOCK Consideration") payable in the form of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares (the "BUYER SHARES"). The aggregate number of Buyer Shares payable shall be determined by dividing the Stock Consideration by the Closing Price. The "CLOSING Price" shall be the average closing price of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares for the five trading days ending with the day immediately preceding the Closing, as reported by the Nasdaq National Market; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, if the Closing Price is less than 90% of the Signing Price, the Closing Price shall be 90% of the Signing Price, and if the Closing Price is greater than 110% of the Signing Price, the Closing Price shall be 110% of the Signing Price. The "SIGNING PRICE" is $38.125, representing the closing price of the Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares, as reported by the Nasdaq National Market, at closing of trading on October 31, 2000. If, prior to the Closing, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the character or amount of the outstanding


- 5 -

Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Shareholders would have been entitled by reason of their ownership of the Buyer Shares had the Closing occurred prior to such event shall be considered Buyer Shares for purposes of this Agreement and the consideration to be received by each Shareholder shall be adjusted accordingly. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without further action on the part of Buyer, Buyer Sub or the Company, the shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to Closing shall be conceded and extinguished and shall be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration, such that each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into the right to receive eight hundred dollars ($800), plus a pro-rata portion of the Stock Consideration (collectively, the "EXCHANGE RATIO"). Each share of common stock, par value of $0.001 per share of Buyer Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and shall become one validly issued fully paid and non-assessable share of Surviving Corporation Common Stock as of the Effective Time, and the Surviving Corporation shall become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Buyer. In exchange for and in consideration of the issuance of the Merger Consideration, Buyer will be entitled to subscribe and undertakes and agrees to subscribe, at the Effective Time, for the Surviving Corporation Common Stock. The Surviving Corporation Common Stock will at the Effective Time have been duly authorized and, when issued to Buyer, will be validly issued and outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable. The number of shares of Company Common Stock held by each Shareholder and to be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration is set forth opposite each Shareholder's name on Exhibit C. Subject to the escrow provisions of Section 1.9, the Merger Consideration shall be payable to the Shareholders pro rata, determined by multiplying such Merger Consideration by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Company Common Stock owned by the Shareholder and the denominator of which is the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock. No fraction of a share of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares shall be issued, and each fractional share thereof shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. Until surrendered and exchanged, each outstanding certificate which, prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of Company Common Stock shall be deemed to represent and evidence only the right to receive the Merger Consideration to be paid therefore as set forth in this Section 1.8. No interest shall accrue or be payable with respect to any Cash Consideration which any Shareholder shall be entitled to receive. Buyer shall be authorized to pay Merger Consideration attributable to any certificate theretofore issued which has been lost or destroyed, upon receipt of satisfactory evidence of ownership of the shares of Company Common Stock represented thereby and of appropriate indemnification. It being agreed that the Merger Consideration received by Messrs. Farrell and Gornall shall be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis equal to six
(6) months their respective annual remuneration in the event that Messrs. Farrell or Gornall terminate unilaterally


- 6 -

their respective employment agreement with the Surviving Corporation prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Time.

1.9 ESCROW ARRANGEMENTS

         Simultaneously with the Merger and at the Effective Time, an aggregate
         15% of the Stock Consideration will be delivered to the Escrow Agent
         (as such term is defined in the Escrow Agreement attached hereto as
         Exhibit D (the "ESCROW AGREEMENT")). Such shares of Buyer Shares shall
         constitute an escrow fund (the "ESCROW FUND") to be governed by the
         terms set forth in the Escrow Agreement. The portion of the Escrow Fund
         contributed on behalf of each of the Shareholders shall be in
         proportion to the Merger Consideration which such holder would
         otherwise be entitled under Section 1.8. The Escrow Fund shall
         terminate in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. The
         provisions of the Escrow Agreement shall govern in the event of any
         conflict between the Escrow Agreement and this Section 1.9. The
         Shareholders may withdraw shares of Buyer Shares (the "WITHDRAWN
         SHARES") and substitute cash in lieu thereof at any time, provided that
         the amount deposited in substitution for the Withdrawn Shares is equal
         to the product of (i) the Closing Price, and (ii) the number of
         Withdrawn Shares.

1.10     STOCK PURCHASE

         At the Closing, May and Klimasewski shall sell to the Surviving
         Corporation, and the Surviving Corporation shall purchase from May and
         Klimasewski, all of their right, title and interest in and to the
         shares of the Subsidiaries held by them (the "STOCK PURCHASE"). The
         price for the shares to be acquired in the Stock Purchase shall be one
         dollar (the "STOCK PURCHASE CONSIDERATION").

1.11     REDEMPTION OF IDA BONDS AND PURCHASE OF FISHERS' ASSETS

         Immediately after the Closing, May and Klimasewski shall cause the
         Fishers Development Company, a New York general partnership, all of the
         equity which is owned by Klimasewski and May ("FISHERS") to require the
         Ontario County Industrial Development Agency ("COUNTY") to redeem (the
         "REDEMPTION") the $1,350,000 Ontario County Industrial Development
         Agency Multi-Mode Variable Rate Demand Industrial Development Revenue
         Bonds, Series 2000 (the "IDA BONDS") in full in accordance with the
         terms of such IDA Bonds. Concurrently upon the Redemption, May and
         Klimasewski shall cause Fishers to sell the land, building (the
         "BUILDING") and equipment (collectively referred to as "FISHERS'
         Assets"), situated at 7647 County Road 42, in the town of Fishers in
         the State of New York, to be sold to the Surviving Corporation at an
         aggregate purchase price of $2,300,000. Such Building shall be
         renovated in accordance with the capital expenditures plan described in
         Section 2.23 hereof.

                                      - 7 -

1.12     TRANSFER TAXES.

         All stamp, transfer, documentary, sales, use, registration, recordation
         and other such taxes and fees incurred in connection with this
         Agreement (collectively, "TRANSFER TAXES") shall be paid by the
         Shareholders and the Shareholders shall, at their own expense, prepare
         and properly file accurate tax returns and other documentation with
         respect to the Transfer Taxes on a timely basis.

1.13     PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

         At the Closing, the Buyer hereby agrees to pay directly, on behalf of
         the Shareholders, the investment banking and legal fees incurred by or
         on behalf of the Shareholders in connection with the transactions
         contemplated hereby (collectively, the "EXPENSES"). At the Closing, the
         Buyer shall pay the Expenses in cash, in the currency requested by the
         service provider, by wire transfer of immediately available funds. Such
         payment of Expenses made by the Buyer shall be deducted from the Cash
         Consideration payable hereunder. The Shareholders shall, at least two
         business days prior to the Closing Date, advise the Buyer in writing of
         the amount of the Expenses, together with wire transfer instructions
         for such payments.

                                    ARTICLE 2

       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDERS

The Company and the Shareholders hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to Buyer, as of the date hereof (except as to any representation or warranty which specifically relates to an earlier date) as follows:

2.1 ORGANIZATION AND AUTHORITY

(a) The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority: (a) to carry on its business as currently conducted; (b) to own and use the properties owned and used by it; and (c) to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and in good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, "COMPANY MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means any change, effect, event, occurrence or state of facts (or any development that has had or is reasonably likely to have any change or effect) that is materially adverse to the business, financial condition or results of operations of the


- 8 -

Company, taken as a whole, provided, however, any adverse change, effect or circumstance (a) primarily arising out of or resulting primarily from actions contemplated by the parties hereto in connection with this Agreement, (b) resulting from economic factors affecting the economy as a whole or (c) resulting from factors generally affecting the specific markets in which the Company competes shall not be deemed in themselves, either alone or in combination, to constitute, and shall not be taken into account in determining whether there has been, a Company Material Adverse Effect. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions so contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and the Shareholders, and assuming this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Buyer and Buyer Sub, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company and the Shareholders enforceable against the Company and the Shareholders in accordance with its terms, subject, however, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditor's rights and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in equity or at law. The Company is not in violation of any of the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents or laws applicable to it, except for violations which could not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

2.2 SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule 2.2 sets forth, for each Subsidiary: (a) its name and jurisdiction of incorporation; (b) the number of shares of authorized capital stock of each class of its capital stock or other equity interests; (c) the number of issued and outstanding shares of each class of its capital stock or other equity interests, the names of the holders thereof and the number of shares held by each such holder; (d) the number of shares of its capital stock held in treasury; and (e) its directors and officers. Each Subsidiary is an entity duly organized, validly existing and, to the extent legally applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. Each Subsidiary is duly qualified to conduct business and is in corporate good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification necessary, except for any such failures to be qualified that would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Neither of the Subsidiaries currently has any active business operations, nor have had any active business operations in the previous three years. No Subsidiary is in default under


- 9 -

or in violation of any provision of its organizational documents or under any statutes or regulations. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable and free of pre-emptive rights. All shares of each Subsidiary that are held of record or owned beneficially by the Company are held or owned free and clear of any Liens or other restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions under applicable securities laws). There are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, rights, agreements or commitments to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or which are binding on any of them providing for the issuance, disposition or acquisition of any capital stock of any Subsidiary. There are no outstanding stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to any Subsidiary. There are no voting trusts, proxies or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of any capital stock of any Subsidiary to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party. Neither the Subsidiaries nor the Company, except for the Subsidiaries, own any stock, partnership interest, joint venture interest or any other security or ownership interest issued by any other corporation, organization, limited liability company or entity. All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interest of the Subsidiaries are owned by the Company, Klimasewski or May, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances, claims and options of any nature. The Company, Klimasewski and May each have full right power and authority to sell, transfer, assign and deliver the respective shares of capital stock or other equity interest of the Subsidiaries being sold by each of them to the Buyer. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

2.3 CAPITALIZATION

The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth on Schedule 2.3. The outstanding shares of Company Common Stock are duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by the Shareholders as set forth on Schedule 2.3 and represents 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company. The Company does not have outstanding any options, warrants or other rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, capital stock from the Company, and the Company does not have any obligation to repurchase or redeem any capital stock of the Company. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.3, the Company is not party to any agreement, and, to the Shareholders' Knowledge, there is no agreement between any Persons, which grants any rights of first refusal or pre-emptive rights or relates to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to any security or by a director of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

2.4 NO BREACH

Except as set forth on Schedule 2.4, the execution and delivery of this Agreement do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and compliance with the provisions of this Agreement will not conflict with, or


- 10 -

result in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to, any provision of: (i) the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or any provision of the comparable organizational documents of any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) any loan or credit agreement, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or other agreement, instrument, permit, concession, franchise or license applicable to the Company, the Subsidiaries or their respective properties or assets or (iii) subject to the governmental filings and other matters referred to in Section 2.6, any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or its Subsidiaries or the properties or assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than, with respect to any of the matters described above, any such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights or Liens that individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, or prevent or materially delay the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.5 SHARE OWNERSHIP

Except as set forth on Schedule 2.5, each Shareholder has full right, power and authority to sell, transfer, assign and deliver the shares of Company Common Stock being sold by such Shareholder hereunder. Immediately prior to the delivery of the shares of Company Common Stock, such Shareholder was the sole registered and beneficial owners of the shares of Company Common Stock listed opposite his name on Schedule 2.3 and, except as set forth on Schedule 2.5, had good and valid title to such shares, free and clear of all Liens and restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions on transfer imposed by applicable securities laws). There are no outstanding options, warrants, convertible securities, calls, rights, commitments, pre-emptive rights or agreements or instruments or understandings of any character to which such Shareholder is a party, obligating such Shareholder to deliver or sell, or cause to be delivered or sold, contingently or otherwise, such shares of Company Common Stock. There are no voting trust agreements or other contracts, agreements, arrangements, commitments, plans or understandings to which such Shareholder is a party restricting or otherwise relating to voting, dividend or other rights with respect to such shares.

2.6 CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Federal, state or local government or any court, administrative agency, commission or other governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign (each, a "GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY"), is required by or with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation by the Company and its Subsidiaries of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for (a) the filing of a pre-merger notification and report form by the Company under


- 11 -

the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR ACT") and applicable filings under foreign antitrust and competition laws, (b) such filings, consents, approvals, orders, registrations and declarations as may be necessary as a result of the facts or circumstances relating solely to the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (c) such other consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings the failure of which to be obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect or prevent or materially delay the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by any Shareholder nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by any Shareholder will (1) conflict with, result in a breach or violation of or constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both constitute) a default under any law, statute, regulation, order, judgment or decree or any instrument, contract or other agreement to which any Shareholder is a party or by which any Shareholder is bound, or (2) require such Shareholder to obtain any authorization, consent, approval or waiver from, give notification to, or make any filing with, any Governmental Entity, or to obtain the approval or consent of any other Person, except for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults, or any authorization, consent, approval, waiver, notification or filing the failure of which to obtain or make, will not (x) impair in any material respect the ability of such Shareholder to perform such Shareholder's obligations under this Agreement or (y) prevent or materially delay the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, "PERSON" means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

2.7 LITIGATION; PROCEEDINGS

There is no action, suit or proceeding, governmental or otherwise, pending or, to the Company's Knowledge, threatened against the Company or the Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or business that questions the validity of this Agreement, or the right of the Company to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. There is no judgment, decree, injunction, rule or order of any Governmental Entity outstanding against the Company or the Subsidiaries having or reasonably likely to have, in the future, any such effect.

2.8 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Shareholders have delivered to the Buyer (a) complete and correct copies of the Company's audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows (together with the auditors' report thereon) for the year ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, together with notes to such financial statements (the "AUDITED


- 12 -

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"), and (b) complete and correct copies of the Company's unaudited consolidated balance sheet as at September 30, 2000, and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2000 (the "INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS") (the Audited Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements are herein collectively referred to as the "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"). The Financial Statements are in accordance with the books and records of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby and present fairly in all material respects, as of their respective dates, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company (subject, in the case of Interim Financial Statements, to normal, recurring year-end adjustments that may be required upon audit). No information has become available to the Company that would render the Financial Statements materially and adversely incomplete or inaccurate.

2.9 NO UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES

(a) None of the Company and its Subsidiaries has any liability (whether known or unknown, whether absolute or contingent, whether liquidated or unliquidated and whether due or to become due) which is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except for: (i) liabilities shown on the latest balance sheet included in the Financial Statements; (ii) liabilities which have arisen since the date of the latest balance sheet included in the Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and that do not violate any covenants or representations and warranties contained in this Agreement; or
(iii) contractual liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business which are not required by GAAP to be reflected on a balance sheet.

(b) The Shareholders may not evade their liability under the warranty undertakings made under the terms of this Agreement or the resulting financial liability by pleading ignorance of the facts in question.

(c) Any enquiry carried out by the Buyer and/or by representatives or advisers of the Buyer, or anyone whomsoever from the Company or the Subsidiaries within the Buyer's group, including the verification of the schedules hereto, shall not exempt the Shareholders from their obligations in respect of this agreement or its commitments.

(d) The Shareholders represent that nothing can limit their capacity to subscribe and perform the undertakings taken in respect of this Agreement and in particular they represent there is no legal or contractual obstacle or restriction to the performance of the warranty obligations subscribed in connection with this Agreement.


- 13 -

2.10     ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES OR EVENTS

         Except as set forth on Schedule 2.10, since September 30, 2000, each of
         the Company and its Subsidiaries has conducted its business only in the
         ordinary course and has used its best efforts to preserve its business
         and assets and (a) there has not occurred any events or changes that
         have had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in
         the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect and (b) there has not
         been any change in the accounting principles, policies, practices or
         procedures of the Company and its Subsidiaries or their application to
         the Company and (c) neither the Company or its Subsidiaries has taken
         any action that would have been prohibited under Section 4.1 hereof.

2.11     COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

         The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable
         statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations, rules, judgments, decrees and
         orders of any Governmental Entity applicable to their respective
         businesses or operations, except for matters which, individually or in
         the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Company
         Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has
         in effect all federal, state, local and foreign governmental approvals,
         authorizations, certificates, filings, franchises, licenses, notices,
         permits and rights ("PERMITS") necessary for it to own, lease or
         operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now
         conducted, and there has occurred no default under any such Permit,
         except for the lack of any Permits and for defaults under Permits
         which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be
         expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

2.12     TAXES

         Except to the extent that the failure to comply with the following
         representations would not reasonably be expected to have, in the
         aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect: each of the Company and
         its Subsidiaries has timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed
         by it, or requests for extensions to file such Tax Returns have been
         timely filed and granted and have not expired, and all such filed Tax
         Returns are complete and accurate in all respects; the Company and each
         of its Subsidiaries have timely paid (or the Company has paid on its
         behalf) all Taxes due or claimed to be due whether by proposed
         assessment or otherwise by any taxing authority; the most recent
         financial statements contained in the Financial Statements reflect an
         adequate reserve for all Taxes payable by the Company and its
         Subsidiaries for all taxable periods and portions thereof accrued
         through the date of such financial statements; no deficiencies for any
         Taxes have been proposed, asserted or assessed against the Company or
         any of its Subsidiaries that are not adequately reserved for on the
         Company's financial statements in accordance with GAAP; all Taxes that
         the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or was required by law to
         withhold or collect have been duly withheld or collected and, to the
         extent required, have been paid to the proper Governmental Entity; the
         Company does not have any liability for Taxes of any

                                     - 14 -

         other person or entity; the Company has made all required estimated Tax
         payments sufficient to avoid any underpayment penalties; there are no
         outstanding agreements, waivers or arrangements extending the statutory
         period of limitations applicable to any claim for, or the period of the
         collection or assessment of, Taxes due with respect to the Company for
         any taxable period; no closing agreement that could affect the Taxes of
         the Company for periods ending after the date of the Closing pursuant
         to Section 7121 of the Code (or any predecessor provision) or any
         similar provision of any state, local or foreign law has been entered
         into by or with respect to the Company; the Company has not agreed to
         and is not required to make any adjustment with respect to the taxable
         periods ending after the date of the Closing pursuant to Section 481(a)
         of the Code (or any predecessor provision) by reason of any change in
         any accounting method, there is no application pending with any taxing
         authority requesting permission for any such change in any accounting
         method of the Company, and the IRS has not proposed any such adjustment
         or change in accounting method; the Company has not filed, and will not
         file through the date of the Closing, any state or local Tax Returns on
         a unitary or combined basis with any other person; the Company has made
         no material elections, other than an election to be an S corporation
         pursuant to Section 1362 of the Code (or pursuant to a comparable state
         or local tax provision); and there is no contract, agreement, plan or
         arrangement covering any person that, individually or collectively,
         could give rise to the payment of any amount that would not be
         deductible by the Company by reason of Section 280G of the Code. For
         purposes of this Agreement, "TAXES" means all taxes, including without
         limitation income, gross receipts, ad valorem, value-added, excise,
         real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, withholding,
         employment, payroll and franchise taxes imposed by the United States of
         America or any state, local or foreign government, or any agency
         thereof, or other political subdivision of the United States or any
         such government, and any interest, fines, penalties, assessments or
         additions to tax resulting from, attributable to or incurred in
         connection with any tax or any contest or dispute thereof. For purposes
         of this Agreement, "TAX RETURNS" means all reports, returns,
         declarations, statements or other information required to be supplied
         to a taxing authority in connection with Taxes.

         The Company (i) timely elected to be treated as an S corporation for
         federal tax purposes and, except as set forth on Schedule 2.12, for the
         tax purposes of each state in which the Company is subject to tax,
         effective on October 1, 1988, and (ii) where applicable has properly
         maintained its status as an S corporation for all taxable periods since
         October 1, 1988 and, accordingly, the Shareholders will pay when due
         federal income taxes or state income taxes with respect to any taxable
         period beginning on October 1, 1988 and through its taxable year (or
         portion thereof) ending on the date of the Closing. Schedule 2.12 sets
         forth each state with respect to which the Company has made an election
         to be treated as an S corporation. Neither the Shareholders nor the
         Company is aware of any event that exists or has existed that presents
         any risk that the status of the Company as an S corporation is or has
         been at any time subject to termination or revocation. There are no
         liens for Taxes upon any of the assets of the Company, except Liens

                                     - 15 -

         for current Taxes not yet due and payable. To the Company's Knowledge,
         there is no pending dispute with any taxing authority relating to any
         of the Company's Tax Returns and there is no tax audit of any Tax
         Return of the Company pending or currently in process.

2.13     INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

         (a)      Schedule 2.13(a) includes a list of all Patents, Trademarks,
                  Copyrights and Software owned or licensed by the Company and
                  its Subsidiaries. "COMPANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" shall mean
                  all (i) United States and foreign patents, patent
                  applications, and other patent rights ("PATENTS"); (ii) United
                  States and foreign trademarks, service marks, trade dress,
                  trade names, brand names, Internet domain names, designs,
                  logos, or corporate names, whether registered or unregistered,
                  and all registrations and applications for registration
                  thereof ("TRADEMARKS"); (iii) United States and foreign
                  copyrights, including all renewals and extensions thereof,
                  copyright registrations and applications for registration
                  thereof, and non-registered copyrights ("Copyrights"); (iv)
                  trade secrets, concepts, ideas, designs, research, processes,
                  procedures, techniques, methods, know-how, data, mask works,
                  discoveries, inventions, modifications, extensions,
                  improvements, and other proprietary rights (whether or not
                  patentable or subject to copyright, mask work, or trade secret
                  protection) ("TECHNOLOGY"); and (v) computer software
                  programs, including, without limitation, all source code,
                  object code, and documentation related thereto ("SOFTWARE"),
                  but not including mass-marketed software with a price of less
                  than $1,500 per copy. The Company and its Subsidiaries own or
                  are licensed or otherwise possess legally enforceable rights
                  to use, sell, and license, free and clear of any and all Liens
                  or material restrictions, any and all Company Intellectual
                  Property, except where any failure to own, license or
                  otherwise possess legally enforceable rights to use such
                  Company Intellectual Property would not reasonably be expected
                  to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

         (b)      Schedule 2.13(b) sets forth all material licenses,
                  sublicenses, and other agreements or permissions under which
                  the Company and its Subsidiaries are a licensor of Company
                  Intellectual Property.

         (c)      Except as may be evidenced by patents issued after the date
                  hereof, neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries have been
                  named in any suit, action or proceeding which involves a claim
                  of infringement of any Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights,
                  Technology or Software of any third party. To the Company's
                  Knowledge, the manufacturing, marketing, licensing or sale of
                  the products of the Company and its Subsidiaries as presently
                  conducted do not infringe any valid Patents, Trademarks,
                  Copyrights, Technology or Software of any third party, except
                  for any such infringement that would not reasonably be
                  expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Each of
                  the Company and its Subsidiaries has

                                     - 16 -

                  taken all necessary and reasonable action to maintain and
                  protect each item of Company Intellectual Property.

         (d)      All material Sofware used, sold, or licensed by the Company
                  and its Subsidiaries is free from any material software
                  defect, performs materially in conformance with its
                  documentation, and does not contain any code or mechanism that
                  could be used to interfere with the operation of the Software.

         (e)      Except as set forth on Schedule 2.13(e), the Company is not
                  and its Subsidiaries are not, nor, as a result of the
                  execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance of
                  its obligations hereunder, will be, in violation of any
                  agreement relating to any Company Intellectual Property.

2.14     TITLE TO AND CONDITION OF PROPERTIES

         Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title
         to or a valid leasehold interest under a capitalized lease in all
         assets recorded on the Company's balance sheet as of September 30,
         2000, free and clear of all pledges, claims, liens, charges,
         encumbrances or security interests of any kind or nature whatsoever
         (collectively, "LIENS"), except for (a) assets no longer used or useful
         in the conduct of the business or disposed of in the ordinary course of
         business since such date, (b) Liens disclosed in the Financial
         Statements and in Schedule 2.14, (c) Liens or imperfections of title
         which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material in character,
         amount or extent and which do not materially detract from the value or
         materially interfere with the present or presently contemplated use of
         the assets subject thereto or affected thereby, and (d) Liens for
         current Taxes not yet due and payable. Each of the Company and its
         Subsidiaries has a valid leasehold or other interest in all other
         assets used by it in its business, other than exceptions that would not
         reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. All
         of the machinery, equipment and other tangible personal property and
         assets owned or used by the Company and its Subsidiaries are in good
         condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and tear, and are fit
         for their present use and usable in the ordinary course of business,
         except for any matter otherwise covered by this sentence which would
         not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a
         Company Material Adverse Effect.

2.15     CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS

         Schedule 2.15 sets forth a list of:

         (a)      each contract, agreement or commitment of the Company or its
                  Subsidiaries which requires total payments to or by the
                  Company or any of its Subsidiaries of at least $50,000
                  annually;

         (b)      each contract, agreement or commitment of the Company or its
                  Subsidiaries or any of its Subsidiaries which has a remaining
                  term longer

                                     - 17 -

                  than one hundred and eighty (180) days, which requires total
                  payments to or by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of at
                  least $100,000 during the remaining term and which is not
                  terminable on thirty (30) or fewer days' notice without
                  penalty;

         (c)      each contract, agreement or commitment to which the Company or
                  any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of its
                  assets are bound relating to indebtedness for borrowed money,
                  including capital leases and security agreements relating
                  thereto and any amendment or waiver thereof;

(d) each lease of real property by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) any collective bargaining agreement, union agreement, employment agreement, consulting agreement, management service agreement or substantially similar type of contract or agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party;

(f) any consent decree and other judgment, decree or order, settlement agreement or other agreement limiting the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to compete in any line of business or with any Person in any geographic areas;

(g) any joint venture agreement or other contract, agreement or commitment to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party involving a sharing of profits or expenses; and

(h) any outstanding loan (other than pursuant to a plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(c) of the Code) or advance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to, or investment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in, any Person, or any agreement, contract, commitment or understanding relating to the making of any such loan, advance or investment (excluding trade receivables).

All of the contracts, agreements, leases, licenses, arrangements, commitments and documents listed on Schedule 2.15 (collectively, the "COMPANY CONTRACTS") are valid obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the Company's Knowledge, each other party thereto, and are binding and in full force and effect in accordance with their terms and conditions. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, there is no existing default thereunder or breach thereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by any other party thereto, or any conditions which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, might reasonably constitute such a default by the Company, such Subsidiaries, or by any other party to a Company Contract and, except as set forth in Schedule 2.15(a), none of the Company Contracts will be breached by or give any other party a right of termination as a result of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement. There


- 18 -

         are no pending or, to the Company's Knowledge, threatened disputes with
         respect to the Company Contracts.

         Except as set forth on Schedule 2.15(b), neither the Company nor the
         Subsidiaries, pursuant to any contract, agreement, franchise, licence
         or permit, holds, possesses, uses or has access to, or has the right to
         hold, possess, use or have access to, any property or right of any
         nature belonging to any other person upon which the conduct of the
         business of the Company or the Subsidiaries as it is being customarily
         conducted is dependent. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.15(b),
         neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries is bound by any contract or
         agreement purporting to materially constrain or limit the Company or
         the Subsidiaries in the conduct of its business or affairs. Neither the
         Company nor the Subsidiaries are bound by any non-competition,
         affirmative or restrictive covenant limiting the nature of the business
         that any such corporation can carry on, or the time or territory in
         which the business of the corporation and of the Subsidiaries can be
         operated. Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries knows of any bid or
         contract proposal made by the Company or the Subsidiaries that, if
         accepted and entered into, might result in a material loss to the
         Company or the Subsidiaries.

2.16     INSURANCE

         Schedule 2.16 sets forth a list of all policies of fire, extended
         coverage, liability and all other kinds of insurance held by the
         Company in connection with the conduct of its and its Subsidiaries'
         business and operations (other than policies relating to Company
         Plans). Such policies are in full force and effect and, to the
         Company's Knowledge, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is not in
         default with respect to its obligations under any of such insurance
         policies, except for any failures to be in full force and effect or
         defaults that would not reasonably be expected to have a Company
         Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain the
         type and amount of insurance which the Company and its Subsidiaries
         believe is adequate in coverage and amount to insure fully against the
         risks to which the Company, its Subsidiaries and their employees,
         directors, business, properties and other assets would reasonably be
         expected to be exposed in the operation of their respective business.

2.17     EMPLOYEES

         (a)      Schedule 2.17 sets forth the names, the rate of compensation
                  (and the portions thereof attributable to salary and bonuses,
                  respectively) and location of all current employees of the
                  Company and each Subsidiary.

         (b)      No key employee or group of employees has given notice to
                  terminate or, to the Company's knowledge, has any plans to
                  terminate employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.
                  Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries is a party to or
                  bound by any collective bargaining agreement, nor has it

                                     - 19 -

                  experienced any strikes, grievances, claims of unfair labor
                  practices or other collective bargaining disputes.

         (c)      To the Company's Knowledge, no organizational effort has been
                  made or threatened, either currently or within the past two
                  years, by or on behalf of any labor union with respect to
                  employees of the Company or any Subsidiary.

2.18     EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

         (a)      Schedule 2.18 lists all material employee benefit plans and
                  collective bargaining, employment or severance agreements or
                  other similar arrangements which the Company and its
                  Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate, sponsors, maintains, or
                  to which contributions are made, for the benefit of employees
                  of the Company, its Subsidiaries or an ERISA Affiliate,
                  including, without limitation, (1) any "employee benefit plan"
                  (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement
                  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA")), (2) any
                  profit-sharing, deferred compensation, bonus, stock option,
                  stock purchase, pension, retainer, consulting, retirement,
                  severance, welfare or incentive plan, agreement or
                  arrangement, (3) any plan, agreement or arrangement providing
                  for "fringe benefits." The plans, agreements and arrangements
                  described in this Section 2.18 are referred to herein as the
                  "COMPANY PLANS". For purposes of this Agreement, "ERISA
                  AFFILIATE" means any Person that is a member of "controlled
                  group of corporations" with, or is under "common control"
                  with, or is a member of the same "affiliated service group"
                  with the Company, as defined in Section 414 of the Code.

         (b)      None of the Company Plans is (i) a plan subject to Title IV of
                  ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, (ii) a "multi-employer plan"
                  (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA), (iii) a
                  "multiple employer plan" (within the meaning of Section 3(40)
                  of ERISA or Section 413(c) of the Code), (iv) a "voluntary
                  employees' beneficiary association" (within the meaning of
                  Section 501(c)(9) of the Code), or (v) a "multiple employer
                  welfare arrangement" (within the meaning of Section 3(40)(A)
                  of ERISA).

         (c)      Neither the Company, its Subsidiaries nor any ERISA Affiliate
                  has ever contributed to, or had an obligation to contribute
                  to, any plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of
                  the Code, any "multi-employer plan" (within the meaning of
                  Section 3(37) of ERISA), any "multiple employer plan" (within
                  the meaning of Section 3(40) of ERISA or Section 413(c) of the
                  Code), any "voluntary employees' beneficiary association"
                  (within the meaning of Section 501(c)(9) of the Code), or any
                  "multiple employer welfare arrangement" (within the meaning of
                  Section 3(40)(A) of ERISA).


- 20 -

(d) None of the Company Plans, nor any trust created thereunder, now holds or has heretofore held as assets any stock or securities issued by the Company, its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate.

(e) The Company and its Subsidiaries have delivered or made available to Buyer true and complete copies of all documents and summary plan descriptions of the Company Plans or summary descriptions of any such Company Plan not otherwise in writing. The Company and its Subsidiaries have delivered to Buyer true and complete copies of the most recent determination letters and the Forms 5500 filed in the most recent plan year with respect to any Company Plan, including all schedules thereto and financial statements with attached opinions of independent accountants (if required). The Company and its Subsidiaries have delivered to Buyer all communications received from or sent to the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor within the last year, including but not limited to any Forms 5330 filed by the Company, its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate related to Company Plans.

(f) Each Company Plan (and any related trust agreement) has been administered in accordance with its terms, except for any failure to so administer that would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company, its Subsidiaries and each ERISA Affiliate, is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and all laws applicable thereto, except for any failure to so comply that would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(g) All reports, returns and similar documents with respect to each Company Plan required to be filed with any Governmental Authority or distributed to any participant of each Company Plan have been duly and timely filed or distributed.

(h) No actions, suits, disputes or claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the ordinary course) are pending or, to the Company's Knowledge, threatened with respect to any Company Plan. To the Company's Knowledge, no audits, inquiries, reviews, proceedings, claims, or demands are pending with any Governmental Authority with respect to any Company Plan.

(i) Each Company Plan that is intended to be qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favourable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service that such Company Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

(j) No Company Plan provides for or continues medical or health benefits, or life insurance or other death benefits (through insurance or otherwise) for any employee or any dependent or beneficiary of any employee after such


- 21 -

employee's retirement or other termination of employment except as may be required by COBRA or applicable state law, and there has been no communication to any employee that could reasonably be expected to promise or guarantee any such benefits. For purposes of this Agreement, "COBRA" means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, Section 4980B of the Code, Title I Part 6 of ERISA, and any similar state group health plan continuation law, together with all regulations and proposed regulations promulgated thereunder.

(k) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not entitle any individual to severance pay, and will not accelerate the time of payment or vesting, or increase the amount of compensation due to any individual.

(l) With respect to any Company Plan, all required or discretionary (in accordance with historical practices) payments, premiums, contributions, reimbursements, or accruals for all periods ending prior to or as of the Effective Time shall have been made or properly accrued on the current balance sheets or will be properly accrued on the books and records of the Company, its Subsidiaries and each ERISA Affiliate as of the Effective Time. None of the Company Plans has any unfunded liabilities which are not reflected on the current balance sheet or the books and records of the Company, its Subsidiaries and each ERISA Affiliates.

2.19 SECURITIES MATTERS

(a) Each Shareholder alone, or through his personal representative, has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and such experience in evaluating and investing in companies such as Buyer as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Buyer Shares. Such Shareholder has the financial ability to bear the economic risk of his investment in the Buyer Shares being acquired hereunder, has adequate means for providing for his current needs and contingencies and has no need for liquidity with respect to his investment in Buyer.

(b) Each Shareholder is acquiring the Buyer Shares for his own account, for investment purposes only, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. Such Shareholder understands that the Buyer Shares have not been distributed pursuant to a prospectus in Canada pursuant to applicable legislation and have not been registered under the SECURITIES ACT of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), or under the securities laws of Canada, by reason of a specified exemption from the registration or prospectus provisions thereunder which depends upon, among other things, the BONA FIDE nature of such Shareholder's investment intent as expressed herein. Such Shareholder acknowledges that his representations and warranties contained herein are being relied upon by Buyer as a basis for the exemption of the issuance of the Buyer


- 22 -

Shares hereunder from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

(c) Each Shareholder acknowledges that the Buyer Shares must be held indefinitely until they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and under applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available. Such Shareholder has been advised or is aware of: (A) the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act which permits limited resale of the securities purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions including, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about Buyer and compliance with applicable requirements regarding the holding period and the amount of securities to be sold and the manner of sale and (B) Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act or other applicable legislation which permits resale of the purchased securities in the United States or Canada subject to certain restrictions. Each Shareholder understands that only Buyer can take action to register the Buyer Shares.

(d) Such Shareholder acknowledges that the Buyer Shares must also be held in accordance with applicable securities laws in Canada and the Shareholder undertakes not to sell, transfer or assign the Buyer Shares in contravention of the applicable laws in force in Canada.

(e) Each Shareholder or his representative has had an opportunity to discuss the Buyer's business, management, financial affairs and acquisition plans with its management, to review the Buyer's facilities, and to obtain such additional information concerning such Shareholder's investment in the Buyer Shares in order for such Shareholder to evaluate its merits and risks, and such Shareholder has determined that the Buyer Shares are a suitable investment for such Shareholder and that at this time such Shareholder could bear a complete loss of his investment.

(f) Each Shareholder is aware that no U.S. or Canada federal, state, provincial or other agency has passed upon or made any finding or determination concerning the fairness of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the adequacy of the disclosure of the exhibits and schedules hereto or thereto.

(g) Each Shareholder understands that all certificates for the Buyer Shares issued to such Shareholder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form and including such legend as may be required under Canadian securities laws:

"THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE


- 23 -

                      SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR
                      OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF WITHOUT SUCH REGISTRATION OR THE
                      DELIVERY TO THE ISSUER OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
                      REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, THAT SUCH
                      DISPOSITION WILL NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION OF SUCH
                      SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
                      OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS."

2.20     FACILITIES

         Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries owns any real property.
         Schedule 2.20 sets forth a list of all real property currently leased
         or occupied by the Company or its Subsidiaries or leased or occupied by
         the Company or its Subsidiaries during the previous five (5) years
         (collectively, the "FACILITIES"). Except as set forth on Schedule 2.20,
         the Facilities are not subject to any encumbrances, encroachments,
         building or use restrictions, exceptions, reservations or limitations,
         except those which do not, taken as a whole, result in a Company
         Material Adverse Effect or which prevent any continued use thereof in
         the usual and normal conduct of the Company's or its Subsidiaries'
         business. There are no pending or, to the Company's Knowledge,
         threatened condemnation proceedings relating to any of the Facilities.

2.21     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

         (a)      There is not now nor has there been any treatment, storage,
                  disposal, transportation, handling, production or processing,
                  other than that required in the normal course of business and
                  in compliance in all material respects with all applicable
                  Environmental Laws, by the Company or its Subsidiaries, of any
                  Hazardous Substance at the Facilities. There is not now nor
                  has there been any Release of any Hazardous Substance at, to
                  or from any location for which the Company or any of its
                  Subsidiaries may be liable which require any investigation,
                  response or remediation activities under applicable
                  Environmental Laws the cost of which, individually or in the
                  aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Company
                  Material Adverse Effect.

         (b)      To the Company's Knowledge, there is not now nor have there
                  been any underground storage tanks located at the Facilities
                  during the Company's or its Subsidiaries' lease or use
                  thereof, and no such tanks have been removed by or on behalf
                  of the Company or its Subsidiaries from any Facilities at any
                  time.

         (c)      Schedule 2.21(c) contains a list of all Environmental Permits
                  held by the Company. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries
                  has had within the past three years and presently has each
                  Environmental Permit required under applicable Environmental
                  Laws for the Business as currently

                                     - 24 -

                  operated and for any alterations or improvements conducted by
                  the Company and its Subsidiaries at the Facilities, except
                  where the failure to have any such Environmental Permit,
                  individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Company
                  Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Subsidiaries has
                  been and is currently in material compliance with all
                  Environmental Laws, including each Environmental Permit,
                  except where the failure to so comply, individually or in the
                  aggregate, would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.
                  The Company and its Subsidiaries have made available to Buyer
                  all environmental reports, audits, assessments or studies
                  performed or prepared within the last three years within the
                  possession or control of the Company its Subsidiaries with
                  respect to the Facilities.

         (d)      Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries has (i) entered into
                  or been subject to any consent decree, compliance order, or
                  administrative order with respect to the Facilities or any
                  property to which any Hazardous Substances generated by the
                  Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been sent for
                  treatment, storage or disposal, which decree or order is still
                  in effect; (ii) within the past three years received notice
                  under the citizen suit provision of any Environmental Law in
                  connection with the Facilities or any other property to which
                  any Hazardous Substance generated by the Company or any of its
                  Subsidiaries has been sent for treatment, storage or disposal;
                  (iii) within the past three years received any request for
                  information, notice, demand letter, administrative inquiry or
                  formal or informal complaint or claim with respect to any
                  Environmental Condition relating to the Facilities or any
                  other property to which any Hazardous Substance generated by
                  the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been sent for
                  treatment, storage or disposal; or (iv) been subject to or,
                  within the past three years, threatened with any governmental
                  or citizen enforcement action with respect to the Facilities
                  or any other property to which any Hazardous Substance
                  generated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been
                  sent for treatment, storage or disposal, and to the Company's
                  Knowledge, none of the matters set forth in this clause (d)
                  will be forthcoming.

         (e)

                  There are not now nor have there been any capacitors,
                  transformers, other equipment, or materials containing PCBs
                  which are or were owned by the Company or any of its
                  Subsidiaries at or on the Facilities in quantities or
                  concentrations that require removal or remediation by the
                  Company or any of its Subsidiaries under Environmental Laws.
                  To the Company's Knowledge, after due inquiry there is not now
                  nor has there been prior to or during the lease, operation or
                  use of any Facility by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
                  asbestos present at or on the Facilities in a condition that
                  requires abatement, encapsulation or removal by the Company or
                  any of its Subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws.

                                     - 25 -

         For purposes of this Section 2.21, the following defined terms have the

meanings set forth below:

"ENVIRONMENT" means soil, surface waters, ground waters, land, stream sediments, surface or subsurface strata, ambient air and any environmental medium.

"ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION" means any condition with respect to the Environment on or at the Facilities, any property to which any Hazardous Substances generated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been sent for treatment, storage or disposal, whether or not yet discovered, which does or is reasonably likely to result in any material damage, loss, cost, expense, claim, demand, order, or liability to or against Buyer or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

"ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" means any environmental or health and safety-related law, regulation, rule, ordinance, or legally enforceable order or determination of any Governmental Entity.

"ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS" means any and all federal, state and local governmental permits, licenses and other authorizations and approvals required under any Environmental Law, or that relates to the Environment or to public health and safety or worker health and safety as they may be affected by the Environment.

"HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES" shall mean any flammable material, explosives, radon, radioactive materials, asbestos, urea-formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum and petroleum by-products, methane, hazardous materials, hazardous waste, or hazardous or toxic substances as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. ss.9601, et seq.), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. ss.1801, et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. ss.6901, et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C.ss.2601, et seq.), Articles 15 and 27 of the New York State Environmental Conservation Law or any other applicable Environmental Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

"RELEASE" has the same meaning as given to that term in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C.ss.9601, et seq.) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.


- 26 -

2.22     TRANSACTION WITH THE SHAREHOLDERS

         Except as set forth in Schedule 2.22, the Company and its Subsidiaries
         do not owe any amount to the Shareholders or the Shareholder Affiliates
         for money loaned to the Company and the Shareholders and the
         Shareholder Affiliates do not owe any amount to the Company or the
         Subsidiaries for money loaned to any of the Shareholders or the
         Shareholder Affiliates. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.22, the
         Company, the Shareholders and the Shareholder Affiliates have not
         entered into or have any obligation, directly or indirectly, to enter
         into any transaction, including, without limitation, the purchase from,
         sale to or exchange of property with, or the rendering of any service
         by or for the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Shareholders or the
         Shareholder Affiliates, as the case may be.

2.23     CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

         Schedule 2.23 sets forth all of the completed and planned capital
         expenditures of Fishers as of September 30, 2000 in respect of the
         construction of the new additional 20,000 square foot facility situated
         at 7647 County Road, in the town of Fishers in the State of New York
         which all form part of the Fishers' Assets sold to the Surviving
         Corporation as described in Section 1.11.

2.24     USE OF NAME

         Except as set forth on Schedule 2.24 the Company has full exclusive
         right and title to use its corporate name as set forth in its
         certificate of incorporation.

2.25     BROKERS, FINDERS OR FINANCIAL ADVISORS

         No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person, other
         than Wit SoundView Corporation, is entitled to any broker's, finder's,
         financial advisor's or other similar fee or commission in connection
         with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon
         arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company, its Subsidiaries or
         any Shareholder.

2.26     EXCLUSIVITY OF REPRESENTATIONS

         THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY THE COMPANY AND THE
         SHAREHOLDERS IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE IN LIEU OF AND ARE EXCLUSIVE OF ALL
         OTHER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY
         IMPLIED WARRANTIES. THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDERS HEREBY DISCLAIM
         ANY SUCH OTHER OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES,
         NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO THE BUYER OR ITS
         OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY
         DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION, INCLUDING ANY FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS
         OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL DATA.

                                     - 27 -

2.27     FULL DISCLOSURE

         Each of the Shareholders has made or caused to be made due enquiry with
         respect to each of the representations, warranties and statements
         contained in this Agreement and in each of the schedules, certificates,
         documents and other writings referred to herein or furnished to the
         Buyer hereunder, and none of the same contains any untrue statement of
         a material fact or omit a material fact necessary to make the
         statements contained therein not misleading, and all such statements,
         taken as a whole, together with this Agreement, do not contain any
         untrue statement of a material fact or omit a material fact necessary
         to make the statements contained herein and therein not misleading.
         Save and except for those matters disclosed herein, the Shareholders
         have no knowledge of any facts and there are not any facts which should
         reasonably be made known to the Buyer relating to the Company or the
         Subsidiaries not herein disclosed, which might be reasonably expected
         to materially diminish the Buyer's appreciation of the worth or
         profitability of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or
         which, if known by the Buyer, might be reasonably expected to deter the
         Buyer from completing the transactions herein contemplated.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTY OF THE BUYER AND BUYER SUB

Buyer and Buyer Sub hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Company and the Shareholders, as of the date hereof (except as to any representation or warranty which specifically relates to an earlier date), as follows:

3.1 ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATIONS

Each of Buyer and Buyer Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with the requisite corporate power and authority to own and use its properties and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted. Buyer and Buyer Sub are each duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the nature of their respective businesses conducted or property owned by each makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, would not reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, "BUYER MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means any change, effect, event, occurrence or state of facts (or any development that has had or is reasonably likely to have any change or effect) that is materially adverse to the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Buyer and its subsidiaries (including Buyer Sub), taken as a whole, provided, however, any adverse change, effect or circumstance (a) primarily arising out of or resulting primarily from actions contemplated by the parties hereto in connection with this Agreement; (b) resulting from economic factors affecting the economy as a whole; (c) resulting in changes from the market price or trading volume of the


- 28 -

Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares; or (d) resulting from factors generally affecting the specific markets in which the Buyer and its subsidiaries compete shall not be deemed in themselves, either alone or in combination, to constitute, and shall not be taken into account in determining whether there has been, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

3.2 CAPITALIZATION

The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of each class of capital stock of Buyer and Buyer Sub are as set forth in Exhibit C. Exhibit C also sets forth the number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Buyer's duly approved stock option plans (collectively, the "BUYER STOCK OPTION PLANS"), and the total number of options outstanding under Buyer Stock Option Plans or otherwise. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Buyer and Buyer Sub and Buyer Sub have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. Except as provided in this Agreement and pursuant to the Buyer Stock Option Plans: (a) no subscription, warrant, option, convertible security or other right (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any shares of capital stock of Buyer or Buyer Sub is authorized or outstanding; (b) Buyer and Buyer Sub have no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to issue any subscription, warrant, option, convertible security or other such right or to issue or distribute to holders of any shares of their capital stock any evidences of indebtedness or assets of Buyer; and (c) except for the preferred shares series 1 of the Buyer of which 800,000 are issued and outstanding, Buyer and Buyer Sub have no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of their capital stock or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Buyer have been offered, issued and sold by Buyer in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom.

3.3 AUTHORIZATION

Buyer and Buyer Sub each have the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise to carry out their obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Buyer and Buyer Sub and the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Buyer and Buyer Sub, and no further action is required by the Buyer or Buyer Sub. This Agreement has been duly executed by the Buyer and Buyer Sub and, assuming this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Shareholders, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Buyer and Buyer Sub enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject, however, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether such


- 29 -

enforceability is considered in equity or at law. Neither Buyer nor Buyer Sub is in violation of any of the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents.

3.4 NON-CONTRAVENTION

Subject to regulatory approval under applicable securities laws and regulations, including those of any stock exchanges, the execution and delivery of this Agreement do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and compliance with the provisions of this Agreement will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to loss of a material benefit under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries (including Buyer Sub) pursuant to, any provision of: (a) the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Buyer or any provision of the comparable organizational documents of Buyer or any of its subsidiaries; (b) any loan or credit agreement, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or other agreement, instrument, permit, concession, franchise or license applicable to the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries or their respective properties or assets; or (c) subject to the governmental filings and other matters referred to in Section 3.5, any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries or their respective properties or assets, other than, in the case of clauses (b) and (c) above, any such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights or Liens that individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or prevent or materially delay the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.5 CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required by or with respect to the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries (including Buyer Sub) in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Buyer or the consummation by the Buyer and Buyer Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for: (a) the filing of a pre-merger notification and report form under the HSR Act and applicable filings under foreign antitrust competition laws; (b) approvals for listing of the shares to be issued in furtherance of the transactions set forth herein on The Toronto Stock Exchange and for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market and any approval of the shareholders of the Buyer; (c) such filings, consents, approvals, orders, registrations and declarations as may be required under the laws of any foreign country in which the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries conducts any business or owns any assets; (c) such filings, consents, approvals, orders, registrations and declarations as may be necessary as a result of the issuance of the Buyer Shares or any facts or circumstances relating solely to the Company; and (d) such other consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings the failure of which to be obtained or made would not,


- 30 -

individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or prevent or materially delay the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.6 LITIGATION; PROCEEDINGS

There is no action, suit or proceeding, governmental or otherwise, pending or, to the Buyer's Knowledge, threatened against the Buyer, any of its subsidiaries (including Buyer Sub) or any of their respective properties or business that questions the validity of this Agreement, the right of the Buyer or Buyer Sub to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, or that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. There is no judgment, decree, injunction, rule or order of any Governmental Entity outstanding against the Buyer or Buyer Sub or any of their subsidiaries having, or which, insofar as reasonably can be foreseen, in the future would have, any such effect.

3.7 AUTHORIZATION FOR BUYER SHARES

Buyer has taken all necessary action to issue the Buyer Shares by the Effective Time. The Buyer Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free and clear of all Liens (other than restrictions on transfer imposed by applicable securities laws) and will not be issued in violation of any pre-emptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights.

3.8 CANADIAN DOCUMENTS

Buyer has provided to the Company and each Shareholder each statement and report, as may be required to have been filed as of the date hereof under Canadian securities laws (the "CANADIAN DOCUMENTS"). As of their respective filing dates, the Canadian Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the securities laws in force in Canada, and none of the Canadian Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, except to the extent corrected by a subsequently filed Canadian Document. The financial statements of Buyer being the consolidated audited balance sheets of the Buyer as at August 31, 1999 and 1998 and the statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flows for each of the years in the three years ended August 31, 1999 and the unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet, statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flows of the Buyer for the nine months ended May 31, 2000 and May 31, 1999, including the notes thereto (the "BUYER FINANCIAL STATEMENTS") were complete and correct in all material respects as of their respective dates, complied as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements with respect thereto as of their respective dates, and have


- 31 -

been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP applied on a basis consistent throughout the periods indicated and consistent with each other (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto or, in the case of unaudited statements included in the Buyer's interim reports. The balance sheets included in the Buyer Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects as of their respective dates the financial condition of the Buyer (subject, in the case of interim financial statements, to normal, recurring year-end adjustments that may be required upon audit).

3.9 NO UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES

         None of the Buyer and its subsidiaries (including Buyer Sub) have any
         liability (whether known or unknown, whether absolute or contingent,
         whether liquidated or unliquidated and whether due or to become due)
         which is material to the Buyer and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
         except for: (a) liabilities shown on the latest balance sheet included
         in the Canadian regulatory authorities Documents filed with the
         Canadian regulatory authorities prior to the date of this Agreement
         (the "BUYER BALANCE SHEET DATE"); (b) liabilities which have arisen in
         the ordinary course of business since the Buyer Balance Sheet Date; and
         (c) contractual liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business
         which are not required by Canadian GAAP to be reflected on a balance
         sheet.

3.10     ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES OR EVENTS

         Since the Buyer Balance Sheet Date, the Buyer has conducted its
         business only in the ordinary course and there has not occurred any
         events or changes that have had, or would reasonably be expected to
         have, individually or in the aggregate, a Buyer Material Adverse
         Effect.

3.11     INVESTMENT INTENT

         The Buyer is acquiring the Company Shares for its own account for
         investment purposes only and not with a view to or for distributing or
         reselling such Company Shares or any part thereof or interest therein
         without prejudice, however, to Buyer's rights to sell such securities
         in compliance with applicable Canadian and U.S. federal and state
         securities laws.

3.12     EXPERIENCE OF THE BUYER

         The Buyer, through its representatives, has such knowledge,
         sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as
         to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective
         investment in the Company Shares and has so evaluated the merits and
         risks of such investment.

3.13     BROKERS, FINDERS OR FINANCIAL ADVISORS

         Except for the fees payable by Buyer to Merrill Lynch, Pierre, Fenner &
         Smith or any of its Affiliate, no broker, investment broker, financial
         advisor or other person

                                     - 32 -

         is entitled to any broker's, finder's, financial advisor's or other
         similar fee or commission from Buyer in connection with the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.14     FULL DISCLOSURE

         The Buyer has made or caused to be made due enquiry with respect to
         each of the representations, warranties and statements contained in
         this Agreement and in each of the schedules, certificates, documents
         and other writings referred to herein or furnished to the Shareholders
         and the Company hereunder, and none of the same contains any untrue
         statement of a material fact or omit a material fact necessary to make
         the statements contained therein not misleading, and all such
         statements, taken as a whole, together with this Agreement, do not
         contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit a material fact
         necessary to make the statements contained herein and therein not
         misleading.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

4.1 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE COMPANY

Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1, and except to the extent consented to by Buyer or as expressly permitted or contemplated by this Agreement, during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, the Company shall carry, and cause its Subsidiaries to, on its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted and, to the extent consistent therewith, use reasonable efforts to preserve intact its current business organizations, keep available the services of its current officers and employees and preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, distributors and others having business dealings with it to the end that their goodwill and ongoing businesses shall be unimpaired in any material respect at the Effective Time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without Buyer's consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, Shareholders shall not permit and the Company shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

(a) declare, set aside or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions in respect of, any of its capital stock, except for distributions of current year subchapter "S" corporation earnings in amounts determined by the Company's Board of Directors to reflect the taxes payable on such earnings, (i) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock, or (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or any other securities, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire any such shares or other securities;


- 33 -

(b) issue, deliver, sell, pledge or otherwise encumber any shares of its capital stock, any other voting securities or any securities convertible into, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire, any such shares, voting securities or convertible securities;

(c) amend its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or other comparable organization documents;

(d) acquire or agree to acquire (i) by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association or other business organization or division thereof, or (ii) any assets that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company, except purchases in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(e) sell, lease, license, mortgage or otherwise encumber or subject to any Lien (other than Liens pursuant to its existing credit facilities) or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(f) (i) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or guarantee any such indebtedness of another person, issue or sell any debt securities or warrants or other rights to acquire any debt securities, or guarantee any debt securities of another person, except for borrowings under its existing credit facilities in amounts necessary to make distributions for taxes as described in Section 4.1(a), or for working capital purposes in an aggregate amount of less than $1,000,000, the endorsement of checks in the normal course of business and the extension of credit in the normal course of business, or (ii) make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other Person, other than advances to employees in accordance with past practice;

(g) except for the items currently contracted for by the Company, make or agree to make any new capital expenditure or expenditures which, individually, is in excess of $50,000 or, in the aggregate, are in excess of $100,000;

(h) make any material Tax election or settle or compromise any material income Tax liability;

(i) pay, discharge, settle or satisfy any claims, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued or contingent, asserted or unasserted), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or in accordance with their terms, of liabilities reflected or reserved against in, or contemplated by, the most recent consolidated financial statements (or the notes thereto) included in


- 34 -

the Financial Statements or incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(j) except in the ordinary course of business, modify, amend or terminate any Company Contract, or waive, release or assign any material rights or claims;

(k) except as required to comply with applicable law, (i) adopt, enter into or amend any Company Plan, (ii) increase in any material manner the compensation or fringe benefits of, or pay any bonus to, any director, officer or employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries (except for normal increases or bonuses in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) or (iii) grant any awards under any Employee Benefit Plan (including the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock based or stock related awards, performance units or restricted stock, or the removal of existing restrictions in any Employee Benefit Plan or agreement or awards made thereunder);

(l) other than as required by law or GAAP, make any material change to its accounting policies or procedures; or

(m) authorize any of, or commit or agree to take any of, the foregoing actions.

4.2 PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS

From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement, no party hereto will issue or cause the publication of any press release or other public announcement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior consent of Buyer (in the case of the Shareholders or the Company) or the Shareholders (in the case of Buyer), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that: (a) nothing herein will prohibit either party from issuing or causing publication of any such press release or public announcement to the extent that such party's counsel reasonably determines such action to be required by law, or the regulations of any government agency or the principal exchange or market on which Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares are traded, in which case the party making such determination will, to the greatest extent practicable in light of the circumstances, use best efforts to allow the other party reasonable time to comment on such release or announcement in advance of its issuance; and (b) Buyer, the Company and the Shareholders may disclose this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby to third parties in connection with securing consents of such third parties and in connection with any permits, approvals, filings or consents required by law to be obtained. To the extent feasible, prior to the Closing, all press releases or other announcements or notices regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be made jointly by Buyer and the Company.


- 35 -

4.3 NON-SOLICITATION; NON-NEGOTIATION

The Company and the Shareholders agree that they will not, and they will use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause their representatives, agents or employees acting on their behalf, not to, after the execution of this Agreement until the earlier of (a) the termination of this Agreement or (b) the Effective Time, directly or indirectly, solicit, encourage, initiate, negotiate or discuss with any third party or permit the consummation of any acquisition proposal relating to or affecting the Company, or any direct or indirect interests in the Company, whether by exchange offer, purchase of assets or stock, business combination, merger or other transaction, and that the Company and the Shareholders will promptly advise Buyer of the terms of any communications they may receive relating to any bid for all or any part of any such interest in the Company.

4.4 COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE EFFORTS

Subject to the terms and conditions herein, each of the parties hereto agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action, and to do, or cause to be done as promptly as practicable, all things necessary, proper and advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation, fulfilment of the conditions to closing set forth herein. If at any time after the Closing any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the execution of additional instruments, the proper officers and directors of the Buyer and the Company and the Shareholders shall take all such necessary action.

4.5 HART-SCOTT-RODINO ACT AND FOREIGN REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

(a) To the extent required by law, each of the Company and the Buyer and each of the Shareholders shall (i) prepare and file as promptly as practicable with the Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission the notification and report form, if any, required for the transactions contemplated hereunder by the HSR Act, including without limitation, a request for early termination of the waiting period thereunder, as well as any filings with, or submissions to, any antitrust, competition or other similar authority in any foreign jurisdiction where such filing is required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and (ii) respond promptly to inquiries, if any, from the Federal Trade Commission or the Department of Justice or the antitrust, competition or comparable governmental authority of any foreign jurisdiction in connection with such filing. The Buyer will be responsible for all filing fees in connection with the filings required by the HSR Act or the antitrust, competition or comparable laws of any foreign jurisdiction and each party shall bear the expenses for the preparation of their documentation for the filing.


- 36 -

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and the Buyer each agree to cooperate and to use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any government clearances required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including through compliance with the HSR Act), to respond to any requests for information from Governmental Entities, and to contest and resist any action, including any legislative, administrative or judicial action, and to have vacated, lifted, reversed or overturned any decree, judgment, injunction or other order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent (an "ORDER") that restricts, prevents or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, by vigorously pursuing all available avenues of administrative and judicial appeal and all available legislative action. The parties also agree to take any and all of the following actions to the extent commercially reasonable to obtain the approval of any Governmental Entity with jurisdiction over the enforcement of any applicable laws regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement: entering into negotiations; providing information; substantially complying with any second request for information pursuant to the HSR Act; making proposals; entering into and performing agreements or submitting to judicial or administrative orders; selling or otherwise disposing of, or holding separate (through the establishment of a trust or otherwise) particular assets or categories of assets, or businesses of the Company or the Buyer; and withdrawing from doing business in a particular jurisdiction. The parties hereto will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, consult and cooperate with one another, and consider in good faith the views of one another, in connection with any analyses, appearances, presentations, memoranda, briefs, arguments, opinions and proposals made or submitted by or on behalf of any party hereto in connection with proceedings under or relating to the HSR Act or any other federal, state or foreign antitrust or fair trade law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this section, neither the Company nor the Buyer shall be required to take any action that would reasonably be expected to substantially impair the overall benefits expected, as of the date hereof, to be realized from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.6 COVENANTS OF PARTIES

From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement, each of the parties to this Agreement covenants and agrees that it shall take no action which would: (a) materially adversely affect the ability of any party to this Agreement to obtain any consents required for the transactions contemplated hereby; or (b) materially adversely affect the ability of any party to perform its covenants and agreements under this Agreement.


- 37 -

4.7 MODIFICATION OF DISCLOSURE SCHEDULES

At any time prior to four business days before the Effective Time, the Company and the Shareholders, by written notice to the Buyer, may amend or supplement the Disclosure Schedules attached to this Agreement with respect to any matter that, if existing or occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, would have been required to be set forth or described in the Disclosure Schedules or that is necessary to complete or correct any information in any representation or warranty contained in ARTICLE
2. The Buyer shall have two business days to object in writing to such amendment or supplement. If such amendment or supplement is considered by the Buyer as a Company Material Adverse Effect then the Buyer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement as described in Section
8.1(d). If the Buyer does not object within such two business day period, then such amendment or supplement shall be given effect for all purposes of this Agreement.

4.8 CONTACT WITH CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

The Buyer (and all of its agents and affiliates and any employees, directors or officers thereof) will not contact and communicate with the employees, customers, suppliers and licensors of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby unless it has received the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld but may be conditioned in any reasonable manner.

4.9 SECONDARY OFFERING

(a) THE BUYER SHALL:

(i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement on Form F-1 (the "SECONDARY REGISTRATION STATEMENT") with the SEC within 90 days after the Closing in order to register the resale by the Shareholders of Buyer Shares in an underwritten public offering led by an underwriter selected by the Buyer equal to any number of Buyer Shares not subject to the lock-up as set forth in Section 5.2(i) provided, however, that the aggregate market value of the Buyer Shares registered for resale shall not be less than US$100,000,000 or more than US$300,000,000 (including any over-allotment option) (based upon the average closing price quoted on the Nasdaq National Market for the five trading days ending on the fifth day prior to the filing of such Registration Statement); and

(ii) upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, facilitate an underwritten secondary public offering (the "SECONDARY OFFERING") led by an underwriter selected by the Buyer of the


- 38 -

Buyer Shares registered under the Secondary
Registration Statement;

(iii) have the right, however, to (A) postpone such filing of the Secondary Registration Statement or facilitation of such Secondary Offering for a period of up to 90 days after the Closing if the Buyer is engaged in any bona fide proposal for a merger, acquisition or material financing which, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Buyer, would be adversely affected by the Registration Statement or the Offering to the material detriment of the Buyer, or (B) need not make such effort to file the Registration Statement or facilitate such Offering if the Board determines in good faith after consulting with the Buyer's financial advisors that the Offering would materially adversely affect the existing shareholders of the Buyer due to the capital market conditions at such time.

(b) In connection with the Secondary Offering, the Buyer and the Shareholders shall agree to execute an underwriting agreement with the underwriter of the Secondary Offering which is customary for secondary equity offerings, including 90-day "market stand-off" provisions.

(c) The Buyer shall be obligated to pay any expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and filing of the Secondary Registration Statement, and the Shareholders shall be obligated to pay any underwriting commissions or discounts in connection with the Secondary Offering.

(d) The Buyer and the Shareholders shall enter into customary indemnification arrangements, pursuant to which the Buyer shall indemnify the Shareholders with respect to any misstatements or omissions made in the Secondary Registration Statement relating to the Buyer; provided, however, that the Buyer will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in connection with the business and financial information relating to the Company prior to the Closing.

(e) If the Secondary Offering is not completed by March 30, 2001, the Shareholders may make one written request (which request shall be made by Mr. Klimasewski on behalf of the Shareholders) to the Buyer to register, and the Buyer shall register, under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form F-4 or S-8 or any successor thereto) (a "DEMAND REGISTRATION") for any number of Buyer Shares not subject to the lock-up as set forth in Section 5.2(i) received by the Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement for the resale of such shares in an underwritten public offering led by an underwriter selected by the


- 39 -

Shareholders and subject to the prior consent of the Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided that the Buyer shall not be obligated to effect (x) more than one Demand Registration for the Shareholders or (y) a Demand Registration if the Shareholders propose to sell Buyer Shares with an aggregate price (based upon the average closing price quoted on the Nasdaq National Market for the five trading days ending on the fifth day prior to the date of such request) of less than US$100,000,000 or not more than US$300,000,000. If at the time the Demand Registration is made pursuant to this
Section 4.9(e), the Buyer is engaged in any bona fide proposal for a merger, acquisition or material financing which, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Buyer, would be adversely affected by the Demand Registration to the material detriment of the Buyer, then the Buyer may at its option direct that such request be delayed for a reasonable period not in excess of 90 days from the date of the written request. The request for a Demand Registration by the Shareholders shall state the amount of the Buyer Shares proposed to be sold and the lead underwriter selected by the Shareholders. The Buyer shall be obligated to pay any expenses incurred in connection with the Demand Registration and the Shareholders shall be obligated to pay any underwriting commissions or discounts in connection with the Demand Registration. It being understood that such sales by Shareholders in Section 4.9 shall be made only to U.S. residents through the Nasdaq National Market.

(f) Without limiting or otherwise restricting the rights granted to the Shareholders pursuant to this Section 4.9 or Section 6.3, if the Buyer proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Buyer for stockholders other than the Shareholders) any of its stock or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Buyer employee benefit plan, or a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Buyer Shares), the Buyer shall, within five (5) days before the anticipated filing date, give each Shareholder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of any Shareholder given within five (5) days after the date of such notice by the Buyer, the Buyer shall, subject to the provisions of this Section, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Buyer Shares that each such Shareholder has requested to be registered. The failure of any Shareholder to respond within such five-day period shall be deemed to be a waiver of such Shareholder's rights under this Section 4.9(f), only with respect to the particular registration for which notice has been given. If a Shareholder sends the Buyer a written request for inclusion of part or all of such Shareholder's Buyer Shares in a registration, such Shareholder shall not be entitled to withdraw or revoke such request without prior written consent of the Buyer in its sole discretion unless, as a result of


- 40 -

                  facts or circumstances arising after the date on which such
                  request was made relating to the Buyer or to market
                  conditions, such Shareholder reasonably determines that
                  participation in such registration would have a material
                  adverse effect on such Shareholder. In connection with any
                  offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Buyer's
                  capital stock, the Buyer shall not be required under this
                  Section 4.9(f) to include any of the Buyer Shares in such
                  underwriting unless the Shareholders accept the terms of the
                  underwriting as agreed upon between the Buyer and the
                  underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to
                  select the underwriters). If the total amount of securities,
                  including Buyer Shares requested by Shareholders to be
                  included in such offering, exceeds the amount of securities
                  that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is
                  compatible with the success of the offering in view of the
                  market conditions, then the Buyer shall be required to include
                  in the offering only that number of such securities, including
                  Buyer Shares, which the underwriters determine in their sole
                  discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering,
                  FIRST all of the securities to be offered for the account of
                  the Buyer, SECOND, the securities to be offered for the
                  account of the selling shareholders (including the selling
                  Shareholders), pro rata based on the number of securities
                  owned by such shareholders and entitled to inclusion therein
                  on the basis of a registration rights agreement with the
                  Buyer; and THIRD, any other securities requested to be
                  included in such offering. This Section 4.9(f) shall cease to
                  apply on June 1, 2002, subject to the Buyer complying with
                  Sections 4.9 and 6.3.

4.10     OTHER ACTIONS

         No party shall take any action, except in every case as may be required
         by applicable law, that would or is intended to result in: (a) any of
         its representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement that are
         qualified as to materiality being or becoming untrue; (b) any of such
         representations and warranties that are not so qualified becoming
         untrue in any manner having a Company Material Adverse Effect or Buyer
         Material Adverse Effect, as the case may be; (c) any of the conditions
         set forth in this Agreement not being satisfied or in a violation of
         any provision of this Agreement; or (d) adversely affecting the ability
         of any of them to obtain any of the consents or approvals required from
         any Governmental Entity as a condition to Closing.

4.11     TAX RETURN FILING.

         (a)      The Shareholders shall cause the Company to prepare, in a
                  manner consistent with past practices, and timely file
                  (including extensions of time to file) all Tax Returns
                  required to be filed by the Company, the due date of which
                  (without extensions) occurs on or before the date of the
                  Closing and pay (i) all Taxes due with respect to any such Tax
                  Returns, and (ii) all other Taxes due or claimed to be due
                  from or with respect to the Company on or before the date of
                  the Closing; provided that the Shareholders shall

                                     - 41 -

                  submit drafts of all such Tax Returns that are related to
                  Taxes based on the income of the Company to Buyer no later
                  than 30 days prior to the due date of such Tax Return, for
                  Buyer's review and comment.

         (b)      The Company will prepare and timely file any Tax Returns due
                  to be filed by the Company after the date of the Closing but
                  relating to periods of time prior to the date of the Closing.

         (c)      The Buyer will, or will cause the Company to prepare and
                  timely file all Tax Returns with respect to the Company that
                  relate to the Straddle Period and are required to be filed
                  after the date of the Closing.

         (d)      The Shareholders will take whatever action is necessary to
                  maintain the S status of the Company for federal purposes and
                  for the purposes of each state listed in Schedule 2.12 as a
                  state in which the Company is treated as an S corporation,
                  through the date that is one day prior to Closing.

         (e)      The Shareholders will not cause the Company to make any
                  additional federal tax elections under the Code with respect
                  to the Company for any tax period ending after the date of the
                  Closing.

4.12     ASSISTANCE AND COOPERATION

         After the date of the Closing, each of the Shareholders and Buyer shall
         as may reasonably be requested:

         (a)      assist (and, where appropriate, cause their respective
                  affiliates to assist) the other party in preparing any Tax
                  Returns or reports which such other party is responsible for
                  preparing and filing in accordance with Section 4.11;

         (b)      cooperate fully in preparing for any audits of, or disputes
                  with taxing authorities regarding, any Tax Returns of the
                  Company or the Subsidiaries;

         (c)      make available to the other and to any taxing authority to the
                  extent reasonably requested all information, records, and
                  documents relating to Taxes of the Company or the
                  Subsidiaries;

         (d)      provide timely notice to the other in writing of nay pending
                  or threatened tax audits or assessments of the Company or the
                  Subsidiaries for any taxable period (or portion thereto)
                  ending on or prior to the date of the Closing; and

         (e)      furnish the other with copies of all correspondence received
                  from any taxing authority in connection with any tax audit or
                  information requested with respect to any such taxable period.

                                     - 42 -

         Any information obtained under the provisions of this Section 4.12
         shall be kept confidential except as may otherwise be necessary in
         connection with the filing of Tax Returns or claims for refund or in
         conducting an audit or other proceeding.

4.13     SUBCHAPTER S RELIEF.

         In the event of an inadvertent termination of the Company's S
         corporation status prior to the date of the Closing for federal or
         state purposes, the Shareholders will use their best efforts to obtain
         relief with the appropriate taxing authority.

4.14     TAX COVENANTS

         (a)      Buyer has been engaged in an active trade or business outside
                  the United States (within the meaning of Treas. Reg.
                  ss.1.367(a)-2T(b)(2) and (3)) for the entire 36-month period
                  ending on the date of the Closing. Buyer has no intention to
                  substantially dispose of or discontinue such trade or
                  business. For this representation, the activities of any
                  qualified subsidiary of Buyer (as defined in Treas.
                  Reg.ss.1.367(a)-3(c)(5)(vii)) or any qualified partnership
                  owned by Buyer (as defined in Treas.
                  Reg.ss.1.367(a)-3(c)(5)(viii)), may be considered the
                  activities of Buyer.

         (b)      (i)      Fifty percent (50) or less of both the total voting
                           power and the total value of the stock of Buyer will
                           be received in the Merger, in the aggregate, by the
                           Shareholders who are United States persons, as
                           defined in Treas. Reg.ss.1.367(a)-3(c)(5)(iv)).

                  (ii)     Fifty percent (50%) or less of each of the total
                           voting power and the total value of the stock of
                           Buyer will be owned, in the aggregate, immediately
                           after the Merger by United States persons, as defined
                           in Treas. Reg. ss.1.367(a)-3(c)(5)(iv)), that are
                           either officers or directors of the Company as of the
                           date of this Agreement. For purposes of this
                           representation, any stock of the Buyer owned by
                           United States persons immediately after the transfer
                           will be taken into account, whether or not it was
                           received in the Merger for Company Common Stock.

ARTICLE 5

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

5.1 CONDITIONS TO EACH PARTY'S OBLIGATIONS

The respective obligations of each party to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment to each party's reasonable satisfaction on or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions:


- 43 -

(a) HSR ACT. If applicable, the waiting period (and any extension thereof) applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby and the issuance of the Buyer Shares under the HSR Act and any applicable foreign antitrust and competition laws shall have been terminated or shall have expired.

(b) SECURITIES REGULATORY APPROVALS. The regulatory approval required under United States and Canadian securities laws and under the by-laws, regulations or policies of the United States and Canadian securities regulatory authorities and stock exchanges and where required, any approval of the Buyer's shareholders shall have been obtained.

(c) NO INJUNCTIONS OR RESTRAINTS. No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other judgment or order issued by any Government Entity, court of competent jurisdiction or other statute, law, rule, legal restraint or prohibition shall be in effect preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(d) The Shareholders shall have provided reasonable satisfactory evidence of filing of certificate with the County of the intention of Fishers to commence the Redemption. To the extent that the IDA Bond have not been redeemed in full within 120 days after the Effective Time, Fishers shall use its best efforts to cause the Surviving Corporation to be released from any guaranty under the IDA Bond.

(e) ESCROW AGREEMENT. Buyer and the Shareholders shall have each executed and delivered the Escrow Agreement.

(f) TAX FREE REORGANIZATION. As of the Effective Time, the proportion of Cash Consideration to Merger Consideration shall be such that the transactions contemplated hereby will qualify as a tax free reorganization pursuant to Sections 368
(a)(1)(A) and 368 (a)(2)(E) of the Code.

5.2 CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE BUYER

The obligation of Buyer and Buyer Sub to consummate the Merger at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to the Buyer's and Buyer Sub's satisfaction on or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions:

(a) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each representation and warranty of the Company and the Shareholders contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects without giving effect to any qualification as to materiality such that the aggregate effect of any inaccuracies in such representation and warranties will not have a Company Material Adverse Effect as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time as though made as of the Effective Time, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date. Buyer and Buyer Sub shall have received a


- 44 -

certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company and by each Shareholder to such effect.

(b) PERFORMANCE. All covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company and each Shareholder at or prior to the Effective Time shall have been performed or complied with by the Company and each Shareholder in all material respects. Buyer and Buyer Sub shall have received a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company and by each Shareholder to such effect.

(c) CONSENTS. All consents, the absence of which, in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, shall have been obtained.

(d) RESIGNATIONS. Buyer shall have received the resignations, effective as of the Effective Time, of each director of the Company and the Subsidiaries specified by the Buyer in writing at least five business days prior to the Closing, along with a release of all claims against the Company and the Subsidiaries.

(e) NO MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT. No fact or development shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement and be continuing which has had or would be reasonably likely to result in any change, effect, event, occurrence or state of facts (or any development that has had or is reasonably likely to have any change or effect) that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Buyer shall have received a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company to such effect.

(f) DELIVERY OF SHARE CERTIFICATES. Each Shareholder shall have delivered to Buyer for cancellation share certificates representing the shares of the Company Common Stock duly endorsed for transfer.

(g) STOCK PURCHASE. Each of Klimasewski and May shall have delivered to Buyer share certificates representing all of their respective shareholdings of each of the Subsidiaries, duly endorsed for transfer, together with stock powers related to such Shares, and shall have taken all actions reasonably necessary to consummate the Stock Purchase.

(h) EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS. Each of Farrell and Gornall shall have entered into and delivered to the Buyer an employment agreement in the form of Schedule 5.2(h).

(i) LOCK-UP AGREEMENT. Each of Farrell and Gornall shall have entered into and delivered to the Buyer a lock-up agreement in the form of Schedule 5.2(i).


- 45 -

(j) LEGAL OPINION. The Buyer shall have received an opinion of Harter, Secrest & Emery LLP, the Company's and the Shareholder's counsel, in the form reasonably acceptable to counsel of the Buyer.

(k) RATIFYING RESOLUTIONS. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have delivered to the Buyer resolutions from their respective shareholders and boards of directors ratifying all acts completed by such shareholders and board of directors from their dates of incorporation to the Effective Time.

(l) CERTIFICATES AND DOCUMENTS. The Company shall have delivered at or prior to the Closing:

(i) a copy of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, with all amendments to date, certified by the Secretary of State of New York as of a date within three business days prior to the Effective Time, together with Bylaws of the Company, certified by its secretary as of the Effective Time;

(ii) resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company and of the Shareholders, authorizing and approving all matters in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein, certified by a duly authorized officer of the Company as of the Effective Time;

(iii) copies of all OEM contracts, purchase contracts and similar agreements in force and entered into by the Company; and

(iv) such other documents relating to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement as the Buyer may reasonably request.

(m) SEC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Shareholders shall have delivered (i) consolidated, audited balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the two most recent fiscal years, (ii) a consolidated, unaudited balance sheet as of the end of the most recent quarter preceding the Closing, (iii) consolidated, audited statements of income and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years preceding the Closing, and (iv) consolidated, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for the interim period between the latest audited balance sheet date and the date of the balance sheet being provided pursuant to clause (ii), in each case meeting the requirements of the SEC that would be applicable to the Company as if its securities were registered under Section 12 of the SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, as amended (collectively, the "SEC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS").

(n) ACCOUNTANTS. The Buyer shall have received confirmation that KPMG LLP, the Company's auditors, are independent certified public accountants qualified to deliver the accountant's report on the SEC Financial


- 46 -

Statements as required by the SEC. In addition, the Company shall have entered into an agreement on terms satisfactory to the Buyer with KPMG LLP pursuant to which KPMG LLP shall (A) deliver to the Buyer any consents with respect to the Buyer's use of the SEC Financial Statements and the use of KPMG's name in connection with the Buyer's filings with the SEC and (B) deliver customary "comfort letters" with respect to the SEC Financial Statements and required reconciliations, as may be reasonably requested by the Buyer.

(o) SECTION 1445 STATEMENT. Each Shareholder shall have furnished Buyer with a statement meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2).

5.3 CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS AND THE COMPANY

Each Shareholder's and the Company's obligation to consummate the Merger at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to its satisfaction or waiver on or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions:

(a) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each representation and warranty of Buyer and Buyer Sub contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects without giving effect to any qualification as to materiality such that the aggregate effect of any inaccuracies in such representation and warranties will not have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time as though made as of the Effective Time, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date. Each Shareholder and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Buyer and Buyer Sub by duly authorized executive officers of Buyer and Buyer Sub to such effect.

(b) PERFORMANCE. All covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Buyer or Buyer Sub on or prior to the Effective Time shall have been performed or complied with by the Buyer or Buyer Sub in all material respects. Each Shareholder and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Buyer or Buyer Sub by duly authorized executive officers of Buyer and Buyer Sub to such effect.

(c) PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE. Buyer shall have delivered to each Shareholder cash representing the Cash Consideration, if any, to be received by such Shareholder for its Shares of Company Common Stock and certificates representing the Buyer Shares in payment of the Stock Consideration to be received by such Shareholder for its shares of Company Common Stock. Buyer shall have delivered certificates representing the Escrow Shares to the Escrow Agent.


- 47 -

(d) CONSENTS. All consents, the absence of which, in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect, shall have been obtained.

(e) NO MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT. No fact or development shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement and be continuing which has had or would be reasonably likely to result in any change, effect, event, occurrence or state of facts (or any development that has had or is reasonably likely to have any change or effect) that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. The Company and each Shareholder shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Buyer and Buyer Sub by duly authorized officers of Buyer and Buyer Sub to such effect.

(f) CANADIAN LEGAL OPINION. The Company and the Shareholders shall have received an opinion of Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP, the Buyer's Canadian counsel, in the form reasonably acceptable to counsel to the Shareholders.

(g) U.S. LEGAL OPINION. The Company and Shareholders shall have received an opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, the Buyer's U.S. counsel and Buyer Sub's counsel, in the form reasonably acceptable to counsel to the Shareholders;

(h) CERTIFICATES AND DOCUMENTS. Buyer and Buyer Sub shall have delivered at or prior to the Closing to the Company and each of the Shareholders:

(i) a copy of Buyer's and Buyer Sub's respective Certificates of Incorporation, with all amendments to date, certified by the Secretaries of State or similar officers of Buyer's and Buyer Sub's respective jurisdictions of organization as of a date within three business days prior to the Effective Time, together with Bylaws of the Buyer and Buyer Sub, certified by their respective Secretaries as of the Effective Time;

(ii) resolutions of the Board of Directors of Buyer and Buyer Sub, authorizing and approving all matters in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein, certified by the Secretaries of Buyer and Buyer Sub as of the Effective Time; and

(iii) such other documents relating to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement as the Company and/or any Shareholder may reasonably request.

(i) AUTHORIZATIONS. All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any Governmental Entity or regulatory body that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Buyer Shares pursuant to this


- 48 -

Agreement shall have been duly obtained and shall be effective on and as of the Closing.

ARTICLE 6

OTHER AGREEMENTS

6.1 CONFIDENTIALITY

After the Closing, Buyer, Buyer Sub and each Shareholder shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all information, documents and materials relating to the Company or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation the terms hereof, except to the extent disclosure of any such information is reasonably believed by the disclosing party to be required by law or authorized by the other party, or otherwise made publicly available by the other party, or reasonably occurs in connection with disputes over the terms of this Agreement. In the event that any party hereto reasonably believes after consultation with counsel that it is required by law to disclose any confidential information described in this Section 6.1, such disclosing party will (a) provide the other party with prompt notice before such disclosure in order that the other party may attempt to obtain a protective order or other assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to confidential information, and (b) cooperate with the other party in attempting to obtain such order or assurance. The provisions of this Section 6.1 shall not apply to any information, documents or materials which are in the public domain or shall come into the public domain, other than by reason of default by the disclosing party of this Agreement or becomes known in the industry through no wrongful act on the part of such disclosing party.

6.2 COOPERATION AFTER THE CLOSING

The Shareholders will, at any time, and from time to time, after the Effective Time, execute and deliver such further instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such additional action as may be reasonably necessary to effect, consummate, confirm or evidence the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the other obligations of the Shareholders hereunder, each Shareholder agrees that, after the Closing, he shall provide reasonable cooperation and assistance to Buyer and the Company, at Buyer's sole cost and expense, with respect to any matters, disputes, suits or claims by or against any person not a party to this Agreement and including the execution of agreements with the employees of the Surviving Company in accordance with Buyer's current employment policies and applicable law.

6.3 REGISTRATION OF BUYER SHARES

(a) SHELF PROSPECTUS. The Buyer shall:

(i) as soon as practicable after June 29, 2001, prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-3 or F-10 or any


- 49 -

comparable registration form then in effect (the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT") relating to the resale of the Buyer Shares by the Shareholders from time to time on the Nasdaq National Market or the facilities of any U.S. national securities exchange or market on which the Buyer Shares (issued pursuant to this Agreement) are then traded or in privately-negotiated transactions in the United States;

(ii) use its reasonable efforts, subject to receipt of necessary information from the Shareholders, to cause the SEC to declare the Registration Statement effective within 60 days after the Registration Statement is filed by the Buyer;

(iii) promptly prepare and file with the SEC (and provide notice to the Shareholders of any such filing) such amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective until the earlier of
(i) two years after the effective date of the Registration Statement, or (ii) the date on which the Buyer Shares may be resold by the Shareholders without registration by reason of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect;

(iv) furnish to each Shareholder with respect to the Buyer Shares registered under the Registration Statement (and to each underwriter, if any, of such Buyer Shares) such number of copies of prospectuses and such other documents as the Shareholder may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of all or any of the Buyer Shares by the Shareholder;

(v) file documents required of the Buyer for normal "blue sky" clearance in states specified in writing by the Shareholders; provided, however, that the Buyer shall not be required to qualify to do business or consent to service of process in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so qualified or has not so consented;

(vi) notify each holder of Buyer Shares covered by such Registration Statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Buyer will use reasonable best efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a


- 50 -

material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(vii) use its reasonable best efforts to furnish, on the date that such Buyer Shares are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters selected by the Buyer, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Buyer for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and
(ii) a letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Buyer, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters;

(viii) bear all expenses in connection with the procedures in paragraphs (i) through (ix) of this Section, and the registration of the Buyer Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement, other than fees and expenses, if any, of counsel and other advisers to the Shareholders or underwriting discounts, brokerage fees, Taxes payable and commissions incurred by the Shareholders, if any; and

(ix) in the event of any underwritten public offering with an underwriter selected by the Buyer, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Shareholder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

The Buyer understands that the Shareholders disclaim being underwriters, and that the Shareholders being deemed an underwriter shall not relieve the Buyer of any obligations it has hereunder.

(b) DISPOSITION. Notwithstanding the generality of Section 6.3(a), each Shareholder agrees that upon notice from Buyer at any time or from time to time during the time the prospectus relating to the securities proposed to be sold by such Shareholder is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which, in Buyer's opinion, the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, such Shareholder will forthwith discontinue such Shareholder's disposition of such securities pursuant to the Registration Statement until


- 51 -

the time of such Shareholder's receipt of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such securities, such prospectus shall not include, in Buyer's opinion, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. It is understood and agreed that, after the Registration Statement has been declared effective, its effectiveness may be suspended on or one more occasions for up to an aggregate of 90 days in a twelve-month period, provided that no single suspension of such effectiveness shall be in effect for more than 30 consecutive days.

(c) PUBLIC INFORMATION. For so long as Buyer is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the Exchange Act and any of the Buyer Shares are deemed "RESTRICTED SECURITIES" under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, Buyer will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, or, if it ceases to be so required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of the Shareholders (i) make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales of Buyer Shares pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and (ii) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case to the extent required from time to time to enable the Shareholders to sell their Buyer Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC.

(d) LISTING. Buyer will use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Buyer Shares to be sold pursuant to the Registration Statement to be listed on the Nasdaq National Market or any other securities exchanges or markets on which shares of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares are then listed.

(e) INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

(i) In the event of a registration of any of the Buyer Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this
Section 6.4, Buyer will indemnify and hold harmless each Shareholder and each Shareholder Affiliate against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Shareholder or Shareholder Affiliate may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Buyer), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement


- 52 -

or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the prospectus, financial statements and schedules, and all other documents filed as a part thereof, as amended at the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement, including any information deemed to be a part thereof as of the time of effectiveness pursuant to paragraph (b) of SEC Rule 430A, or pursuant to SEC Rule 434, or the prospectus, in the form first filed with the SEC pursuant to SEC Rule 424(b), or filed as part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness if no Rule 424(b) filing is required (the "PROSPECTUS"), or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such Shareholder and each such Shareholder Affiliate for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Shareholder or Shareholder Affiliate in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that Buyer will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in connection with the business financial information relating to the Company prior to the Closing or so made in conformity with information furnished by such Shareholder specifically for use in such Registration Statement. For purposes hereof, the term "SHAREHOLDER AFFILIATE" shall mean any affiliates of the Shareholder and any officer, director, trustee or other person who controls the Shareholder or any affiliate of the Shareholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the term "Registration Statement" shall include any final prospectus, exhibit, supplement or amendment included in or relating to, and any document incorporated by reference in, the Registration Statement.

(ii) In the event of a registration of any of the Buyer Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this
Section 6.4, each Shareholder having Buyer Shares registered thereunder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless Buyer and each Buyer Affiliate, each underwriter and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which Buyer or such Buyer Affiliate, underwriter or person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration


- 53 -

Statement or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse Buyer and each such officer, director, underwriter and controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that such Shareholder will be liable under the Section 6.3(e)(ii) in any such case if and only to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in reliance upon and in conformity with information pertaining to such Shareholder furnished in writing to Buyer by such Shareholder specifically for use in the Registration Statement; and provided further, however, that the liability of each Shareholder hereunder shall not in any event exceed the net proceeds received from the sale of his, her or its Buyer Shares covered by such Registration Statement.

(iii) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6.3(e) of notice of the threat or commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 6.3(e), promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof; but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party for contribution or otherwise under the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6.3(e) to the extent it is not prejudiced as a result of such failure. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the


- 54 -

indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 6.3(e) for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (1) the indemnified party shall have employed such counsel in connection with the assumption of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel, approved by such indemnifying party in the case of paragraph (i), representing all of the indemnified parties who are parties to such action) or (2) the indemnified party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party.

(iv) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (1) any indemnified party exercising rights under this Agreement makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.3(e) but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 6.3(e) provides for indemnification in such case, (2) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such Shareholder in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this
Section 6.3, or (3) the indemnification provided for by this Section 6.3 is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party, other than by reason of the exceptions provided therein, then, and in each such case, Buyer and the Shareholders will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) (x) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other or (y) if the allocation provided by clause (x) above is not permitted by applicable law, or provides a lesser sum to the indemnified party than the amount hereinafter calculated, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative fault referred to in clause (x) above but also the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party and the indemnified party from the registration of the securities as well as the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities and any other relevant equitable


- 55 -

considerations. No Shareholder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds received from the sale of his, her or its Buyer Shares covered by such Registration Statement and no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 12 of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(v) The obligations of the Buyer and the Shareholders under this Section 6.3(e) shall survive completion of any offering of Buyer Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement and the termination of Buyer's obligations under Section 6.3(a). No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(f) INFORMATION AVAILABLE. So long as the Registration Statement is effective covering the resale of Buyer Shares owned by the Shareholders, the Buyer will furnish to each Shareholder:

(i) as soon as practicable after (A) its Annual Report on Form 10-K, 20-F or 40-F, (B) its interim reports, (C) its material change reports, (D) its proxy statement, (E) a full copy of the particular Registration Statement covering the Buyer Shares, and (F) a copy of each other registration statement covering Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares filed with the SEC (the foregoing, in each case, excluding exhibits unless requested by such Shareholder); and

(ii) a reasonable number of copies of the prospectuses to supply to any other party requiring such prospectuses; and the Buyer, upon the reasonable request of the Shareholder, will meet with the Shareholder or a representative thereof at the Buyer's headquarters to discuss information relevant for disclosure in the Registration Statement covering the Buyer Shares and will otherwise cooperate with any Shareholder conducting an investigation for the purpose of reducing or eliminating such Shareholder's exposure to liability under the Securities Act, including the reasonable production of information at the Buyer's headquarters, subject to appropriate confidentiality limitations.

6.4 REORGANIZATION

From and after the date hereof and until the Effective Time, no party hereto, nor, in the case of the corporate entities, any of their respective subsidiaries or other


- 56 -

affiliates shall knowingly take any action, or knowingly fail to take any action, that would jeopardize qualification of the Merger as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) and 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code. Each of Buyer, the Company, the Surviving Corporation and the Shareholders shall file all federal and state income tax returns consistent with the treatment of the Merger as a Reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) and 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code.

6.5 EXPENSES

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, each party hereto will pay its own expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, the performance of their respective obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not consummated.

6.6 NON-COMPETITION

The Shareholders shall not, for a period of three years from the Effective Time ("NON-COMPETE PERIOD"), within Canada, the United States and the European Union and in any country in which the Buyer or the Company presently conducts or may conduct business in the future, without the prior written consent of the Buyer, directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, including, without limitation, either individually or in partnership or jointly or in conjunction with any other person, as principal, agent, shareholder or in any other manner whatsoever, carry on or be engaged in or be concerned with or lend money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of, or permit their names to be used or employed by any person or entity engaged or concerned with or interested in the business of supply of DWDM test and measurement instrumentation, component and positioning and biomedical products.

ARTICLE 7

SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

7.1 SURVIVAL NOTWITHSTANDING INVESTIGATION.

Notwithstanding any investigation conducted before the Effective Time and notwithstanding implied knowledge or notice of any fact or circumstance which any Person may have as a result of such investigation or otherwise, the parties hereto shall be entitled to rely upon the representations and warranties set forth herein and the obligations of the parties hereto with respect thereto shall survive the Effective Time and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with and subject to the terms of this ARTICLE 7.

7.2 GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION BY THE SHAREHOLDERS.

Subject to the provisions contained herein, each of the Shareholders shall be liable to the Buyer and their respective directors, officers and employees (collectively,


- 57 -

the "BUYER INDEMNIFIED PERSONS" and each a "BUYER INDEMNIFIED Person") and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless all of the Buyer Indemnified Persons against any and all Claims incurred or suffered by or imposed upon any of the Buyer Indemnified Persons arising directly or indirectly out of:

(a) the breach of any agreement, covenant, representation or warranty of any of the Shareholders or the Company contained in or contemplated by this Agreement (other than Sections 2.12, 4.11, 4.12 or 4.13 hereof) or in any other agreement or document required to be furnished by any of the Shareholders or the Company to the Buyer hereunder; and

(b) the non-fulfilment of any agreement, covenant or obligation of any of the Shareholders or the Company contained in this Agreement (other than Sections 2.12, 4.11, 4.12 or 4.13 hereof) or in any other agreement or document required to be entered into by any of the Shareholders or the Company pursuant hereto to the extent not waived in writing by the Buyer.

The obligation of indemnification of the Shareholders hereunder shall be joint and several.

For the purpose of this indemnification all representations and warranties shall be read without giving effect to any qualification as to materiality.

7.3 INDEMNIFICATION BY THE BUYER.

The Buyer shall be liable to each of the Shareholders and their respective heirs and assigns (collectively the "SHAREHOLDERS INDEMNIFIED PERSONS" and each a "SHAREHOLDERS INDEMNIFIED PERSON") and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless all of the Shareholders Indemnified Persons against any and all Claims incurred or suffered by or imposed upon any of the Shareholders Indemnified Persons arising directly or indirectly out of:

(a)

the breach of any agreement, covenant, representation or warranty of the Buyer contained in or contemplated by this Agreement or in any other agreement or document required to be furnished by the Buyer to the Shareholders hereunder; and

(b) the non-fulfilment of any agreement, covenant or obligation of the Buyer contained in this Agreement or in any agreement or document required to be entered into by the Buyer pursuant hereto, to the extent not waived in writing by the Shareholders;

provided that the amount of indemnification in relation to such Claims to be made by the Shareholder Indemnified Person pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be limited to a fraction of the total Claims resulting from the applicable breach determined by dividing the number of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares of the share capital of the Buyer held by such Shareholder immediately after the


- 58 -

Effective Time divided by the total number of Buyer Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement.

7.4 INDEMNIFICATION AGAINST THIRD PARTY CLAIMS.

(a) Promptly upon receipt by any of the Buyer Indemnified Persons or the Shareholder Indemnified Persons (in this Section referred to as the "INDEMNITEE") of a notice of any Third Party Claim in respect of which the Indemnitee proposes to demand indemnification from the Buyer or the Shareholder (in this Section referred to as the "INDEMNITOR") pursuant to the provisions hereof, the Indemnitee shall give written notice to that effect to the Indemnitor with reasonable promptness.

(b) The Indemnitor shall have the right by written notice to the Indemnitee not later than 30 days after giving of the notice described in Section 7.4 to assume the control of the defence, compromise or settlement of the Third Party Claim, provided that such assumption shall, by its terms, be without cost to the Indemnitee and shall not limit in any way the Indemnitee's right to indemnification pursuant to the provisions hereof.

(c) Upon the assumption of control by the Indemnitor as aforesaid, the Indemnitor shall, at its expense, diligently proceed with the defence, compromise or settlement of the Third Party Claim at Indemnitor's sole expense, including retention of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee and, in connection therewith, the Indemnitee shall co-operate fully, but at the sole expense of the Indemnitor, to make available to the Indemnitor all pertinent information and witnesses under the Indemnitee's control, make such assignments and take such other steps as in the opinion of counsel for the Indemnitor are necessary to enable the Indemnitor to conduct such defence, provided always that the Indemnitee shall be entitled to reasonable security from the Indemnitor for any expense, costs or other liabilities to which it may be or may become exposed by reason of such co-operation.

(d) The final determination of any such Third Party Claim, including all related costs, attorneys' fees and expenses, shall be binding and conclusive upon the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee as to the validity or invalidity, as the case may be, of such Third Party Claim against the Indemnitor hereunder.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 7.4, the Indemnitor may not consent to any settlement of a Third Party Claim if the terms of such settlement require the Indemnitee to act or refrain from acting, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

(e) Should the Indemnitor fail to give notice to the Indemnitee as provided in Section 7.4, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to make such settlement of the


- 59 -

Third Party Claim as in its sole discretion may appear advisable, and such settlement or any other final determination of the Third Party Claim shall be binding upon the Indemnitor.

7.5 TAX INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) The Shareholders agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer Indemnified Parties against any Losses incurred or paid by a Buyer Indemnified Party, which arise as a result of (i) any liability for any Taxes imposed on the Company and the Subsidiaries pursuant to federal, state, local or foreign law attributable to any periods ending on or before the date of the Closing, (ii) with respect to any Straddle Period, the portion of Taxes payable by or assessed against the Company which are properly allocable to the part of such Straddle Period ending on the date of the Closing, pursuant to Section 7.5(b), (iii) any breach of the representations or warranties made by the Company and the Shareholders in Section 2.12, and (iv) any breach of, or failure to perform, any agreement or covenant contained in Sections 4.11, 4.12 or 4.13 hereof (all such Losses being "TAX LOSSES"). Any indemnity payments to or from the Shareholders or to or from the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, whether under this Section 7.5 or otherwise, shall be treated by the Buyer and the Shareholders as purchase price adjustments for all tax purposes. All indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 7.5(a) shall be treated as "TAX CLAIMS" for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) For purposes of this Section 7.5, with respect to any taxable year or period beginning before and ending after the date of the Closing (a "STRADDLE PERIOD"), an allocation of Taxes shall be made to the part of such Straddle Period which ends on the date of the Closing based on (i) the closing of the books method, in the case of income or any similar Taxes, (ii) the number of days elapsed between the beginning of such Straddle Period to and including the date of the Closing in the case of property Taxes, and (iii) when the relevant transaction occurs, in the case of sales and gross receipts Taxes.

7.6 INDEMNIFICATION TO BE AFTER TAX, INSURANCE, ETC.

The amount of the indemnification for any Claim which the Buyer Indemnified Persons and the Shareholder Indemnified Persons shall be entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement shall be payable on demand and shall be determined after giving effect to any insurance recoveries, tax savings and recoveries from third parties.

7.7 EXPIRY AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY

(a) The representations and warranties of the Shareholders herein (other than those of the Shareholders with respect to the matters set forth in


- 60 -

Section 7.7(b)), shall terminate on the date which is 90 days after the date the Buyer has publically released its audited financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2002 except to the extent that, during such period, any Buyer Indemnified Person shall have given detailed notice (to the extent feasible) to the Shareholders of a specified Claim in respect of any representation or warranty in which case such representation and warranty with respect to such Claim shall continue in full force and effect until the final determination of such Claim.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 7.7(a):

(i) representations and warranties herein of the Shareholders with respect to the Company Common Stock and the share capital of the Company and any of the Subsidiaries as set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2., 2.3 and 2.5 shall survive indefinitely;

(ii) representations and warranties herein of the Shareholders relating to any liability of the Company or the Subsidiaries for the payment of Taxes shall survive so long as any claim may be made in respect of such matters under any applicable statute of limitations; and

(iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no limit of time on the representations and warranties of the Shareholders relating to any matter in the case of fraud, gross negligence, voluntary omission or bad faith on the part of the Shareholders.

(c) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this ARTICLE 7, no Claims with respect to breaches or failure of representations and warranties contemplated by Section 7.7(b)(i) and 7.7(b)(iii) may be made against the Shareholders hereunder unless and until the aggregate amount of all Claims which may be made pursuant to this Agreement exceed $250,000, in which event the Shareholders shall become liable for the full amount of all Claims on a dollar for dollar basis, up to a maximum amount equal to:

(i) the Merger Consideration in the event of a Claim arising from a breach of a representation and warranty with respect to the matters set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2., 2.3 and 2.5, and;

(ii) 30% of the Merger Consideration, in the event of a Claim arising from a breach of any other representation and warranty set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Any claims for which the Shareholders shall become liable shall be payable to the Buyer from the Escrow Fund on a dollar for dollar basis. In the event the Claims exceed the amount contained in the Escrow Fund, the Shareholders shall become liable for such further amount on a dollar for dollar basis, subject to Section 7.7(c).


- 61 -

(e) The representations and warranties of the Buyer shall terminate on the date which is 90 days after the date on which the Buyer has publically released its audited financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2002 except to the extent that, during such period any Shareholders Indemnified Person shall have given detailed notice to the Buyer of a specified Claim in respect of any representation or warranty in which case such representation and warranty shall continue in full force and effect until the final determination of such Claim.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 7.7(e):

(i) representations and warranties herein of the Buyer with respect to the Buyer Shares and the share capital of the Buyer shall survive in accordance with the applicable statute of limitations under the securities laws in Canada and the United States; and

(ii) notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no limit of time on the representations and warranties of the Buyer relating to any matter in the case of fraud, gross negligence, voluntary omission or bad faith on the part of the Buyer.

(g) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 7.7, no Claims with respect to breaches or failure of representations and warranties contemplated by Section 7.7(b) may be made against the Buyer hereunder unless and until the aggregate amount of all Claims which may be made pursuant to this Agreement exceed $250,000, in which event the Buyer shall become liable for the full amount of all Claims on a dollar for dollar basis, up to a maximum amount equal to:

(i) the Merger Consideration, in the event of a Claim arising from a breach of a representation and warranty with respect to the matters set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3, and;

(ii) 30% of the Merger Consideration in the event of a Claim arising from a breach of any other representation and warranty set forth in this Agreement.

7.8 PROCEDURE

Promptly (but in no event more than 15 days) after receipt by a Buyer Indemnified Party or a Shareholder Indemnified Party (an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") (as the case may require) of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7.8, notify in writing the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof. In case any such action is brought against any Indemnified Party, and such Indemnified Party notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any

other


- 62 -

indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, subject to the provisions hereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party; PROVIDED, in the case of Tax Claims, that the Shareholders have acknowledged to the Buyer in writing the Shareholders' liability under Section 7.5 for all Tax Losses incurred or suffered by the Buyer or the Company which results from such action. Following notification to the Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such Indemnified Party under this Section 7.8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense there, other than reasonable costs of investigation. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall not be at the expense of the indemnifying party if the indemnifying party has assumed the defense of the action, within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party; PROVIDED HOWEVER, that the indemnifying party shall be required to pay for Indemnified Party's counsel, if, such Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded, on reliance of the written opinion of counsel experienced in such matters, that there may be defenses available to it or him which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of action). The Buyer shall also have the right to jointly control, with the Shareholders, any contest involving a Tax Losses with respect to Straddle Periods. No settlement of any action against an Indemnified Party shall be made without the consent of the Indemnified Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that any Indemnified Party should have a direct claim against any indemnifying party hereunder that does not involve any third-party claim or claims asserted against the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party shall transmit to the indemnifying party a written notice describing in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, an estimate of the amount of damages attributable to such claim to the extent feasible (which estimate shall not be conclusive of the final amount of such claim) and the basis of the Indemnified Party's request for indemnification under this ARTICLE 7. If the indemnifying party does not notify the Indemnified Party within 90 days from its receipt of such notice that the indemnifying party disputes such claim, the claim specified by the Indemnified Party in the indemnity notice shall be deemed a liability of the indemnifying party hereunder. If the indemnifying party has timely disputed such claim, as provided above, such dispute shall be resolved by litigation in an appropriate court of competent jurisdiction. The parties agree that the sole and exclusive remedy which any party hereto shall have against any other party hereto under this Agreement shall be the right to proceed for indemnification in the manner and only to the extent provided in this ARTICLE 7.


- 63 -

ARTICLE 8

TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

8.1 TERMINATION

This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing (except as limited as to time in Section 8.1(b) below):

(a) by the mutual written consent of the Buyer and the Shareholders;

(b) by the Buyer or the Shareholders, if the Closing shall not have occurred prior to the 90th day following the date hereof; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(b) shall not be available to any party if such party's failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur prior to such date;

(c) by the Buyer in the event a condition set forth in Sections 5.1 or 5.2 becomes incapable of being fulfilled; or

(d) by the Buyer in the event that a Disclosure Schedule is amended or supplemented by the Company, which amendment or supplement is considered by the Buyer to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

8.2 EFFECT OF TERMINATION

In the event of the termination of this Agreement as provided in
Section 8.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any party hereto; provided, however, that nothing herein shall relieve either the Shareholders or the Buyer from liability for any breach of this Agreement or failure to perform hereunder. If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein, upon request therefore, each party will re-deliver all documents, workpapers and other material of any other party relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, whether obtained before or after the execution hereof, to the party furnishing the same.

8.3 WAIVER

At any time prior to Closing, any party may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of any other party hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto or (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound thereby.


- 64 -

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS

This Agreement, together with the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters, which the parties acknowledge have been merged into this Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules hereto.

9.2 NOTICES

All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) three business days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) two business days after deposit with recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. The address for all notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to the parties to this Agreement shall be delivered or sent to the following:

(a) THE COMPANY:

Burleigh Instruments, Inc. 7647 Main Street
Fishers, New York 14453-0755 U.S.A.

ATTENTION: PRESIDENT
Telephone: (716) 924-9355

Facsimile: (716) 924-9072

WITH A COPY (WHICH SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE NOTICE) TO:

Michael R. McEvoy, Esq.
Harter, Secrest & Emery LLP
700 Midtown Tower
Rochester, New York 14604-2070

U.S.A.

(b) THE BUYER OR BUYER SUB:

EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. 465 Godin Avenue


- 65 -

Vanier, Quebec, Canada, G1T 2M5

ATTENTION: GERMAIN LAMONDE, PRESIDENT
Telephone: (418) 683-0211

Facsimile: (418) 683-2170

WITH A COPY (WHICH SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE NOTICE) TO:

Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP

Stock Exchange Tower, 800 Place-Victoria, 24th Floor Montreal, Quebec, Canada, H4Z 1E9

ATTENTION: MTRE ROBERT PARE
Telephone: (514) 397-7517

Facsimile: (514) 397-7600

(c) Robert G. Klimasewski 3708 Batzing Road Caledonia, New York, 14423 U.S.A.

William G. May, Jr.

1701 Gulf Stream Avenue, #739
Ft-Pierce, Florida, 34949

U.S.A.

David J. Farrell
7535 Surrey Lane
Victor, New York, 14564 U.S.A.

William S. Gornall
2 Saddle Ridge Trail
Fairport, New York, 14450 U.S.A.

IN EACH CASE, WITH A COPY (WHICH SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE NOTICE)
TO:

Michael R. McEvoy, Esq.
Harter, Secrest & Emery LLP
700 Midtown Tower
Rochester, New York 14604

U.S.A.

Or such other address as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the same manner, by such Person.


- 66 -

9.3 AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS

No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement, or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of either party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.

9.4 HEADINGS

The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

9.5 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted assigns. The Company and the Shareholders may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Buyer. The Buyer and Buyer Sub may not assign this Agreement or any of the rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company and the Shareholders.

9.6 NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES

This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

9.7 GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; LANGUAGE

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Monroe County, New York, to adjudicate any dispute arising pursuant to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and waives any objections thereto. The parties have expressly requested that this Agreement and all notices related thereto be drafted in the English language. Les parties ont expressement exige que cette convention ainsi que tous documents y afferents soient rediges en anglais.

9.8 EXECUTION

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become


- 67 -

effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page were an original thereof.

9.9 SEVERABILITY

         In case any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be
         invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the validity and
         enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement
         shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the parties
         will attempt to agree upon a valid and enforceable provision which
         shall be a reasonable substitute therefor, and upon so agreeing, shall
         incorporate such substitute provision in this Agreement.

9.10     INTERPRETATION

         The Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference
         only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or
         interpretation of any provision hereof. The language used in this
         Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties
         hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict
         construction will be applied against any party hereto. Any references
         to the "KNOWLEDGE" of the Company or of the Shareholders or the
         Company's "KNOWLEDGE" or the Shareholders' "KNOWLEDGE" or any similar
         formulation shall mean the actual knowledge of the Shareholders or
         Peter Battisti, the Company's Chief Financial Officer. Any references
         to the "KNOWLEDGE" of the Buyer or the Buyer's "KNOWLEDGE" or any
         similar formulation shall mean the actual knowledge of the officers (as
         defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Exchange Act) of Buyer The disclosure
         of any matter in any portion of the Disclosure Schedules hereto shall
         be deemed to be a disclosure for all purposes of this Agreement to
         which such matter could reasonably be likely to be pertinent, but shall
         expressly not be deemed to constitute an admission by the Company, the
         Shareholders or the Buyer, as the case may be, or to otherwise imply,
         that any such matter is material for the purposes of this Agreement.

9.11     CURRENCY

         Unless otherwise stipulated herein, all dollar amounts are in the legal
         currency of the United States of America.


- 68 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement of Merger and Plan of Reorganization to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS, INC.

By:  /s/  David J. Farrell
     --------------------------------------------
Name:     David J. Farrell
     --------------------------------------------
Title:    President
     --------------------------------------------

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

By:  /s/  Germain Lamonde
     --------------------------------------------
Name:     Germain Lamonde
     --------------------------------------------
Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer
     --------------------------------------------

EXFO SUB, INC.

By:  /s/  Germain Lamonde
     --------------------------------------------
Name:     Germain Lamonde
     --------------------------------------------
Title:    President
     --------------------------------------------


     /s/  Robert G. Klimasewski
     --------------------------------------------
     Robert G. Klimasewski


     /s/  William G. May, Jr.
     --------------------------------------------
     William G. May, Jr.


     /s/  David J. Farrell
     --------------------------------------------
     David J. Farrell


     /s/  William S. Gornall
     --------------------------------------------
     William S. Gornall


EXHIBIT A

Certificate of Merger

of

EXFO SUB, INC

and

BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS, INC

into

BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS, INC

(Under Section 904 of the Business Corporation Law)

It is hereby certified on behalf of each of the constituent corporations herein named, as follows:

FIRST: The Board of Directors of each of the constituent corporations has duly adopted a plan of merger setting forth the terms and conditions of the merger of said corporations.

SECOND: The name of the constituent corporation which is to be the surviving corporation, and which is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "surviving constituent corporation", is Burleigh Instruments, Inc. The date upon which its certificate of incorporation was filed by the Department of State is August 25, 1972.

THIRD: The name of the other constituent corporation, which is being merged into the surviving constituent corporation, and which is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "merged constituent corporation", is EXFO Sub, Inc. The date upon which its certificate of incorporation was filed by the Department of State is November 6, 2000.


2

FOURTH: As to each constituent corporation, the plan of merger sets forth the designation and number of outstanding shares of each class and series, as well as the specification of the classes and series entitled to vote on the plan of merger, as follows:

Burleigh Instruments, Inc.

DESIGNATION OF EACH             NUMBER OF
OUTSTANDING CLASS AND           OUTSTANDING SHARES OF
SERIES OF SHARES                EACH CLASS

Common Stock,                   50,000 shares
$0.02 par value

EXFO Sub, Inc.

DESIGNATION OF EACH             NUMBER OF
OUTSTANDING CLASS AND           OUTSTANDING SHARES OF
SERIES OF SHARES                EACH CLASS

Common Stock,                   100 shares
$0.01 par value

FIFTH: The merger herein certified was authorized in respect of the surviving constituent corporation by the vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of all outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote on the plan of merger.

SIXTH: The merger herein certified was authorized in respect of the merged constituent corporation by the written consent of the holders of all outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote on the plan of merger.

SEVENTH: The effective date of the merger herein certified shall be the 20th day of December, 2000.


3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have subscribed this document on the date set forth below and do hereby affirm, under the penalties of perjury, that the statements contained therein have been examined by us and are true and correct.

Signed on December 19, 2000.

/s/  Germain Lamonde
---------------------------------------
     Germain Lamonde, President
     of the Board of EXFO Sub, Inc.


/s/  Kimberley Okell
---------------------------------------
     Kimberley Okell, Secretary of
     EXFO Sub, Inc.


/s/  David Farrell
---------------------------------------
     David Farrell, President of
     Burleigh Instruments, Inc.


/s/  Peter Battisti
---------------------------------------
     Peter Battisti, Secretary of
     Burleigh Instruments, Inc.


EXHIBIT D

ESCROW AGREEMENT

THIS ESCROW AGREEMENT is dated the ___ day of December, 2000, by and among EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., incorporated pursuant to the CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT (the "BUYER"), Robert G. Klimasewski, ("KLIMASEWSKI")
William G. May, Jr. ("MAY"), David J. Farrell ("FARRELL") and William S. Gornall ("GORNALL") (collectively, the "SHAREHOLDERS"), and CIBC Mellon Trust Company, as escrow agent (the "ESCROW AGENT").

RECITALS

WHEREAS; Buyer, EXFO Sub, Inc., a New York corporation ("BUYER SUB"), Burleigh Instruments, Inc., a New York corporation and the Shareholders are parties to that certain Agreement of Merger and Plan of Reorganization dated November ___, 2000 (the "MERGER AGREEMENT"), providing for the merger of Buyer Sub with and into Burleigh; and

WHEREAS, the parties intend to establish an escrow fund pursuant to
Section 1.9 of the Merger Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the premises and of their mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

The terms defined in this Article I shall, for all purposes of this Escrow Agreement, have the meanings herein specified, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Escrow Agreement shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Merger Agreement.

"ESCROW AGENT" means CIBC Mellon Trust Company, as escrow agent under this Escrow Agreement, and shall include its successors and permitted assigns.

"ESCROW FUND" means the Escrowed Shares and the Funds, if any.

"ESCROWED SHARES" means the shares of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares, without par value, which are from time to time held in escrow by the Escrow Agent pursuant to this Escrow Agreement.

"FUNDS" means any cash received from a Shareholder by the Escrow Agent in lieu of Escrowed Shares pursuant to Section 2.2(a), or any other cash received by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.

"QUALIFIED INVESTMENTS" means any of the following securities, if and to the extent the same have a maturity of not more than 30 days and are at the time legal for investment or security, as the case may be, of escrowed funds:


(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America;

(b) bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued by any of the following agencies or such other like governmental or government-sponsored agencies which may be hereafter created: Bank for Cooperatives; Federal Intermediate Credit Banks; Federal Financing Banks; Federal Home Loan Bank System; Export-Import Bank of the United States; Farmers Home Administration; Small Business Administration; Inter-American Development Bank; International Bank for Reconstruction and Development; Federal Land Banks; the Federal National Mortgage Association; and the Government National Mortgage Association;

(c) public housing bonds issued by public agencies or municipalities and fully secured as to the payment of both principal and interest by a pledge of annual contributions under an annual contributions contract or contracts with the United States of America; or temporary notes, preliminary loan notes, or project notes issued by public agencies or municipalities, in each case fully secured as to the payment of both principal and interest by a requisition or payment agreement with the United States of America;

(d) direct and general obligations of any state of the United States of America, to the payment of the principal of and interest on which the full faith and credit of such state is pledged, if at the time of their purchase such obligations are rated in either of the two highest rating categories by the rating service or services of either Standard and Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or, upon the discontinuance of either or both of such services, such other national recognized rating service or services, as the case may be, as shall be selected by the Escrow Agent;

(e) negotiable or non-negotiable certificates of deposit, time deposits, or other similar banking arrangements, issued by any bank or trust company the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, such securities to be secured as to principal, but only to the extent not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or a similar corporation chartered by the United States of America, by the securities listed in (a), (b), (c) or (d) above and in a manner satisfactory to the Escrow Agent;

(f) repurchase agreements secured as to principal by the securities listed in (a), (b), (c) or (d) above and in a manner satisfactory to the Escrow Agent; and

(g) commercial paper with the highest rating by NCO/Moody's Commercial Paper Division of Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

ARTICLE II
DESIGNATION OF ESCROW AGENT; ASSETS SUBJECT TO ESCROW

Section 2.1 DESIGNATION OF ESCROW AGENT. The parties hereto other than the Escrow Agent hereby designate and appoint CIBC Mellon Trust Company, as Escrow Agent to serve in accordance with the terms of this Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Agent hereby accepts such

2

appointment and agrees to act in accordance with the terms and conditions provided in this Escrow Agreement.

Section 2.2 ASSETS SUBJECT TO ESCROW.

(a) The Shareholders hereby deposit an aggregate of _____ shares of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares, (consisting of ___ shares deposited by Klimasewski, ___ shares deposited by May, ___ shares deposited by Gornall and ____ shares deposited by Farrell), issued in the name of such Shareholders, to be held by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Escrow Agreement. At any time during the term of this Agreement, any Shareholder may substitute cash for any shares of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares initially deposited by such Shareholder and remaining in the Escrow Fund. The amount of cash to be deposited by such Shareholder for each share of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares to be removed from the Escrow Fund will be equal to the Closing Price, which the parties agree is $_____.

(b) Cash or other property received by the Escrow Agent in respect of the Escrowed Shares from redemption or liquidation thereof, shall be held by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Any dividends declared with respect to the Escrowed Shares, whether in cash, shares of the Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares or other property shall be promptly forwarded to the proper Shareholder.

ARTICLE III
DURATION OF ESCROW; TREATMENT OF FUNDS

Section 3.1 DURATION OF ESCROW. Subject to the provisions of Article IV hereof, the Escrow Agent shall hold the Escrowed Shares and the Funds as provided in this Escrow Agreement until the termination hereof in accordance with Article IV.

Section 3.2 ESCROWED SHARES. Except as expressly provided in this Escrow Agreement, the Escrowed Shares may not be transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of by the Escrow Agent. Each of the Shareholders shall be permitted to exercise any voting rights with respect to the Escrowed Shares issued in his name.

Section 3.3 FUNDS. All Funds received by the Escrow Agent under the provisions of this Escrow Agreement shall, as nearly as may be practicable, be continuously invested and reinvested by the Escrow Agent in Qualified Investments pursuant to the written instructions of the Shareholders, in each case maturing within not more than 30 days from the date of the acquisition thereof. The Escrow Agent shall sell at the best price obtainable at market rates provided by broker/dealers or present for redemption any such securities so purchased as an investment of Funds whenever it shall be necessary to do so in order to provide Funds to make any distribution required pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to compliance with the foregoing, the Escrow Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any loss resulting from any such investment.

3

Section 3.4 INCOME. All income from the investment of Funds (net of losses, if any) shall be allocable to the Shareholders as their interests may from time to time appear and distributed among the Shareholders by the Escrow Agent not less frequently than quarterly.

ARTICLE IV
CLAIMS

Section 4.1 NOTICE OF CLAIMS. From time to time on or before the termination of this Agreement, the Company may give notice (a "Notice") to the Shareholders, and the Escrow Agent asserting in reasonable detail the nature and dollar amount of any claim (a "Claim") it may have under Section 7.2 of the Merger Agreement. If the Shareholders give notice to the Company and the Escrow Agent disputing any Claim (a "Counter Notice") within 30 days following receipt by the Escrow Agent of the Notice regarding such Claim, such Claim shall be resolved as provided in Section 4.3. If no Counter Notice is received by the Escrow Agent within such 30-day period, then the amount of damages claimed by the Company in the Notice shall be deemed established for purposes of this Escrow Agreement and, at the end of such 30-day period, the Escrow Agent shall pay to the Buyer the portion of the Escrow Fund claimed in the Notice from (and in all cases only to the extent of) the Escrow Fund.

Section 4.2 DISTRIBUTIONS. In making any payment of a Claim from the Escrow Fund, the Escrow Agent may distribute as consideration therefor: (a) shares of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares, which shall be valued for this purpose at the closing sales price per share of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares on the most recent date on which trading of such stock occurred on the principal exchange or market on which such shares are then traded preceding the date of such distribution, or (b) cash. Any distributions to the Buyer pursuant to this Article IV shall be allocable to the Shareholders pro rata in accordance with their initial deposits into the Escrow Fund.

Section 4.3 COUNTER NOTICE; RESOLUTION. If a Counter Notice has been given pursuant to Section 4.1 the Escrow Agent shall make no distribution except in accordance with (i) joint written instructions of the Buyer and the Shareholders or (ii) a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction. Any such court order shall be accompanied by a legal opinion by counsel for the presenting party satisfactory to the Escrow Agent to the effect that the order is final and non-appealable. The Escrow Agent shall act on such court order and legal opinion without further question.

Section 4.4 JOINT INSTRUCTIONS. Notwithstanding anything in this Escrow Agreement to the contrary, the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to rely on any joint written instructions received from the Buyer and the Shareholders.

ARTICLE V
TERMINATION

Section 5.1 TERMINATION OF ESCROW. On the date which is 365 days after the Closing Date as defined in the Merger Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall pay and distribute 50% of the Escrow Fund pro rata to the Shareholders in accordance with each Shareholder's initial deposit to the Escrow Fund, unless any Claims are then pending, in which case a portion of the

4

Escrowed Shares and Funds equal to the disputed portion of any pending claim shall be retained by the Escrow Agent in the Escrow Fund, pending joint written instructions of the Company and the Shareholders or a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction as contemplated by Section 4.3 and the remaining balance of the Escrow fund shall be released on the date which is the second anniversary date of the Closing Date, as defined in the Merger Agreement, unless any Claims are then pending, in which case a portion of the Escrowed Shares and Funds equal to the disputed portion of any pending claim shall be retained by the Escrow Agent in the Escrow Fund, pending joint written instructions of the Company and the Shareholders or a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction as contemplated by Section 4.3. The Buyer and the Shareholders agree to provide such joint written instructions to deliver such Escrowed Shares and Funds to the Shareholders to the extent they exceed the reasonably anticipated value of the Claims then pending.

ARTICLE VI
DUTIES OF ESCROW AGENT

Section 6.1 LIABILITY. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct and, except with respect to claims based upon such gross negligence or willful misconduct that are successfully asserted against the Escrow Agent, the other parties hereto shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Escrow Agent (and any successor Escrow Agent) from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, actions, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, arising out of and in connection with this Escrow Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Escrow Agent shall not be liable in connection with its investment or reinvestment of any Funds held by it hereunder in good faith, in accordance with the terms hereof, including, but not limited to, any liability for any reasonable delays (not resulting from its gross negligence or willful misconduct) in the investment or reinvestment of the Escrow Fund, or any loss of interest incident to any such reasonable delays.

Section 6.2 RELIANCE. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any order, judgment, certification, demand, notice, instrument or other writing delivered to it hereunder without being required to determine the authenticity or the correctness of any fact stated therein or the propriety or validity of the service thereof. The Escrow Agent may act in reliance upon any instrument or signature reasonably believed by it to be genuine and may assume that the person purporting to give receipt or advice or make any statement or execute any document in connection with the provisions hereof has been duly authorized to do so. The Escrow Agent may conclusively presume that the undersigned representative of any party hereto which is an entity other than a natural person has full power and authority to instruct the Escrow Agent on behalf of that party unless written notice to the contrary is delivered to the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent may act pursuant to the advise of counsel with respect to any matter relating to this Escrow Agreement and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such advice.

Section 6.3 RESIGNATION. The Escrow Agent (and any successor Escrow Agent) may at any time resign as such by delivering the Escrow Fund to any successor Escrow Agent jointly designated by the Buyer and the Shareholders in writing, or to any court of competent jurisdiction, whereupon the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further

5

obligations arising in connection with this Escrow Agreement. The resignation of the Escrow Agent will take effect on the earlier of (a) the appointment of a successor (including a court of competent jurisdiction) or (b) the day which is 30 days after the date of delivery of its written notice of resignation to the other parties hereto. If at that time the Escrow Agent has not received a designation of a successor Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent's sole responsibility after that time shall be to retain and safeguard the Escrow Fund until receipt of a designation of successor Escrow Agent or a joint written disposition instruction by the other parties hereto or a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 6.4 DISAGREEMENTS. In the event of any disagreement between the other parties hereto resulting in adverse claims or demands being made in connection with the Escrow Fund or in the event that the Escrow Agent in good faith is in doubt as to what action it should take hereunder, the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to retain the Escrow Fund until the Escrow Agent shall have received (i) a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction directing delivery of the Escrow Fund or (ii) a written agreement executed by the Buyer and the Shareholders directing delivery of the Escrow Fund, in which event the Escrow Agent shall disburse the Escrow Fund in accordance with such order or agreement. Any court order shall be accompanied by a legal opinion by counsel for the presenting party satisfactory to the Escrow Agent to the effect that the order is final and non-appealable. The Escrow Agent shall act on such court order and legal opinion without further question.

Section 6.5 FEES. The Buyer shall pay the Escrow Agent compensation, as payment in full for the services to be rendered by the Escrow Agent hereunder, in the amounts set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, and agrees to reimburse the Escrow Agent for all reasonable expenses incurred in performance of its duties hereunder. Any compensation and reimbursement of expenses to which the Escrow Agent is entitled shall be borne and paid solely by the Buyer.

Section 6.6 SECURITIES DEPOSITORY. The other parties hereto authorize the Escrow Agent, for any securities held hereunder, to use the services of any United States central securities depository it reasonably deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, the Depository Trust Company and the Federal Reserve Book Entry System.

Section 6.7 NO OTHER DUTIES. This Escrow Agreement expressly sets forth all the duties of Escrow Agent with respect to any and all matters pertinent hereto. No implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Escrow Agreement against the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by the provisions of any agreement among the other parties hereto except this Escrow Agreement.

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) three business days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) two business days after deposit with recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with

6

written verification of receipt. The address for all notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to the parties to this Agreement shall be delivered or sent to the following:

The Buyer:

EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. 465, Godin Avenue
Vanier, Quebec G1M 3G7 Canada
Telephone (418) 683-0211 Facsimile (418) 683-2170 Attention: Germain Lamonde

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP Stock Exchange Tower, Suite 3400 800 Place-Victoria
Montreal, Quebec H4Z 1E9 Canada
Attention: Robert Pare, Esq.

Telephone (514) 397-7517

Facsimile (514) 397-7600

Robert G. Klimasewski


William G. May, Jr.


David J. Farrell


William S. Gornall

7



In each case, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Michael R. McEvoy, Esq.

Harter, Secrest & Emery LLP
700 Midtown Tower
Rochester, New York 14604

The Escrow Agent:




Attention: ___________, Esq.

Telephone (___)__________

Facsimile (___) ___________

Or such other address as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the same manner, any party hereto.

Section 7.2 COUNTERPARTS. This Escrow Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original instrument and all of which together shall constitute a single agreement.

Section 7.3 CAPTIONS. The captions in this Escrow Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any effect in the interpretation of this Escrow Agreement.

Section 7.4 NO WAIVER. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Escrow Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Escrow Agreement. Any waiver must be in writing.

Section 7.5 EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Escrow Agreement supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to its subject matter, is intended (with the documents referred to herein) as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement among the parties with respect thereto and cannot be changed or terminated except by a written instrument executed by Buyer, the Shareholders and the Escrow Agent.

Section 7.6 GOVERNING LAW. This Escrow Agreement and (unless otherwise provided) all amendments hereof and waivers and consents hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer, each of the Shareholders and the Escrow Agent have caused this Escrow Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

By: _______________________________________
Name:
Title:

SHAREHOLDERS


Robert G. Klimasewski


William G. May, Jr.


David J. Farrell


William S. Gornall

CIBC MELLON TRUST COMPANY

By: _______________________________________
Name:
Title:

9

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULES

All documents referenced in these schedules were made available to the Buyer at an earlier date. Additional access to any referenced documents may be available upon request.

THE DISCLOSURE OF ANY MATTER IN A PORTION OF THESE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULES SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A DISCLOSURE FOR ALL PURPOSES OF THE AGREEMENT OF MERGER AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION TO WHICH SUCH MATTER COULD REASONABLY BE LIKELY TO BE PERTINENT, BUT SHOULD EXPRESSLY NOT BE DEEMED TO CONSTITUTE AN ADMISSION BY THE COMPANY, THE SHAREHOLDERS OR THE BUYER, AS THE CASE MAY BE, OR TO OTHERWISE IMPLY, THAT ANY SUCH MATTER IS MATERIAL FOR PURPOSES OF THIS AGREEMENT.


SCHEDULE 2.2

SUBSIDIARIES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS, GmbH
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jurisdiction of incorporation                     Germany
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The number of shares of authorized capital        DM 150,000
stock of each class of its capital stock
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The number of issued and outstanding shares       DM 150,000
of each class of its capital stock
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The names of the holders of issued and            William G. May, DM 16,500
outstanding shares of each class of capital       Robert G. Klimasewski, DM 16,500
stock and the number of shares held by each       Burleigh Instruments, Inc., DM 117,000
such holder
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The number of shares of its capital stock held    None
in treasury
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Managing Director                                 Peter Battisti
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS (U.K.) Ltd.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jurisdiction of Incorporation                     United Kingdom
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The number of shares of authorized capital        (pound) 1,000
stock of each class of its capital stock
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The number of issued and outstanding shares       (pound) 700
of each class of its capital stock
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The names of the holders of issued and            Burleigh Instruments, (pound) 500
outstanding shares of each class of capital       William G. May, (pound) 100
stock and the number of shares held by each       Robert G. Klimasewski, (pound) 100
such holder
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The number of shares of its capital stock held    None
in treasury
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Managing Director                                 David J. Farrell
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Officer                                           Peter Battisti, Secretary
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SCHEDULE 2.3

CAPITALIZATION

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         SHAREHOLDER                              NUMBER OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert G. Klimasewski                                  19,467
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William G. May                                         19,467
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
David J. Farrell                                        7,390
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William S. Gornall                                      3,676
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                  50,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Authorized capitalization of 1,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.02 par value.

SHARE RESTRICTION AGREEMENTS

1) Shareholders Agreement among Robert G. Klimasewski, William G. May and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., April 17, 1989. This Agreement restricts the transfer of shares by granting an option to purchase the shares first to the other shareholders and then to Burleigh Instruments, Inc.

2) Stock Purchase Agreement among David J. Farrell, William S. Gornall, Robert G. Klimasewski and William G. May, May 12, 2000. Farrell and Gornall have pledged their shares pursuant to a pledge agreement dated May 12, 2000 to secure payment of certain promissory notes.


SCHEDULE 2.4

CONFLICTS WITH AGREEMENTS

1) Sublease Agreement between Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., September 1, 2000
2) Environmental Compliance and Indemnification Agreement, September 1, 2000
3) Agency Compliance Agreement between Ontario County I.D.A. and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., September 1, 2000
4) Inducement Agreement among Ontario County I.D.A., Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., September 1, 2000
5) Guaranty Agreement from Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc. to Ontario County I.D.A. and The Huntington National Bank, September 1, 2000
6) Continuing Guaranty from Burleigh Instruments, Inc. to KeyBank N.A., September 22, 2000
7) Sublease Agreement between Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., January 1, 1978
8) Sublease Agreement between Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., First Amendment, April 8, 1993
9) Sublease Agreement between Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Second Amendment, March 10, 1998 10) Guaranty of Payment and Performance between Burleigh Instruments, Inc. and KeyBank N.A., April 15, 1998 11) Term Loan Agreement between Burleigh Instruments, Inc. and KeyBank, April 8, 1993
12) Promissory Note in the principal amount of $786,000 made by Burleigh Instruments, Inc. to KeyBank N.A., April 8, 1993 13) Burleigh Instruments, Inc. Capital Grant from Empire State Development, March 24, 2000
14) Ontario County RIF Loan Application 15) Business Loan Agreement between KeyBank N.A. and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., September 22, 2000
16) Commercial Security Agreement and Promissory Note between KeyBank N.A.
and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., July 18, 2000 17) NASA SBIR Phase II Contract, March 12, 1999 18) Department of the Air Force Contract, June 22, 2000 19) UCLA Subcontract to Air Force Contract, October 9, 2000 20) USHIO Research Institute of Technology Inc. Development Agreement, March 11, 1998
21) EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. Strategic Alliance Agreement, July 3, 1997, Annex I and Annex II to Strategic Alliance Agreement, as amended, December 10, 1997, and Termination of Annex III to Strategic Alliance Agreement, August 20, 1999 22) Package Insurance, Zurich Group, Policy # CMM 31725527, August 1, 2000 23) Automobile Insurance, Zurich Group, Policy # CMM 31725527, August 1, 2000
24) Workers' Compensation Insurance, Zurich Group, Policy # TC1 95562931, August 1, 2000
25) Umbrella Insurance, Zurich Group, Policy # UBA 95469814, August 1, 2000 26) Directors and Officers Insurance, Zurich Group, Policy # 473-11-57, August 1, 2000
27) Producer Loan Agreements between Burleigh Instruments, Inc. and Burleigh DISC, Inc.:
a) Dated April 1, 1994 for $17,200.00
b) Dated February 28, 1995 for $440,000.00
c) Dated February 28, 1997 for $207,250.00
d) Dated April 1, 1998, for $273,700.00


SCHEDULE 2.5

SHARE OWNERSHIP

1) Shareholders Agreement among Robert G. Klimasewski, William G. May and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., April 17, 1989. This Agreement restricts the transfer of shares by granting an option to purchase the shares first to the other shareholders and then to Burleigh Instruments, Inc.

2) Stock Purchase Agreement among David J. Farrell, William S. Gornall, Robert G. Klimasewski and William G. May, May 12, 2000. Farrell and Gornall have pledged their shares pursuant to a pledge agreement dated May 12, 2000 to secure payment of certain promissory notes.


SCHEDULE 2.10

CERTAIN CHANGES OR EVENTS

1) Burleigh Instruments, Inc. is considering an amendment to its 401(k) Plan and Sales Growth Bonus Plan to eliminate the current six month waiting period for participation.

2) Burleigh Instruments, Inc. expects to implement a Cafeteria Plan for its employees effective January 1, 2001.

3) Burleigh Instruments, Inc. expects to implement a Recruiting Bonus Program effective January 1, 2001.

4) Burleigh Instruments, Inc. expects to implement a Referral Bonus Program for its employees effective January 1, 2001.

5) The Company's appeal of an export license denial for the return of an Atomic Force Microscope System to the Government of India (the unit had been returned to Burleigh for repairs) has been denied by the Bureau of Export Administration. Burleigh has advised the Government of India that it cannot pursue this matter further. By letter dated November 16, 2000, the Government of India has requested a refund of the cost of the unit (approximately $42,000).


SCHEDULE 2.12

S CORPORATION ELECTION

Burleigh Instruments, Inc. has elected to be treated as an S corporation for New York state tax and Federal tax purposes. However, Burleigh Instruments, Inc. is subject to tax in Maryland and has not elected to be treated an S corporation for Maryland state tax purposes.


SCHEDULE 2.13(A)

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

U.S. PATENTS
1) Patent # 5847387: Support Device and Stage Assembly for a Scanned-Probe Microscope, December 8, 1998
2) Patent # 5831264: Electrostrictive Actuator for Scanned-Probe Microscope, November 3, 1998
3) Patent # 5751090: Peristaltic Driver Apparatus, May 12, 1998
4) Patent # 5157256: System for Exchanging Samples and Electrode Tip Units in a Surface Probe Microscope, October 20, 1992
5) Patent # 4874979: Electromechanical Translation Apparatus, October 17, 1989
6) Patent # 4336809: Human and Animal Tissue Photoradiation System and Method, June 29, 1982
7) Patent # 4319843: Interferometer Apparatus for the Direct Measurement of Wavelength and Frequency, March 16, 1982
8) Patent # 4208636: Laser Apparatus, June 17, 1980
9) Patent # 4157802: Rigid Thermally Stable Structure for Supporting Precision Devices, June 12, 1979 10) Patent # 3902085: Electromechanical Translation Apparatus, August 26, 1975 11) Patent # 3902084: Piezoelectric Electromechanical Translation Apparatus, August 26, 1975

U.S. PATENTS APPLIED FOR OR PENDING (THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDERS MAKE NO REPRESENTATION REGARDING WHETHER ANY SUCH PATENTS WILL BE GRANTED.) 12) Patent Application: Inertial Impact Drill for Cytological Applications, filed June 14, 2000
13) Patent Application: Flex-tensional Electromechanical Displacement Amplifier, filed March 16, 2000 14) Patent Application: Linear Incremental Bi-directional Motor with a Ratchet Stepper Mechanism, filed June 5, 2000 15) Patent Application: Linear Incremental Bi-directional Motor with Interdigitated High Force Clamps, filed June 5, 2000 16) Patent Application: Laser Wavelength Meter, filed November 15, 2000.

FOREIGN PATENTS
17) Canadian Patent: Electromechanical Translation Apparatus, December 29, 1992

U.S. TRADEMARKS
19) Trademark for "Inchworm" dated May 22, 1984, Reg. No 1,278,748 20) Trademark for "Gibraltar" dated October 20, 1998, Reg. No 2,198,525 21) Trademark for "Wavemeter" dated August 11, 1981, Reg. No 1,164,470 22) Trademark for "Instructional STM" dated August 10, 1993, Reg. No 1,787,680
23) Trademark for "Aris" dated October 29, 1991, Reg. No 1,662,937 24) Trademark for "Metris" dated October 28, 1997, Reg. No 2,109,779 25) Trademark for "True Image" dated October 26, 1993, Reg. No 1,800,550 26) Trademark for "Hifase" dated April 24, 1990, Reg. No 1,592,830 27) Trademark for "True View" dated February 21, 1995, Reg. No, 1,879,556


28) Trademark for "Resolver" dated February 17, 1998 (2), Reg. No 2,137,226 29) Trademark for "Resolver and Design" dated March 10, 1998, Reg. No 2,142,507
30) Trademark for "Tip Check" dated September 14, 1993, Reg. No 1,792,463

U.S. TRADEMARKS APPLIED FOR OR PENDING (THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDERS MAKE NO REPRESENTATION REGARDING WHETHER ANY SUCH TRADEMARKS WILL BE REGISTERED.)
31) Trademark Application for "PiezoDrill," filed June 20, 2000, Serial No 761073,291
32) Trademark Application for "Freedom," filed November 20, 2000, Serial N(degree) 76167987
33) Trademark Application for "Burleigh," filed November 10, 2000, Serial N(degree) 76163387

DOMAIN NAMES
34) "Burleigh.com"
35) "PiezoDrill.com"

LICENSES
36) License from UFO Systems, Inc. on March 4, 1993 for software 37) License from Alligator Technologies for "Prime Factor FFT" software 38) License from Hewlett Packard for Patent # 29246 39) License for development of Microsoft Windows prototype code 40) Research Systems Inc. OEM Software License Agreement dated April 16, 1999
41) WinZip 4.0 Registration Form/Invoice dated June 16, 1993 42) MAXCIM software program sublicensed from William G. May and Robert G.
Klimasewski
43) Non-exclusive (after July 1, 2001) License from Micromap Technology Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 1998 for software and Microscope design.
44) License/Software Agreements for individual computers or operators of computers, as follows:

1. AutoCad lt97
a. Serial Number: 160-10430686

2. AutoCAD LT
a. Serial Number: 160-10396370

3. MathCad
a. Serial Number: PN900909DP1938C

4. AutoCad
a. Serial number: 110-99777441

5. AutoCad LT
a. Serail Number: 160-10698669

6. Mathcad7
a. PN702805D00319-2a

7. AutoCad LT
a. Serial Number: 160-10430692


8. AutoCAD LT
a. Serial Number: 160-10696211

9. AutoCAD
a. Serial Number: 160-10430695

10. AutoCAD
a. Serial Number: 110-99512979

11. AutoCAD LT
a. Serial Number: 160-10677955

12. Don Dobbelaere, operator
a. AutoCAD, Serial Number: 160-10430691 b. Microsoft Projec, Serial Number: 53606-892-0489331-11977

13. Dan Viggiano, operator
a. AutoCAD, Serial Number: 110-99512978
b. SolidWorks 2000, Serial Number: 0000 0001 9324 0050
c. Axum, Serial Number: AP510805D00559
E. Mathcad7, PN702805D00341-2a

14. Rob Culhane, operator
a. AutoCAD LT, Serial Number: 160-10430701
b. PartMiner, Number: 160388
c. MAX+plus II
d. Magnetics Designer, Number : 3578

15. Michael Craghead, operator
a. AutoCAD LT, Serial Number: 160-10430702 b. Micrsoft Project, ID: 63606-809-3258881-53883
c. SmartDraw, SD-00-213305-000A-00000-50-84582
d. Parts&Vendors SE Edition, License: td9812211084811

16. Matthew Lombard, operator
a. AutoCAD, Serial Number: 110-99512979
b. SolidWorks 2000, Serial Number: 0000 0001 9321 9606

17. John Theodorsen, operator
a. AutoCAD LT, Serial Number: 160-10430703

18. Bob Blair, operator
a. AutoCAD LT, Serial Number: 160-10430699 b. Microsoft Project, Serial Number: 53606-330-9020012-48781

19. Robert Frankel, operator
a. AutoCAD LT, Serial Number: 160-10430707
b. Mathcad7, pn702802d00708-2a


c. EDC-1000HR Imaging Software
d. ZEMAX-SE, Serial Number: 28-716

20. Cindy Snow, operator
a. About AutoCAD, Serial Number: 110-99512948
b. About SolidWorks 2000, Serial Number: 000 0007 5001 0478

21. Lonnie Bennett, operator
a. About AutoCAD, Serial Number: 110-995112979
b. About SolidWorks 2000, Serial Number: 000 0001 9322 2645

22. Jeff Hereth, operator
a. About AutoCAD, Serial Number: 110-99512968
b. About SolidWorks 2000, Serial Number: 0000 0012 5192 2610

23. Bill Gornall, operator
a. About AutoCAD LT, Serial Number: 160-10430709
b. Mathcad7, Serial Number: vn702802d00419-2a
c. About Convert It!Pro

24. Mike Houk, operator
a. About Mathcad, Serial Number: PU80081oDA6180
b. About AutoCAD LT, Serial Number: 160,10430687
c. About Corel PHOTO-PAINT Plus, Serial Number: 056878

25. Autodesk Audo CAD LT 97
a. Serial Number: 160-10430694


SCHEDULE 2.13(B)

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

The Company's products include certain embedded proprietary software, which the Company deems to be distributed pursuant to a license.


SCHEDULE 2.13(E)

CONFLICTS WITH AGREEMENTS DEALING IN
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

1) NASA SBIR Phase II Contract, March 12, 1999

2) Department of the Air Force Contract, June 22, 2000

3) UCLA Subcontract to Air Force Contract, October 9, 2000

4) USHIO Research Institute of Technology Inc. Development Agreement, March 11, 1998

5) EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. Strategic Alliance Agreement, July 3, 1997, Annex I and Annex II to Strategic Alliance Agreement, as amended, December 10, 1997, and Termination of Annex III to Strategic Alliance Agreement, August 20, 1999


SCHEDULE 2.14

LIENS

1) KeyBank of New York filed with the New York Department of State and with the Ontario County Clerk two UCC-1 financing statements covering all of the Company's goods, accounts, chattel paper, general intangibles, instruments, documents, wherever located, whether now or existing or hereafter acquired or arising.


SCHEDULE 2.15

COMPANY CONTRACTS

1) Wit Soundview Engagement Agreement dated August 16, 2000
2) Coherent Scientific PTY Agreement
3) Titan Electro-Optics Co., Ltd. Distributor Agreement dated January 1, 2000
4) MJL Crysteck, Inc. Distributor Agreement dated June 25, 1999
5) SE Technologies Corporation Distributor Agreement dated February 26, 1999
6) Eppendorf Scientific Value Added Reseller Purchase Agreement dated October 1, 1999
7) Athens Scientific Representatives Distributor Agreement dated December 8, 1998
8) Daekhon International, Inc. Distributor Agreement dated November 1, 1998
9) AEI Customs Brokerage Services Power of Attorney from Burleigh dated October 15, 1998 10) NPI GmbH Distributor Agreement dated October 1, 1998 11) Nikon Reseller Purchase Agreement dated September 30, 1998 12) Hust Institute Distributor Agreement dated May 15, 1998 13) Titan Electro-Optics Co., Ltd. Distributor Agreement dated January 1, 1998 14) Kuo Yang Scientific Corporation Distributor Agreement dated December 15, 1997 15) Schmidt Scientific Distributor Agreement dated November 1, 1997 16) Olympus America, Inc. Distributor Agreement dated September 18, 1997 17) 2M Strumenti S.r.l. Distributor Agreement dated July 1, 1997 18) 2M Strumenti S.r.l. Second Distributor Agreement dated July 1, 1997 19) Gamma Optronic AB Distributor Agreement dated February 1, 1997 20) MD Scitech Ltd. Distributor Agreement dated February 1, 1997 21) Carl Zeiss Inc. Value Added Reseller Purchase Agreement 22) Optilas GmbH Distributor Agreement dated February 14, 1995 23) Mestec AS Distributor Agreement dated October 1, 1993 24) Indeco Distributor Agreement dated February 1, 1993 25) New Technology RK Ltd. Representation Agreement dated March 1, 1990 26) Optilas B.V. Representation Agreement dated January 1, 1989 27) Decada Representation Agreement dated January 1, 1989 28) GMP Representation Agreement dated January 1, 1989 29) Scientific Instruments Marketing, Co. Representation Agreement dated January 1, 1989

30)      Opto Electronica S/A Distributor Agreement dated February 1, 1992
31)      Lasing SA Representation Agreement dated January 1, 1989
32)      Atlaser di Distributor Agreement dated June 1, 2000
33)      Ambios Technology, Inc. Representative Agreement dated July 1, 1999
34)      Tech Science Ltd. Representation Agreement dated November 12, 1990
35)      Hellenic Scientific Representation Agreement dated January 1, 1989
36)      Micromap Technology Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 1998
37)      Newport Supply Agreement dated May 29, 1997
38)      Micromap Manufacturing and Sales Agreement dated September 18, 1996
39)      Direct Optical Research Purchase Order dated March 1, 2000
40)      Coulter Corporation Purchase Order (date illegible)
41)      Cavendish Instruments Purchase Orders (date illegible)
42)      Ontario County I.D.A. 2000 Bond
43)      Burleigh Instruments Capital Grant from Empire State Development


44) Ontario County RIF Loan Application 45) KeyBank N.A. Mortgage Financing 1998 46) KeyBank N.A. Mortgage Financing 1993 47) Dr. Turan Erdogan Advisor Agreement dated February 28, 2000 48) Martin LuKacher Consulting Agreement dated January 1, 2000 49) James R. Gort Consulting Agreement dated June 27, 1997 50) Don McClimans Consultant Agreement 51) Chris McGoldrick Consultant Agreement 52) Fred Haas FY2000 Commission Program dated March 18, 2000 53) Peter Dera FY2000 Commission Program dated March 18, 2000 54) Walter Herson FY2000 Commission Program dated March 18, 2000 55) Jeff Kondziela FY2000 Commission Program dated October 11, 2000 56) Anthony Amarel FY2000 Commission Program dated October 16, 2000 57) Nabil Nader FY2000 Commission Program dated October 16, 2000 58) Don Jarvie FY2000 Commission Program dated October 1, 2000 59) Ellen Knight FY2000 Commission Program dated October 1, 2000 60) Matt Sargent FY2000 Commission Program 61) Mark Tolbert FY2000 Commission Program 62) Fishers Development Company Sublease Agreement dated September 1, 2000 63) Fishers Development Company - Ontario County I.D.A. Lease Dated September 1, 2000
64) Williams Scottsman, Inc. Modular Trailer Lease dated February 4, 2000 65) NASA SBIR Phase II Contract, March 12, 1999 66) Precision Engineering Center North Carolina State University Membership Agreement dated January 23, 1998 67) USHIO Research Institute of Technology Inc. Development Agreement dated March 11, 1998
68) EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. Strategic Alliance Agreement, July 3, 1997, Annex I and Annex II to Strategic Alliance Agreement, as amended, December 10, 1997, and Termination of Annex III to Strategic Alliance Agreement, August 20, 1999 69) Joint Development Agreement between Intelligent Automation, Inc. and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., January 23, 1997 70) Agreement between Burleigh Instruments, Inc. and MicroE Inc. for development and reselling of Ultra High Vacuum Position Encoders, April 17, 1998
71) Agreements between Intelligent Automation and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., November 28, 1994 and December 21, 1994 72) UCLA Contract dated September 1, 2000 73) Department of the Air Force AFMC Contracts dated June 22, 2000 74) Salary Continuation Plans and Noncompete Agreements with William G. May and Robert G. Klimasewski, each dated April 17 1989 75) Compaq Computer Services Agreement (and services rendered) dated April 2000
76) Williams Communications Solutions Telephone Systems Renewal Contract Charges dated February 14, 2000 77) Forte Software Support Agreement dated October 11, 1999 78) Liebert Global Services Agreement 79) Iron Mountain Data Base Update
80) LaDue Architects, A.I.A., August 16, 1999 81) RONCO Purchase Agreement, September 18, 2000 82) KeyCorp Equipment Leasing Agreement dated July 26, 2000


83) Xerox Lease Agreements for Two Copiers/Printers dated July 25, 2000 84) Purchase Order for Melles Griot dated June 16, 2000 85) Purchase Order for Surmotech dated July 14, 2000 86) Purchase Order for Surmotech dated September 15, 2000 87) Purchase Order for Heidenhan Corp. dated November 3, 2000 88) Purchase Order for API Motion Inc. dated October 6, 2000 89) Purchase Order for Noritake dated October 31, 2000 90) Purchase Order for JDS Uniphase Corp. dated July 17, 2000 91) Purchase Order for Technical Applications Association dated December 1, 2000
92) Purchase Order for Arrow Electronics dated November 29, 2000 93) Producer Loan Agreements between Burleigh Instruments, Inc. and Burleigh DISC, Inc.:
a) Dated April 1, 1994 for $17,200.00
b) Dated February 28, 1995 for $440,000.00
c) Dated February 28, 1997 for $207,250.00
d) Dated April 1, 1998, for $273,700.00


SCHEDULE 2.15(A)

BREACHES OF COMPANY CONTRACTS

1) Sublease Agreement between Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., September 1, 2000
2) Environmental Compliance and Indemnification Agreement, September 1, 2000
3) Agency Compliance Agreement between Ontario County I.D.A. and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., September 1, 2000
4) Inducement Agreement among Ontario County I.D.A., Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., September 1, 2000
5) Guaranty Agreement from Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc. to Ontario County I.D.A. and The Huntington National Bank, September 1, 2000
6) Continuing Guaranty from Burleigh Instruments, Inc. to KeyBank N.A., September 22, 2000
7) Sublease Agreement between Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., January 1, 1978
8) Sublease Agreement between Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., First Amendment, April 8, 1993
9) Sublease Agreement between Fishers Development Company and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Second Amendment, March 10, 1998 10) Guaranty of Payment and Performance between Burleigh Instruments, Inc. and KeyBank N.A., April 15, 1998 11) Term Loan Agreement between Burleigh Instruments, Inc. and KeyBank, April 8, 1993
12) Promissory Note in the principal amount of $786,000 made by Burleigh Instruments, Inc. to KeyBank N.A., April 8, 1993 13) Burleigh Instruments, Inc. Capital Grant from Empire State Development, March 24, 2000
14) Ontario County RIF Loan Application 15) Business Loan Agreement between KeyBank N.A. and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., September 22, 2000
16) Commercial Security Agreement and Promissory Note between KeyBank N.A.
and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., July 18, 2000 17) NASA SBIR Phase II Contract, March 12, 1999 18) Department of the Air Force Contract, June 22, 2000 19) UCLA Subcontract to Air Force Contract, October 9, 2000 20) USHIO Research Institute of Technology Inc. Development Agreement, March 11, 1998
21) EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. Strategic Alliance Agreement, July 3, 1997, Annex I and Annex II to Strategic Alliance Agreement, as amended, December 10, 1997, and Termination of Annex III to Strategic Alliance Agreement, August 20, 1999 22) Package Insurance, Zurich Group, Policy # CMM 31725527, August 1, 2000 23) Automobile Insurance, Zurich Group, Policy # CMM 31725527, August 1, 2000
24) Workers' Compensation Insurance, Zurich Group, Policy # TC1 95562931, August 1, 2000
25) Umbrella Insurance, Zurich Group, Policy # UBA 95469814, August 1, 200 26) Directors and Officers Insurance, Zurich Group, Policy # 473-11-57, August 1, 2000
27) Producer Loan Agreements between Burleigh Instruments, Inc. and Burleigh DISC, Inc.:
a) Dated April 1, 1994 for $17,200.00
b) Dated February 28, 1995 for $440,000.00
c) Dated February 28, 1997 for $207,250.00
d) Dated April 1, 1998, for $273,700.00


SCHEDULE 2.15(B)

Please refer to the Licenses listed in Schedule 2.13(A).

EMBEDDED SOFTWARE LICENSES

The Company includes on certain of its products embedded software owned by third-parties and distributed by the Company pursuant to a license.

CONTRACTS RESTRICTING SALES TERRITORY

1) Titan Electro-Optics Co., Ltd. Distributor Agreement dated January 1, 2000
2) MJL Crysteck, Inc. Distributor Agreement dated June 25, 1999
3) SE Technologies Corporation Distributor Agreement dated February 26, 1999
4) Athens Scientific Representatives Distributor Agreement dated December 8, 1998
5) Daekhon International, Inc. Distributor Agreement dated November 1, 1998
6) NPI GmbH Distributor Agreement dated October 1, 1998
7) Titan Electro-Optics Co., Ltd. Distributor Agreement dated January 1, 1998
8) Kuo Yang Scientific Corporation Distributor Agreement dated December 15, 1997
9) Schmidt Scientific Distributor Agreement dated November 1, 1997 10) 2M Strumenti S.r.l. Distributor Agreement dated July 1, 1997 11) Gamma Optronic AB Distributor Agreement dated February 1, 1997 12) MD Scitech Ltd. Distributor Agreement dated February 1, 1997 13) Optilas GmbH Distributor Agreement dated February 14, 1995 14) Mestec AS Distributor Agreement dated October 1, 1993 15) Indeco Distributor Agreement dated February 1, 1993

16)      Opto Electronica S/A Distributor Agreement dated February 1, 1992
17)      Atlaser di Distributor Agreement dated June 1, 2000


                                  SCHEDULE 2.16

                                    INSURANCE
                                    ---------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSURANCE           POLICY                       POLICY          EFFECTIVE
COMPANY             TYPE                         NUMBER          DATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Zurich Group        Commercial Property and      CMM 31725527    August 1, 2000
                    General Liability Insurance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Zurich Group        Automobile Insurance         CMM 31725527    August 1, 2000

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Zurich Group        Workers' Compensation        TC1 95562931    August 1, 2000
                    Insurance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Zurich Group        Umbrella Insurance           UBA 95469814    August 1, 2000

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Zurich Group        Directors and Officers       473-11-57       August 1, 2000
                    Insurance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SCHEDULE 2.17

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS                              DECEMBER 1, 2000                   BONUS IS ON A CASH BASIS
                                                                                        HIRE               ANNUAL        YTD
DEPT      EMPLOYEE                                     TITLE                            DATE               SALARY       BONUS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5500     Adams, Larry                            ElectronicTechnician                10/25/1999            31,200       5,664
5500     Adler, Curtis                           Electronic Technician                3/12/2000            29,120       2,014
6600     Alongi, Anthony                      Customer Service Technician             3/20/2000            37,440       6,615
6100     Amarel, Anthony    *                   Regional Sales Manager                8/7/2000             40,000           0
7000     Anne, Wendy                              Order Entry Manager                10/30/2000            45,000           0
7000     Battisti, Peter                        Vice President, Finance               8/1/1986            110,000      25,983
5500     Bell, Armond                            Mechanical Assembler                 6/1/1999             18,720       4,395
8100     Bennett, Lonnie                      Senior Mechanical Designer              4/13/1992            58,850      13,555
5900     Blair, Robert                     Senior Manufacturing Engineering           2/3/1986             65,000      15,085
5800     Blend, James                                Senior Buyer                     1/12/1998            45,318      10,609
7000     Block, Kristofer                        PC Support Specialist                4/17/2000            33,280       5,429
8200     Burns, Robert                           Sr. Software Engineer               10/16/2000            80,000           0
8100     Chapman, Mark                         Senior Software Engineer               1/4/1999             72,000      16,727
6500     Clapper, David                    Electronic Communications Manager          9/5/2000             55,000       3,308
5800     Clark, Lawrence                          Purchasing Manager                  6/28/1982            55,016      13,017
5500     Conway, Timothy                Group Leader/Sr. Electronic Technician       11/20/1989            37,440       8,408
8100     Craghead, Michael                      Manager of Engineering                1/5/1998             73,000      16,580
8200     Culhane, Robert                          Electrical Engineer                 6/10/1996            45,150      10,333
6100     Dera, Peter           *                Regional Sales Manager                3/6/2000             40,000           0
8100     Dickinson, William                        Optical Engineer                   6/25/1979            55,000      12,480
8200     Dobbelaere, Donald                     Manager of Engineering                9/22/1997            65,400      14,592
8200     Duver, Frank                             Mechanical Engineer                 6/23/1999            55,650      12,581
5800     Edwards, Jonathan                        Traffic Coordinator                 4/21/1992            28,496       6,841
8100     Fanton, Kenneth                        Sr. Electrical Engineer               4/8/1991             63,000      14,551
5200     Farchione, Marcia                     Group Leader (PART TIME)               3/1/1983             23,712       5,566
7500     Farrell, David                                President                      5/22/1977           122,446      42,870
8200     Fasick, John                         Senior Mechanical Engineer              5/4/1998             63,000      14,551
6200     Friedrich, Edward               Worldwide Manager, Sales & Marketing         8/2/1996             89,042      12,664
5800     Gliewe, Mary                         Buyer/Expeditor (PART TIME)             12/8/1980            19,000       4,580
7000     Goodman, Carol                              Receptionist                     9/11/2000            20,800           0
7500     Gornall, William                     Vice President, Technology             10/24/1977           100,340      31,179
7000     Graf, Michael                     Manager of Information Technology          2/16/1996            73,500      16,753
5400     Guarino, Joseph                        Machine Shop Supervisor               3/13/1978            47,000      10,866
6200     Guidarelli, Thomas                        Software Engineer                  12/6/1999            75,000       8,873
6100     Haas, Fred             *            North American Sales Manager             2/1/1996             55,000           0
6500     Hayman, Bonnie                      Technical Writer (PART TIME)             1/4/1999             38,938       9,061
6200     Henderson, David                   Director, Positioning Products            8/12/1991           100,000      13,799
5900     Henry, Loretta                        Manufacturing Supervisor              12/23/1974            50,000      11,683


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS                              DECEMBER 1, 2000                   BONUS IS ON A CASH BASIS
                                                                                        HIRE               ANNUAL        YTD
DEPT      EMPLOYEE                                     TITLE                            DATE               SALARY       BONUS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8100     Hereth, Jeffrey                      Mechanical Design Engineer              2/28/2000            44,000       3,837
6100     Hersom, Walter       *                 Regional Sales Manager                5/17/1999            40,000           0
8100     Houk, Michael                          Senior Optical Engineer               6/30/1993            80,250      17,970
6200     Jarvie, Donald          *              Worldwide Sales Manager               3/8/1993             50,000           0
5500     Jobson, Kim                        Mechanical/Electronic Assembler           1/4/1999             19,760       4,900
8100     Kavcak, Alexander                     Senior Software Engineer               7/10/2000            67,500       5,886
6500     Kelsey, Jean                         Sales & Marketing Assistant             4/10/1985            30,285       6,405
7500     Klimasewski, Robert                           DIRECTOR                       8/1/1972             95,000           0
6600     Klimasewski, Timothy                Director, Marketing Services            12/23/1989            78,750      19,486
5900     Klinger, Charles                Manager of Manufacturing Engineering         9/11/2000            75,000           0
8200     Kloiber, George                          Mechanical Designer                 12/6/1999            40,400       4,797
6200     Knight, Ellen             *             Sales Representative                 6/3/1996             30,000           0
6100     Kondziela, M. Jeffrey    *            Product Marketing Manager              5/24/1999            70,000           0
6600     Kost, Ann                           Customer Services Coordinator            4/19/1999            33,000       9,694
7000     Kowulich, Beverly                        Accounting Manager                  3/21/1977            53,000      13,378
6600     Kruly, Paul                           Customer Service Engineer              8/31/1981            51,000      11,354
5100     Laird, Tammy                                Group Leader                    10/20/1986            31,200       7,077
7000     Licata, Ignatius                       Database Administrator                10/9/2000            65,000       1,803
8500     Lombard, Matthew                   Manager of Engineering Services           9/18/2000            55,000           0
5900     Lusk, Barbara                           Production Expediter                 4/24/2000            24,960         692
6200     Marchese-Ragona, Silvio          Mgr, Applications Develp & Systems          9/29/2000            90,000       4,162
                                                      Integration
7500     May, William                                  DIRECTOR                       8/1/1972             95,000           0
7000     McKee, Ann                          Order Entry Clerk (PART TIME)            6/7/1999             20,800       4,442
5500     McMyne, Christopher                     Electronic Assembler                 5/30/2000            17,680           0
5200     Merlau, Lisa                            Mechanical Assembler                 2/18/1985            29,640       6,979
6100     Nader, Nabil          *              International Sales Manager             9/5/2000             50,000           0
5400     Nothnagle, Joseph                           CNC Operator                     2/6/1996             29,120       7,024
5200     Patterson, Amy                          Mechanical Assembler                12/20/1999            18,928       3,080
5900     Payne, Cynthia                        Director of Manufacturing             12/12/1979            89,000      22,345
5100     Perry, Lyn                              Electronic Assembler                 2/22/2000            16,640       1,951
5100     Pierce, Sharon                          Mechanical Assembler                 12/8/1997            19,968       4,467
7000     Polakiewicz, Sheree                       Order Entry Clerk                  7/10/2000            22,880         846
8200     Powers, Galen                   Program Manager of Government Funded         9/25/2000            65,000           0
                                                       Projects
5100     Rayburn, Justin                       Electronic Technician H30              11/3/1997            30,576       6,894
6500     Reynolds, Melody                     Manager, Marketing Services             1/10/2000            64,000      12,681
5500     Rosato, Michael                         Electronic Technician                10/2/2000            31,200           0
6100     Samoriski, Brian               Director, Optical Instruments Division        7/1/1997            103,000      28,194
6200     Sargent, Mathew  *                        Sales 3/3/2000tative                                    30,000           0


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS                              DECEMBER 1, 2000                   BONUS IS ON A CASH BASIS
                                                                                        HIRE               ANNUAL        YTD
DEPT      EMPLOYEE                                     TITLE                            DATE               SALARY       BONUS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7000     Schnitzer, Laurie                       Human Resources Clerk                4/17/2000            22,880         846
5100     Schutt, William                          Optical Technician                  5/1/1978             39,350       9,375
7000     Searls, Lynn                         Manager of Human Resources              5/1/1998             61,500      14,165
5900     Shepardson, Alan                    Manager, Production Planning             1/16/1995            52,000      12,185
8200     Shirley, Thomas                         Electronic Technician                9/29/1997            35,000       8,297
6600     Singley, Joseph                           Optical Engineer                   6/26/2000            44,000           0
5400     Skirvin, Chester                          Instrument Maker                   6/22/1989            41,392       9,872
8200     Smith, James                           Sr. Electrical Engineer               1/24/2000            70,000      13,870
5800     Smothers, Ruth                              Buyer/Planner                   11/21/1995            35,700       8,579
8500     Snow, Cynthia                            Mechanical Designer                 2/11/1998            40,414       9,178
6500     Supinski, Peter                           Graphics Designer                 10/20/1997            56,675      12,700
5400     Switzer, Paul                              CNC Programmer                    3/21/1989            40,414       9,493
5100     Szydlowski, Alan                      Electro/Optics Technician              8/2/1999             31,200       6,637
5200     Terwilliger, Timothy                    Mechanical Assembler                 8/22/1988            29,640       6,882
5900     Theodorsen, John                       Manufacturing Engineer                1/5/1998             57,200      13,363
6200     Tolbert, Mark          *               Worldwide Sales Manager               5/24/1999            50,000           0
5900     Townsend, Robert                       Manufacturing Engineer                9/28/1987            60,900      13,997
7000     Trudeau, Marjorie                           Accountant II                    6/14/1984            29,846       6,996
6200     Viggiano III, Dan                    Product Development Manager             6/20/1997            50,820      11,684
5200     White, Mabel                            Mechanical Assembler                10/20/1997            29,120       5,752
5800     White, Timothy                           Traffic Coordinator                 6/12/2000            18,200         673
5200     Wiedrick, Michele                       Mechanical Assembler                11/16/2000            19,760           0
6600     Willis, Terleta                      Customer Service Technician             8/7/2000             40,400       3,523
8100     Worek, Keith                            Electronics Engineer                 7/1/1987             49,000      11,565
8200     Xu, Qin                                Applications Scientist                2/16/1999            57,750      12,973
6200     Yoffee, Susan                         Administrative Assistant              12/30/1994            27,040       6,462
6600     Zobel, James                          Customer Service Engineer              5/2/1983             51,000      11,892

         *    plus commission                                               TOTAL                       5,115,596     832,515

All employees of Burleigh Instruments are located in Fishers, New York.


SCHEDULE 2.18

COMPANY PLANS

1) Welfare Plan for Employees for Burleigh Instruments, Inc., amended and restated as of January 1, 1998
2) Burleigh Instruments, Inc. 401(K) Profit Sharing Plan, amended and restated as of October 1, 1999
3) Executive Group Carve Out "Split Dollar" Life Insurance Plans for R.
Klimasewski, W. May, P. Battisti, W. Gornall and D. Farrell
4) "Key Management" Life Insurance Policies with Security Mutual Life for W. Gornall and D. Farrell
5) Salary Continuation Plans and Noncompete Agreements with William G. May and Robert G. Klimasewski, each dated April 17 1989
6) Burleigh Instruments, Inc. Fringe Benefits Plan and Policies Enacted Pursuant to the Employee Handbook
7) Burleigh Instruments, Inc. Health & Dental Plan
8) Burleigh Instruments, Inc. Life Insurance
9) Burleigh Instruments, Inc. Disability Plan 10) Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Employee Term Life Coverage 11) Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Long Term Disability Coverage 12) Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Management Bonus Plan 13) Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Workers' Compensation Plan 14) Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Life Insurance Plan 15) Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Cafeteria Plan (expected implementation date January 1, 2001) 16) Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Recruitment Bonus Plan (expected implementation date January 1, 2001) 17) Burleigh Instruments, Inc., Referral Bonus Plan (expected implementation date January 1, 2001)


SCHEDULE 2.20

CURRENT LEASES

1) Burleigh Instruments, Inc.:
a) Burleigh Park, 7647 Main Street, Fishers, NY 14453
b) Ten Mini Storage Units, for month to month terms, totaling $980/month.

PROPERTY PREVIOUSLY OWNED WITHIN THE LAST FIVE YEARS

2) Burleigh Instruments (U.K.), Ltd.: 9 Allied Business Centre, Coldharbour Lane, Harpenden, Herts. AL5 4UT, U.K.


SCHEDULE 2.21(C)

ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS

1) New York State Department of Health Permit for Use of Hypodermic Syringes dated May 12, 1981.


SCHEDULE 2.22

TRANSACTIONS WITH THE SHAREHOLDERS

1) Producer Loan Agreements between Burleigh Instruments, Inc. and Burleigh DISC, Inc.:
a) Dated April 1, 1994 for $17,200.00
b) Dated February 28, 1995 for $440,000.00
c) Dated February 28, 1997 for $207,250.00
d) Dated April 1, 1998, for $273,700.00

2) Sublease Agreement with Fishers Development Company dated September 1, 2000

3) MAXCIM software program sublicensed from William G. May and Robert G.
Klimasewski

4) Shareholders Agreement among Robert G. Klimasewski, William G. May and Burleigh Instruments, Inc., April 17, 1989. This Agreement restricts the transfer of shares by granting an option to purchase the shares first to the other shareholders and then to Burleigh Instruments, Inc.

5) Stock Purchase Agreement among David J. Farrell, William S. Gornall, Robert G. Klimasewski and William G. May, May 12, 2000. Farrell and Gornall have pledged their shares pursuant to a pledge agreement dated May 12, 2000 to secure payment of certain promissory notes.


SCHEDULE 2.23

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES


COST OF PROJECT FOR NEW BUILDING

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION COSTS                       $   1,799,617.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXISTING BUILDING COSTS                           $     200,000.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFESSIONAL FEES AND OTHER COSTS                 $     297,285.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT                              $     200,628.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL                                             $   2,497,530.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL COSTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEASING EQUIPMENT THROUGH KEY CORPORATE           $     800,000.00
CAPITAL (APPROXIMATE TOTAL)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRESENT LEASE LINE OF CREDIT ALREADY DRAWN        $     300,000.00
(APPROXIMATE)(APPROXIMATE)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SCHEDULE 2.24

USE OF NAME

None


SCHEDULE 4.1

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE COMPANY

None


SCHEDULE 5.2(H)

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of _________, 2000 is entered into by and between Burleigh Instruments, Inc., a corporation having its principal place of business at 7647 Main Street, Fishers, New York, U.S.A. (the "Corporation") and [name](the "Employee").

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

In consideration of this Agreement and the continued employment of the Employee by the Corporation, the parties agree as follows :

1. EMPLOYMENT

The Corporation hereby agrees to employ Employee, on a full-time basis commencing on or about _________, 2000, to act as [title] of the Corporation and to perform such acts and duties and furnish such services to the Corporation in connection with and related to that position as is customary for persons with similar positions in like companies, as the [title] shall from time to time reasonably direct. Employee hereby accepts said employment. Employee shall use his best and most diligent efforts to promote the interests of the Corporation; shall discharge his duties in a highly competent manner; and shall devote his full business time and his best business judgement, skill and knowledge to the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. This Agreement shall not be interpreted to prohibit Employee from making passive personal investments or conducting private business affairs if such activities do not materially interfere with the services required under this Agreement. Employee shall report to the
[title] of the Corporation.

2. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

2.1 SALARY

During the term of this Agreement, the Corporation shall pay Employee the remuneration indicated in Schedule A. The Employee's remuneration may be adjusted upwards in accordance with the Corporation's policies and procedures.

2.2 DISCRETIONARY BONUS

During the term of this Agreement, the Employee may participate in such bonus plan or plans of the Corporation as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may approve for the Employee. Nothing contained in this Section 2.2 shall be construed to require

- 1 -

the Board of Directors to approve a bonus plan or in any way grant to Employee the right to receive bonuses not otherwise approved.

2.3 BENEFITS

During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall receive such benefits as customarily provided to other officers and employees of the Corporation. Details of such benefits as of the date hereof are set forth in Schedule B of this Agreement.

2.4 VACATION

Employee may take paid vacation during each year as set forth in Schedule A at such times as shall be consistent with the Corporation's vacation policies and (in the Corporation's judgement) with the Corporation's vacation schedule for officers and other employees.

2.5 EXPENSES

Pursuant to the Corporation's customary policies in force at the time of payment, Employee shall be promptly reimbursed, against presentation of vouchers or receipts therefor, for all authorised expenses properly incurred by him on the Corporation's behalf in the performance of his duties hereunder.

3. TERMINATION

3.1 UNDERTAKING BY EMPLOYEE

The Employee hereby undertakes not to voluntarily terminate his employment with the Corporation for a period of two (2) years from the date hereof and acknowledges that in the event that he does so terminate this Agreement, certain penalties shall be payable by him, as set forth in the Agreement of Merger and Plan of Reorganization, entered into by the Employee, the Corporation and certain other parties on [date].

3.2 DISABILITY

If during the term of this Agreement, Employee becomes ill, disabled or otherwise incapacitated so as to be unable to perform his usual duties (a) for a period in excess of one hundred and eighty (180) consecutive days, or (b) for more than one hundred eighty (180) days in any consecutive twelve
(12) month period and this incapacity has not been remedied by the end of the twelfth (12th) month of such consecutive twelve
(12) month period, then the Corporation shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, subject only to applicable laws, on thirty (30) day's notice to Employee. Termination pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall not affect any rights Employee may otherwise have under any disability insurance policies in effect at the time of such termination.

- 2 -

3.3 DISCHARGE FOR CAUSE

The Corporation may discharge Employee and terminate his employment under this Agreement for cause without further liability to the Corporation by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation except that the Employee, if a Director, shall not be entitled to vote thereon. As used in this Section 3.2, "cause" shall mean any or all of the following;

(a) gross or wilful misconduct of Employee during the course of his employment;

(b) conviction of any criminal offence involving dishonesty, breach of trust or moral turpitude during the term of this Agreement; or

(c) Employee's breach of any of the material terms of this Agreement.

3.4 TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE

Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice, the Corporation may terminate this Agreement without cause by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation except that the Employee, if a Director, shall not be entitled to vote thereon. The Corporation shall incur no liability in this regard except that it shall continue to pay Employee the remuneration set forth in Schedule A at his then current rate for a six (6) month period after termination if termination shall occur prior to the events mentioned in Section 3.4.

3.5 TERMINATION FOLLOWING MERGER OR ACQUISITION

Notwithstanding Section 3.4, if the Corporation merges or consolidates with another corporation, if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation are sold, if a majority of the outstanding stock of the Corporation is acquired by another person, or if the control of the Corporation's majority shareholder changes (a "Triggering Event") and Employee's employment is subsequently terminated by the Corporation or surviving entity other than for cause as described in 3.2, Employee shall be entitled to severance benefits as described below based on the length of service with the Corporation

since the Triggering Event:

LENGTH OF SERVICE SINCE THE          SEVERANCE BENEFITS
---------------------------          ------------------
TRIGGERING EVENT
----------------
0 to 12 months                       12 months' remuneration
                                     plus health benefits;
more than 12 months                  6 months' remuneration
                                     plus health benefits;

For purposes of this Section 3.5, Employee shall be entitled to treat a material demotion in title or function as termination under this Section 3.5, but only if Employee expressly so notifies the Corporation and terminates his employment hereunder within thirty (30) days of such demotion or relocation. If Employee is offered a substantially similar position with the surviving entity, Employee's refusal

- 3 -

to accept such position shall not be treated as subject to this Section 3.5, but rather shall be treated as a voluntary termination by Employee under Section 3.6.

3.6 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EMPLOYEE

In the event of voluntary termination by Employee after a period of two (2) years from the date hereof, Employee shall be entitled only to those amounts that have accrued to the date of termination in accordance with the terms hereof or are expressly payable under the terms of the Corporation's applicable benefit plans or are required by applicable law. The Corporation may, in its sole and absolute discretion, confer such other benefits or payments as it determines, but Employee shall have no entitlement thereto

4. MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 INSURANCE

The Corporation hereby represents that it is presently the holder of directors and officers insurance in an amount and having a coverage that is recommended by its legal advisors and insurance broker as adequate taking into account the status of the Corporation, its size and the nature of its activities. The Corporation undertakes to ensure that such insurance shall remain in force throughout the term of this Agreement and in the event such insurance is cancelled, the Corporation shall immediately advise the Employee in writing.

4.2 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

Upon execution of this Agreement, the Employee shall execute and deliver to the Corporation, unless previously delivered, an Exclusivity, Confidentiality, Assignment of Work Product, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement.

4.3 NOTICES

Any notice or communication given by any party hereto to the other party shall be in writing and personally delivered or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the addresses provided above. All notices shall be deemed given when actually received. Any person entitled to receive notice (or a copy thereof) may designate in writing, by notice to the others, such other address to which notices to such person shall thereafter be sent.

4.4 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties in respect of its subject matter and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, provided, however that nothing in this Agreement shall affect the Employee's obligations under the Exclusivity,

- 4 -

Confidentiality, Assignment Of Work Product, Non-Competition And Non-Solicitation Agreement signed by the Employee.

4.5 AMENDMENT WAIVER

This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented, cancelled or discharged, except by written instrument executed by the party affected thereby. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision.

4.6 BINDING EFFECT, ASSIGNMENT

Employee's rights or obligations under this Agreement may not be assigned by Employee. The rights and obligations set forth in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Corporation and its successors and assigns. The Corporation will use its best efforts to require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Corporation to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform it as if no such event had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Corporation" shall mean the Corporation as herein before defined any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

4.7 HEADINGS

The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

4.8 GOVERNING LAW, INTERPRETATION

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed for all purposes by the laws applicable in the State of New York. Service of process in any dispute shall be effective (a) upon the Corporation, if service is made on any officer of the Corporation other than the Employee; (b) upon the Employee, if served at Employee's residence last known to the Corporation with an information copy to the Employee at any other residence, or care of a subsequent employer, of which the Corporation may be aware.

4.9 FURTHER ASSURANCES

Each of the parties agrees to execute, acknowledge, deliver and perform, or cause to be executed, acknowledged, delivered and performed at any time, or from time to time, as the case may be, all such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers,

- 5 -

conveyances, powers of attorney and assurances as may be necessary or proper to carry out the provisions or intent of this Agreement.

4.10 SEVERABILITY

If any one or more of the terms, provisions, covenants or restrictions of this Agreement shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement

BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS, INC.

BY: ________________________ _____________________________
GERMAIN LAMONDE

- 6 -

SCHEDULE A
TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

REMUNERATION AND VACATION

1. REMUNERATION

2. VACATION

______ weeks of paid vacation annually.

- 7 -

SCHEDULE B
TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

BENEFITS

The Employee shall continue to be entitled to the same benefits as those in force prior to the date hereof. It is expected that this package will evolve in the future.

- 8 -

SCHEDULE 5.2(I)

____________, 2000

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.
465 Godin Avenue

Vanier QC  G1M 3G7



RE:      AGREEMENT OF MERGER AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION BETWEEN EXFO
         ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC. ("EXFO"), EXFO SUB, INC. , BURLEIGH
         INSTRUMENTS, INC. (THE "COMPANY") AND ALL OF THE SHAREHOLDERS OF THE
         COMPANY (THE "TRANSACTION")
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dear Sirs:

The undersigned shareholder of the Company understands that an Agreement of Merger and Plan of Reorganization (the "Agreement") will be executed by the Shareholders of the Company named therein. As consideration for the Transaction, the Shareholders shall receive subordinate voting shares of EXFO (the "Buyer Shares"). Of the o Buyer Shares received by the undersigned in the Transaction,
o Buyer Shares representing 52% of the Buyer Shares so received by the undersigned are not subject to the Lock-Up Obligation (as such term is defined below), subject to regulatory resale restrictions of the competent securities regulators and the remaining o Buyer Shares received in the Transaction, representing 48% of the Buyer Shares received by the undersigned, shall be subject to the Lock-Up Obligation as set forth below (the "Lock-Up Buyer Shares")

1. In recognition of the benefit that the Transaction will confer upon the undersigned as a shareholder of EXFO, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with EXFO that the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of EXFO, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell (including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the SECURITIES ACT of 1933, as amended), contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer the Lock-Up Buyer Shares (including, without limitation, Buyer Shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such shareholder in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the securities legislation of any province or territory of Canada and Buyer Shares that may be issued upon exercise of any option or warrant) or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Buyer Shares, now owned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or file any registration statement or prospectus with respect to any of the foregoing (other than as set forth in the


- 2 -

Agreement) or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Buyer Shares, whether any such swap or Transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise; (collectively the "Lock-Up Obligation"). The Lock-Up Obligation shall be released as to 8% on each date which is two days following the release by EXFO of its quarterly financial statements for the next following six quarters after June 29, 2001.

The undersigned understands that EXFO will proceed with the Transaction in reliance upon this Lock-Up Letter Agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Letter Agreement and that, upon request, the undersigned will execute any additional documents necessary or desirable in connection with the enforcement hereof. Any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the undersigned.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's registrar and transfer agent against the transfer of Buyer Shares held by the undersigned except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

This Lock-Up Letter Agreement has been entered into on the date first written above. This Lock-Up Letter Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,


David J. Farrell

EXHIBIT 4.2

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 20, 2000,

TO

AGREEMENT OF MERGER AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 4, 2000,

BY AND AMONG

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.,

EXFO SUB, INC.,

BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS, INC.,

ROBERT G. KLIMASEWSKI,

WILLIAM G. MAY, JR,

DAVID J. FARRELL

AND

WILLIAM S. GORNALL


AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO

AGREEMENT OF MERGER AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

This AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE (this "AMENDMENT") dated as of December 20, 2000 amends that certain AGREEMENT OF MERGER AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (the "AGREEMENT") dated as of November 4, 2000 among EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., incorporated pursuant to the CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT (the "BUYER"), EXFO Sub, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York ("BUYER SUB"), Burleigh Instruments, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York (the "Company"), Robert G. Klimasewski, ("KLIMASEWSKI"), William G. May, Jr., ("MAY"), David J. Farrell ("FARRELL") and William S. Gornall ("GORNALL" and, together with Klimasewski, May and Farrell, the "SHAREHOLDERS"). Defined terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Shareholders, the Company, the Buyer and the Buyer Sub wish to amend the Agreement to reallocate the Merger Consideration to be received by each of the Shareholders.

WHEREAS, the Shareholders, the Company, the Buyer and the Buyer Sub wish to further amend the Agreement to reduce the Stock Consideration to enable the Buyer to institute a restricted stock retention program for the Company's employees, utilizing the value of certain Stock Consideration voluntarily relinquished by certain of the Shareholders.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Agreement and in this Amendment, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Section 1.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

EFFECTIVE TIME. The consummation of the Merger shall be effected as promptly as practicable, but in no event more than three business days after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE 5 of this Agreement (other than those conditions which by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to satisfaction of those conditions), and the parties hereto will cause a copy of the Articles of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "ARTICLES OF MERGER") and including a Plan of Merger (the "PLAN OF MERGER") to be executed, delivered and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of New York in accordance with the BCL. The Merger shall become effective upon the delivery of the properly executed Articles of Merger to the Secretary of State of the State of New York for filing. The date and time on which the Merger shall become effective is referred to herein as the "EFFECTIVE TIME".


2. Section 1.7(b)(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

"(i) Buyer shall deliver to each Shareholder, as applicable: (i) the aggregate amount of the Cash Consideration payable to such Shareholder in United States dollars in immediately available funds by wire transfer to one or more accounts designated prior to the Effective Time in writing by each such Shareholder for said purpose, subject to Section 1.13; (ii) stock certificates representing the Buyer Shares (other than Escrow Shares) registered in each Shareholder's name and in such denominations as set forth on Exhibit C, which shall be agreed upon by the parties at the Closing and which shall be determined by reference to the Closing Price; and (iii) all documents, instruments and writings required to have been delivered at or prior to the Effective Time by the Buyer or by Buyer Sub pursuant to this Agreement;"

3. Section 1.8 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(a) "The total consideration to be paid by Buyer in the Merger shall be $256,240,641 (the "MERGER CONSIDERATION") consisting of
(a) $33,593,141 payable in cash, subject to Section 1.13 (the "CASH CONSIDERATION") and (b) $222,647,500 (the "STOCK CONSIDERATION") payable in the form of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares (the "BUYER SHARES"). In addition, Buyer shall assume and pay certain obligations of the Company pursuant to Section 1.13. The aggregate number of Buyer Shares payable shall be determined by dividing the Stock Consideration by the Closing Price. The "CLOSING PRICE" shall be the average closing price of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares for the five trading days ending with December 18, 2000, as reported by the Nasdaq National Market; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, if the Closing Price is less than 90% of the Signing Price, the Closing Price shall be 90% of the Signing Price, and if the Closing Price is greater than 110% of the Signing Price, the Closing Price shall be 110% of the Signing Price. The "SIGNING PRICE" is $38.125, representing the closing price of the Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares, as reported by the Nasdaq National Market, at closing of trading on October 31, 2000. If, prior to the Closing, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the character or amount of the outstanding Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Shareholders would have been entitled by reason of their ownership of the Buyer Shares had the Closing occurred prior to such event shall be considered Buyer Shares for purposes of this Agreement and the consideration to be received by each Shareholder shall be adjusted accordingly. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without further action on the part of Buyer, Buyer Sub or the Company, the shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to Closing shall be conceded and extinguished and shall be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration, such that each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration, which Merger Consideration shall be paid to each Shareholder in such amount of Stock Consideration and Cash Consideration, as the case may be, as set forth on Schedule 1.8 attached hereto. The number of shares of Buyer Stock

2

constituting the Stock Consideration and the amount of Cash Consideration to be received by each Shareholder is set forth on Schedule 1.8 attached hereto. Each share of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share of Buyer Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and shall become one validly issued fully paid and non-assessable share of Surviving Corporation Common Stock as of the Effective Time, and the Surviving Corporation shall become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Buyer. In exchange for and in consideration of the issuance of the Merger Consideration, Buyer will be entitled to subscribe and undertakes and agrees to subscribe, at the Effective Time, for the Surviving Corporation Common Stock. The Surviving Corporation Common Stock will at the Effective Time have been duly authorized and, when issued to Buyer, will be validly issued and outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable. The number of shares of Company Common Stock held by each Shareholder and to be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration is set forth opposite each Shareholder's name on Exhibit C. No fraction of a share of Buyer Subordinate Voting Shares shall be issued, and each fractional share thereof shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. Until surrendered and exchanged, each outstanding certificate which, prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of Company Common Stock shall be deemed to represent and evidence only the right to receive the Merger Consideration to be paid therefore as set forth in this Section 1.8. No interest shall accrue or be payable with respect to any Cash Consideration which any Shareholder shall be entitled to receive. Buyer shall be authorized to pay Merger Consideration attributable to any certificate theretofore issued which has been lost or destroyed, upon receipt of satisfactory evidence of ownership of the shares of Company Common Stock represented thereby and of appropriate indemnification. It being agreed that the Merger Consideration received by Messrs. Farrell and Gornall shall be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis equal to six (6) months of their respective annual remuneration in the event that Messrs. Farrell or Gornall terminate unilaterally their respective employment agreement with the Surviving Corporation prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Time."

(b) It is acknowledged by the parties that the Merger Consideration payable hereunder has been reduced by agreement of the parties by the sum of $12,352,500 to reflect the voluntary contribution of 360,000 Buyer Shares (valued at the Closing Price) by Klimasewski, May and Farrell to a Restricted Stock Award Plan (the "Plan") to be created by Buyer for the benefit of the Company's Employees. A copy of the Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit A. The parties agree that Klimasewski and May have each contributed the value of 151,285 Buyer Shares to the Plan, and that Farrell has contributed the value of 57,430 shares to the Plan. The Buyer agrees that to the extent any award of Buyer Shares is forfeited in whole or in part by an employee of the Company, the Buyer Shares so forfeited as well as any unallocated Buyer Shares as of January 31, 2001 shall increase the Merger Consideration and shall be paid to Klimasewski, May and Farrell in proportion to their contribution of Buyer Shares to the Plan (the "Additional Shares"). The Additional Shares shall be paid to Klimasewski, May and Farrell as soon as practicable, but in no event later than ten (10) business days, following each Vesting Date (as defined in the Plan) with respect to all

3

Additional Shares forfeited by employees on or before such Vesting Date or January 31, 2001, as applicable.

4. Section 1.9 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

"Simultaneously with the Merger and at the Effective Time, an aggregate 15% of the Stock Consideration will be delivered to the Escrow Agent (as such term is defined in the Escrow Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D (the "ESCROW AGREEMENT")). Such shares of Buyer Shares shall constitute an escrow fund (the "ESCROW FUND") to be governed by the terms set forth in the Escrow Agreement. Each Shareholder shall contribute such number of Buyer Shares received by him to the Escrow Fund as is set forth on Schedule 1.8 attached hereto. The portion of the Escrow Fund contributed on behalf of each of the Shareholders shall be in proportion to the Merger Consideration which such holder would otherwise be entitled under Section 1.8. The Escrow Fund shall terminate in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. The provisions of the Escrow Agreement shall govern in the event of any conflict between the Escrow Agreement and this Section 1.9. The Shareholders may withdraw shares of Buyer Shares (the "WITHDRAWN SHARES") and substitute cash in lieu thereof at any time, provided that the amount deposited in substitution for the Withdrawn Shares is equal to the product of (i) the Closing Price, and (ii) the number of Withdrawn Shares."

5. Section 1.13 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

"At the Closing, the Buyer hereby assumes and agrees to pay directly the legal fees incurred by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and further assumes and agrees to pay directly the investment banking fees incurred by the Company and payable as of the Closing (collectively, the "EXPENSES"). The Shareholders hereby jointly and severally assume and agree to pay directly the investment banking fees of the Company arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby and payable following the Closing with respect to the portion of the Stock Consideration placed in escrow pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. At the Closing, the Buyer shall pay the Expenses in cash, in the currency requested by the service provider, by wire transfer of immediately available funds. The Company shall, at least two business days prior to the Closing Date, advise the Buyer in writing of the amount of the Expenses, together with wire transfer instructions for such payments. Farrell and Gornall acknowledge that, as a result of the assumption and payment of the Expenses by the Buyer, that the number of shares of Buyer Stock to be received by them as part of the Merger Consideration shall be adjusted as set forth on Schedule 1.8 "

6. Section 2.8 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

"The Shareholders (a) have delivered to the Buyer on or prior to the execution of this Agreement complete and correct copies of the Company's audited combined consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows (together with the auditors' report thereon) for the year ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, together with notes to such financial statements (the "AUDITED FINANCIAL

4

STATEMENTS"), and (b) have delivered to the Buyer on or about December 19, 2000 complete and correct copies of the Company's unaudited combined consolidated balance sheet as at September 30, 2000, and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2000 (the "INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS") (the Audited Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements are herein collectively referred to as the "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"). The Financial Statements are in accordance with the books and records of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby and present fairly in all material respects, as of their respective dates, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company (subject, in the case of Interim Financial Statements, to normal, recurring year-end adjustments that may be required upon audit). No information has become available to the Company that would render the Financial Statements materially and adversely incomplete or inaccurate."

7. Section 5.2(m) is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

(m) SEC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Shareholders shall have delivered (i) consolidated, combined audited balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the two most recent fiscal years, (ii) a consolidated, combined unaudited balance sheet as of the end of the most recent quarter preceding the Closing, (iii) consolidated, combined audited statements of income and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years preceding the Closing, and (iv) consolidated, combined unaudited statements of income and cash flows for the interim period between the latest audited balance sheet date and the date of the balance sheet being provided pursuant to clause
(ii), in each case meeting the requirements of the SEC that would be applicable to the Company as if its securities were registered under
Section 12 of the SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, as amended (collectively, the "SEC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS").

8. Section 5.2(n) is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

(n) The Buyer shall have received confirmation that KPMG LLP, the Company's auditors, are independent certified public accountants qualified to deliver the accountant's report on the SEC Financial Statements as required by the SEC.

9. The parties to this Amendment agree to take all actions, including the execution of additional documents, as may be reasonably requested by the other parties hereto to effect the intent and purposes of this Amendment.

10. This Amendment shall be governed in all respects by the provisions of the Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect, as modified by this Amendment.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

5

[Amendment No. One Signature Page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

BURLEIGH INSTRUMENTS, INC.

By:       /s/  David J. Farrell
          ---------------------------------------
Name:     David J. Farrell
Title:    President

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL
ENGINEERING INC.

By:       /s/  Germain Lamonde
          ---------------------------------------
Name:     Germain Lamonde
Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

EXFO SUB, INC.

By:       /s/  Germain Lamonde
          ---------------------------------------
Name:     Germain Lamonde
Title:    President


          /s/  Robert G. Klimasewski
          ---------------------------------------
          Robert G. Klimasewski


          /s/  William G. May, Jr.
          ---------------------------------------
          William G. May, Jr.


          /s/  David J. Farrell
          ---------------------------------------
          David J. Farrell


          /s/  William S. Gornall
          ---------------------------------------
          William S. Gornall


EXHIBIT 4.15

[EXFO LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of May 30, 2000, is entered into by and between EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., a corporation having its principal place of business at 465 Godin Avenue, Vanier, Quebec, G1M 3G7, Canada (the "Corporation") and Mario Larose, an individual with an address at 20 Anse-a-Beaufils, Laval, Quebec, H7Y 1V4 (the "Employee").

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

In consideration of this Agreement and the continued employment of the Employee by the Corporation, the parties agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT

The Corporation hereby agrees to employ Employee, on a full-time basis commencing on or about June 12, 2000, to act as Vice President, Marketing of the Corporation and to perform such acts and duties and furnish such services to the Corporation in connection with and related to that position as is customary for persons with similar positions in like companies, as the Corporation's President and Chief Executive Officer shall from time to time reasonably direct. Employee hereby accepts said employment. Employee shall use his best and most diligent efforts to promote the interests of the Corporation; shall discharge his duties in a highly competent manner; and shall devote his full business time and his best business judgement, skill and knowledge to the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. This Agreement shall not be interpreted to prohibit Employee form making passive personal investments or conducting private business affairs if such activities do not materially interfere with the services required under this Agreement. Employee shall report to the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.

2. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

2.1 SALARY

During the term of this Agreement, the Corporation shall pay Employee the remuneration indicated in Schedule A. The Employee's remuneration may be adjusted in accordance with the Corporation's policies and procedures.

- 1 -

[EXFO LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

2.2 DISCRETIONARY BONUS

During the term of this Agreement, the Employee may participate in such bonus plan or plans of the Corporation as the Board of Directors, acting through its Human Resources Committee, may approve for the Employee. Nothing contained in this Section 2.2 shall be construed to require the Board of Directors to approve a bonus plan or in any way grant to Employee the right to receive bonuses not otherwise approved.

2.3 BENEFITS

During the term of this Agreement, the Employee shall receive such benefits as customarily provided to other officers and employees of the Corporation. Details of such benefits as of the date hereof are set forth in Schedule B of this Agreement.

2.4 VACATION

Employee may take paid vacation during each year as set forth in Schedule A at such times as shall be consistent with the Corporation's vacation policies and (in the Corporation's judgement) with the Corporation's vacation schedule for officers and other employees.

2.5 EXPENSES

Pursuant to the Corporation's customary policies in force at the time of payment, Employee shall be promptly reimbursed, against presentation of vouchers or receipts therefor, for all authorised expenses properly incurred by him on the Corporation's behalf in the performance of his duties hereunder.

3. TERMINATION

3.1 DISABILITY

If during the term of this Agreement, Employee becomes ill, disabled or otherwise incapacitated so as to be unable to perform his usual duties (a) for a period in excess of one hundred and eighty (180) consecutive days, or (b) for more than one hundred eighty (180) days in any consecutive twelve
(12) month period and this incapacity has not been remedied by the end of the twelfth (12th) month of such consecutive twelve
(12) month period, then the Corporation shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, subject only to applicable laws, on thirty (30) day's notice to Employee. Termination pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall not affect any rights Employee may otherwise have under any disability insurance policies in effect at the time of such termination.

- 2 -

[EXFO LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

3.2 DISCHARGE FOR CAUSE

The Corporation may discharge Employee and terminate his employment under this Agreement for cause without further liability to the Corporation by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation except that the Employee, if a Director, shall not be entitled to vote thereon. As used in this Section 3.2, "cause" shall mean any or all of the following;

(a) gross or wilful misconduct of Employee during the course of his employment;

(b) conviction of any criminal offence involving dishonesty, breach of trust or moral turpitude during the term of this Agreement; or

(c) the definition given to the term "with cause", or other similar terms, by applicable laws and jurisprudence in the province of Quebec.

3.3 TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE

Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice, the Corporation may terminate this Agreement without cause by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation except that the Employee, if a Director, shall not be entitled to vote thereon. The Corporation shall incur no liability in this regard except that it shall continue to pay Employee the remuneration in accordance with the terms set forth in Schedule A at his then current rate for a twelve (12) month period after termination if termination shall occur prior to the events mentioned in Section 3.4.

3.4 TERMINATION FOLLOWING MERGER OR ACQUISITION

If the Corporation merges or consolidates with another corporation, if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation are sold, or if a majority of the outstanding stock of the Corporation is acquired by another person and Employee's employment is subsequently terminated by the Corporation or surviving entity other than for cause as described in 3.2, Employee shall be entitled to severance benefits as described below based on length of service with the Corporation:

LENGTH OF SERVICE         SEVERANCE BENEFITS
-----------------         ------------------

0 to 24 months            12 months' remuneration plus health
                          benefits;

24 to 48 months           18 months' remuneration plus health
                          benefits;

more than 48 months       24 months' remuneration plus health
                          benefits.

For purposes of this Section 3.4, Employee shall be entitled to treat a material demotion in title or function as termination under this Section 3.4, but only if

- 3 -

[EXFO LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Employee expressly so notifies the Corporation and terminates his employment hereunder within thirty (30) days of such demotion or relocation. If Employee is offered a substantially similar position with the surviving entity, Employee's refusal to accept such position shall not be treated as subject to this Section 3.4, but rather shall be treated as a voluntary termination by Employee under Section 3.5.

3.5 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EMPLOYEE

The Employee shall give prior written notice to the Corporation of at least one (1) month if he voluntarily terminates this Employment Agreement. In the event of voluntary termination by Employee, Employee shall be entitled only to those amounts that have accrued to the date of termination in accordance with the terms hereof or are expressly payable under the terms of the Corporation's applicable benefit plans or are required by applicable law. The Corporation may, in its sole and absolute discretion, confer such other benefits or payments as it determines, but Employee shall have no entitlement thereto.

4. MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 INSURANCE

The Corporation hereby represents that it is presently the holder of directors and officers insurance in an amount and having a coverage that is recommended by its legal advisors and insurance broker as adequate taking into account the status of the Corporation, its size and the nature of its activities. The Corporation undertakes to ensure that such insurance shall remain in force throughout the term of this Agreement and in the event such insurance is cancelled, the Corporation shall immediately advise the Employee in writing.

4.2 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

Upon execution of this Agreement, the Employee shall execute and deliver to the Corporation, unless previously delivered, an Exclusivity, Confidentiality, Assignment of Work Product, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement.

4.3 NOTICES

Any notice or communication given by any party hereto to the other party shall be in writing and personally delivered or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the addresses provided above. All notices shall be deemed given when actually received. Any person entitled to receive notice (or a copy thereof) may designate in writing, by notice to the others, such other address to which notices to such person shall thereafter be sent.

- 4 -

[EXFO LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

4.4 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties in respect of its subject matter and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, provided, however that nothing in this Agreement shall affect the Employee's obligations under the Exclusivity, Confidentiality, Assignment Of Work Product, Non-Competition And Non-Solicitation Agreement signed by the Employee.

4.5 AMENDMENT OR WAIVER

This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented, cancelled or discharged, except by written instrument executed by the party affected thereby. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision.

4.6 BINDING EFFECT, ASSIGNMENT

Employee's rights or obligations under this Agreement may not be assigned by Employee. The rights and obligations set forth in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Corporation and its successors and assigns. The Corporation will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Corporation to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform it as if no such event had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Corporation" shall mean the Corporation as herein before defined any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

4.7 HEADINGS

The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

4.8 GOVERNING LAW, INTERPRETATION

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed for all purposes by the laws applicable in the province of Quebec. Service of process in any dispute shall be effective (a) upon the Corporation, if service is made on any officer of the Corporation other than the Employee; (b) upon the Employee, if served at Employee's residence last known to the Corporation with an information copy to the Employee at any other residence, or care of a subsequent employer, of which the Corporation may be aware.

- 5 -

[EXFO LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

4.9 FURTHER ASSURANCES

Each of the parties agrees to execute, acknowledge, deliver and perform, or cause to be executed, acknowledged, delivered and performed at any time, or from time to time, as the case may be, all such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney and assurances as may be necessary or proper to carry out the provisions or intent of this Agreement.

4.10 LANGUAGE

This Agreement has been written in English at the express request of the parties. Cette entente a ete redigee en anglais a demande expresse des parties.

4.11 SEVERABILITY

If any one or more of the terms, provisions, covenants or restrictions of this Agreement shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL
ENGINEERING INC.

BY:  /s/  Germain Lamonde                         /s/  Mario Larose
     --------------------                         -----------------------------
     GERMAIN LAMONDE                              MARIO LAROSE

- 6 -

[EXFO LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

SCHEDULE A
TO
MARIO LAROSE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

REMUNERATION AND VACATION

1. REMUNERATION

(i) Salary from commencement of employment to August 31, 2000:
$180,000 per annum (no variable portion applicable during this period).

(ii) Remuneration from September 1, 2000 to August 31, 2001: Base salary of $140,000 per annum, plus a variable portion of remuneration which is $50,000 per annum upon attainment by the Corporation of 100% of the Health Indicator established by the Board of Directors of the Corporation for that financial year. In the event the Corporation (a) does not fully attain, or (b) exceeds, the Health Indicator for the year in question, the variable portion of the remuneration shall be paid in the same proportion as the attainment of the Health Indicator up to a maximum of 150% of the Health Indicator. The variable portion shall be paid within sixty (60) days of the end of each of the Corporation's financial years commencing with the financial year ending August 31, 2001.

In the event the Employee's employment is terminated by the Corporation with cause or the Employee voluntarily terminates his employment, the variable portion of the remuneration shall not be payable for the financial year during which the employment terminated for such reasons.

(iii) Participation in the Corporation's Stock Option Plan: At the time of the Corporation's initial public offering, the Employee shall be granted 20,000 options in accordance with the terms of the Stock Option Plan and subject to vesting conditions that extend over 4 years, up to a maximum of 5 years, and that are tied to the Corporation's Health Indicator (full details will be available at the granting of the options).

(iv) The Employee, living in the Montreal area as of the date hereof, shall be required to work in Quebec City. As a result, the Corporation shall pay a total amount of $20,000 to assist Employee in the transition and relocation of Employee's principal residence to the Quebec City area. This amount shall be paid in monthly instalments of $833.33 each for a period not to exceed twenty-four (24) months from the date of the commencement of employment and shall be deemed to cover all of Employee's travel expenses between his principal residence and his accommodations in Quebec City. No other amounts shall be paid by the Corporation to the Employee in relation to the relocation of his principal residence.

- 7 -

[EXFO LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

In the event the Employee transfers his principal residence to the Quebec City area within the above-mentioned twenty-four month period, the Corporation shall pay to the Employee in a lump sum, within thirty (30) days of such transfer, the balance of the $20,000 relocation assistance amount.

If the Employee has received a lump sum payment pursuant to his relocation to the Quebec City area and then subsequently voluntarily terminates his employment with the Corporation within twenty-four (24) months of the commencement of his employment, the Employee shall reimburse to the Corporation a portion of the $20,000 relocation assistance amount that is proportionate to the time remaining in the above-mentioned twenty-four (24) month period.

(v) The first review of remuneration shall occur on September 1, 2001 and on or about every September 1 thereafter.

2. VACATION

Four (4) weeks of paid vacation annually.

- 8 -

[EXFO LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

SCHEDULE B
TO
MARIO LAROSE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

BENEFITS

The description below is a summary of the Corporation's present benefit package. It is expected that this package will evolve in the future.

1. The Corporation offers to management a long-term disability plan that covers two-thirds of salary for life. The Corporation pays the premium, thus this income would be taxable.

2. Management is covered by collective insurance that is paid by the Corporation in the following proportions: 40%, 60%, 80% and 100% in years 1, 2, 3 and 4 respectively. This insurance covers vision correction, chiropractor, etc. but excludes dental coverage. It also includes life insurance.

3. As concerns the deferred profit-sharing plan, the Corporation automatically contributes 1% of the Employee's salary if the Employee has contributed 2% of his salary. In addition, a variable portion tied to the Corporation's performance is also contributed. In 1998-1999, the variable portion was equivalent to 1.45% of salary for a total contribution by the Corporation of 2.45%.

- 9 -

EXHIBIT 4.16

[EXFO LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

FIRST AMENDING AGREEMENT
TO THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This First Amending Agreement dated as of September 1, 2000, is entered into by and between EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc., a corporation having its principal place of business at 465 Godin Avenue, Vanier, Quebec, G1M 3G7, Canada (the "Corporation") and Mario Larose, residing and domiciled at 20 Anse-a-Beaufils, Laval, Quebec, H7Y 1V4, Canada (the "Employee").

WHEREAS the Corporation and the Employee entered into an Employment Agreement dated May 30, 2000 (the "Agreement") providing for the terms of employment of the Employee;

WHEREAS the parties hereto have agreed to amend the Agreement to modify certain terms of employment;

THEREFORE the parties agree as follows:

1. AMENDMENTS

1.1 Paragraph 1 of Schedule A to the Agreement is amended by deleting sub-paragraph (i) in its entirety.

1.2 Sub-paragraph 1(ii) of Schedule A to the Agreement is amended to become sub-paragraph 1(i) and the text thereof is replaced by the following:

"FROM SEPTEMBER 1, 2000 TO AUGUST 31, 2001: BASE SALARY OF $180,000 PER ANNUM, PLUS A VARIABLE PORTION OF REMUNERATION WHICH IS $40,000 PER ANNUM UPON ATTAINMENT BY THE CORPORATION OF 100% OF THE HEALTH INDICATOR ESTABLISHED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CORPORATION FOR THAT FINANCIAL YEAR. IN THE EVENT THE CORPORATION DOES NOT FULLY ATTAIN THE HEALTH INDICATOR FOR THE YEAR IN QUESTION OR SURPASSES THE HEALTH INDICATOR, THE VARIABLE PORTION OF THE REMUNERATION SHALL BE PAID IN THE SAME PROPORTION AS THE ATTAINMENT OF THE HEALTH INDICATOR. THE VARIABLE PORTION SHALL BE PAID TWICE YEARLY, AFTER THE END OF THE CORPORATION'S SECOND QUARTER AND AFTER THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR.

IN THE EVENT THE EMPLOYEE'S EMPLOYMENT IS TERMINATED BY THE CORPORATION WITH CAUSE OR THE EMPLOYEE VOLUNTARILY TERMINATES HIS EMPLOYMENT, THE

1.


[EXFO LOGO]
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

VARIABLE PORTION OF THE REMUNERATION SHALL NOT BE PAYABLE FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR DURING WHICH THE EMPLOYMENT TERMINATED FOR SUCH REASONS."

2. MISCELLANEOUS

2.1 In all respects, except for those changes required to give meaning and effect to the amendments provided for in the foregoing sections hereof, the Agreement as amended remains in full force and effect, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, and is binding upon the parties hereto. This First Amending Agreement constitutes the whole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and cancels and supersedes any prior written agreements, declarations, commitments, representations, undertakings, written or oral, in respect thereof.

2.2 This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed for all purposes by the laws applicable in the province of Quebec. Service of process in any dispute shall be effective (a) upon the Corporation, if service is made on any officer of the Corporation other than the Employee; (b) upon the Employee, if served at Employee's residence last known to the Corporation with an information copy to the Employee at any other residence, or care of a subsequent employer, of which the Corporation may be aware.

2.3 This Agreement has been written in English at the express request of the parties. Cette entente a ete redigee en anglais a demande expresse des parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL
ENGINEERING INC.

BY:  /s/  Germain Lamonde                         /s/  Mario Larose
     --------------------                         -----------------------------
     GERMAIN LAMONDE                              MARIO LAROSE

                                                                              2.


EXHIBIT 4.21

EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD PLAN

(EFFECTIVE AS OF DECEMBER 20, 2000)

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means through which the Company may promote the retention of employees of the Subsidiary and to provide a means whereby such employees can acquire and maintain Stock ownership, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and promoting an identity of interest between stockholders and these employees. The Plan provides for granting Awards.

2. DEFINITIONS

The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a) "Affiliate" means (i) any entity that directly or indirectly is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee..

(b) "Award" means the grant of the right to receive a specified number of shares of Company Stock on the Vesting Dates set forth in Section 6.

(c) "Board" shall having the meaning given to such term in the Option Plan.

(d) "Cause" means the Company or the Subsidiary having "cause" to terminate a Participant's employment or service, as defined in any existing employment, consulting or any other agreement between the Participant and the Company or the Subsidiary, or, in the absence of such an employment, consulting or other agreement, upon (i) the determination by the Committee that the Participant has ceased to perform his duties to the Company or the Subsidiary (other than as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury), which failure amounts to a willful failure to perform his duties to such party, (ii) the Committee's determination that the Participant has engaged or is about to engage in conduct materially injurious to the Company or the Subsidiary, (iii) the Participant having been convicted of, or plead guilty or no contest to, a felony, (iv) material violation of contract provisions or (v) with respect to a Participant who is a member of the Management Team, the voluntary resignation of that Participant's employment due to a material decrease in salary and benefits or a reduction in responsibilities or duties (other than a reduction in responsibilities or duties resulting, directly or indirectly, from the Subsidiary's becoming a subsidiary of the Company).


2

(e) "Change of Control" shall having the meaning given to such term in the Option Plan.

(f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to such section and any regulations under such section.

(g) "Committee" shall having the meaning given to such term in the Option Plan.

(h) "Company" means EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.

(i) "Date of Grant" means December 20, 2000 or such other date as set forth next to a Participant's name on Schedule 1 hereto.

(j) "Disability" means a condition entitling a person to receive benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company or the Subsidiary, as may be applicable to the Participant in question, or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced or, as determined by the Committee based upon medical evidence acceptable to it.

(k) "Management Team" means an employee of the Subsidiary whose name is set forth on Schedule 2 hereto.

(l) "Normal Termination" means termination of employment or service with the Company and Affiliates:

(i) on account of death or Disability; or

(ii) on account of retirement on or after age 60.

(m) "Option Plan" means the Stock Option Plan of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.

(n) "Participant" means an employee of the Subsidiary whose name is set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

(o) "Plan" means this EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. Restricted Stock Award Plan.

(p) "Restricted Period" means the period of time from the grant date of an Award through the Vesting Date of shares of Stock subject thereto.


3

(q) "Stock" means the subordinate voting shares of the Company.

(r) "Subsidiary" means Burleigh Instruments, Inc.

(s) "Vesting Date" means each of the first four anniversaries of the Date of Grant.

3. EFFECTIVE DATE, DURATION AND SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

The Plan is effective as of December 19, 2000 (the "Effective Date"). The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the next business day immediately following the Date of Grant; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the administration of the Plan shall continue in effect until all matters relating to the payment of Awards previously granted have been settled.

4. ADMINISTRATION

The Committee shall administer the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing any and all Awards shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time granted pursuant to the Plan and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties, including, without limitation, the Company, Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any shareholder. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder.

5. GRANT OF AWARDS; SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

The Committee shall grant the Awards set forth on Schedule 1 hereto to the Participants on the Date of Grant. Subject to Section 8, the aggregate number of shares of Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted under the Plan is 360,000 shares. Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards granted under the Plan shall be authorized and unissued Stock or Stock held in the treasury of the Company.

6. TERMS OF AWARDS.

(a) RESTRICTED PERIOD; VESTING. The Restricted Period of an Award shall commence on the Date of Grant and shall, subject to the Participant's continued employment with the Company, the Subsidiary or any Affiliate, expire with respect to 25% of Stock subject to an Award on each of the Vesting Dates.

(b) ISSUANCE OF SHARES; NO RIGHTS. Upon a Vesting Date of an Award, the restrictions set forth in Section 6(c) shall be of no further force or effect with


4

respect to the portion of an Award which has vested and has not then been forfeited and the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant, or his beneficiary (as applicable), to be issued for the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Restricted Period expired on such Vesting Date. No Participant shall have any rights or privileges of a stockholder as to an Award, including the right to vote and receive dividends, other than in respect of Stock with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired.

(c) RESTRICTIONS.

(i) No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or the Subsidiary; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii) An Award shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in Section 6(d) and all rights of the Participant to such Award shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company or the Subsidiary.

(iii) The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Award whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in applicable laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date of the Award, such action is appropriate.

(d) FORFEITURE PROVISIONS. In the event a Participant terminates employment with the Company or the Subsidiary during a Restricted Period, that portion of the Award with respect to which restrictions have not expired ("Non-Vested Portion") shall be treated as follows.

(i) Upon the voluntary resignation of a Participant or discharge by the Company or the Subsidiary for Cause or the discharge of a Participant who is not a member of the Management Team by the Company or the Subsidiary without Cause prior to a Change of Control, the Non-Vested Portion of the Award shall be completely forfeited.

(ii) Upon Normal Termination, the Non-Vested Portion of the Award shall become fully vested but the Restricted Period shall continue to apply with respect to the Award, so that the restrictions shall remain in effect through the Vesting Dates originally contemplated by this Plan.


5

(iii) With a respect to a Participant who is a member of the Management Team, upon a termination without Cause that is initiated by the Company, the Award shall become fully vested and the Restricted Period shall expire with respect to the entire Award.

(iv) With a respect to a Participant who is a member of the Management Team, upon a termination without Cause prior to a Change of Control that is initiated by the Subsidiary, the Non-Vested Portion of the Award shall be completely forfeited.

(v) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, upon a termination of a Participant's employment without Cause by the Company or the Subsidiary (or their respective successors) following a Change of Control, the Award shall become fully vested and the Restricted Period shall expire with respect to the entire Award.

7. GENERAL

(a) GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS. The obligation of the Company to make payment of Awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling any shares of Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to the prospectus requirements in Canada or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act or under any applicable legislation in Canada, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

(b) TAX WITHHOLDING. A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant the amount in cash of any required tax withholding and payroll taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes; provided that the Company may make such alternate arrangements for withholding as it deems appropriate including, without limitation,


6

establishing a program pursuant to which sufficient Shares (out of those Shares due upon the vesting of an Award) to satisfy any withholding liability shall be delivered directly to a broker who shall sell the Shares on behalf of the Participant and remit the proceeds thereof to the Company to satisfy the Participant's withholding liability.

(c) CLAIM TO AWARDS AND EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. No employee of the Company or the Subsidiary, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or the Subsidiary.

(d) NO LIABILITY OF COMMITTEE MEMBERS. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his behalf in his capacity as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person's own fraud or willful bad faith; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

(e) GOVERNING LAW. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof, or principals of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction which could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

(f) RELIANCE ON REPORTS. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in relying, acting or failing to act, and shall not be liable for having so relied, acted or failed to act in good faith, upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and Affiliates and upon any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any person or persons other than himself.

(g) RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER BENEFITS. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit


7

sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or any affiliate except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

(h) EXPENSES. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

(i) PRONOUNS. Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women.

(j) TITLES AND HEADINGS. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

(k) TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. For all purposes herein, a person who transfers from employment or service with the Company to employment or service with the Subsidiary or any other Affiliate of the Company or vice versa shall not be deemed to have terminated employment or service with the Company or the Subsidiary.

(l) SEVERABILITY. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

8. CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE

If determined by the Board, Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to adjustment or substitution, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, as to the number, price or kind of a share of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards or as otherwise determined by the Committee to be equitable (i) in the event of changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of stock or extraordinary cash dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalization, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the Date of Grant of any such Award which do not constitute a Change of Control or (ii) in the event of any change in applicable laws or any change in circumstances which results in or would result in any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants, or which otherwise warrants equitable adjustment because it interferes with the intended operation of the Plan.


8

9. EFFECT OF CHANGE OF CONTROL

(a) In the event of a Change of Control, notwithstanding any vesting schedule with respect to an Award, the Committee shall in its discretion (i) provide through advance written notice to the Participants that the Restricted Period shall expire immediately with respect to 100 percent of the shares of Stock covered by an Award or (ii) upon advance written notice to the Participants or other affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the event.

(b) The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. The Company agrees that it will make appropriate provisions for the preservation of Participants' rights under the Plan in any agreement or plan which it may enter into or adopt to effect any such merger, consolidation, reorganization or transfer of assets.

10. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

11. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; PROVIDED that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan; and PROVIDED FURTHER that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

* * *


9

As adopted by the Board of Directors of
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.
as of December 20, 2000.


SCHEDULE 1

PARTICIPANTS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Stock Awards Distribution
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AWARDS AT 12/20/2000                    SHARES
--------------------                    ------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employee                               0.010542
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Battisti, Peter                          42,500
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Samoriski, Brian                         42,500
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Henderson, Dave                          30,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payne, Cynthia                           22,500
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Klimasewski, Tim                         20,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Henry, Loretta                             8009
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kowulich, Beverly                          8316
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Schutt, William                            7267
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guarino, Joseph                            6262
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dickinson, William                         6000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gliewe, Mary                               4301
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kruly, Paul                                6749
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clark, Lawrence                            7434
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Farchione, Marcia                          4017
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Zobel, Jim                                 6830
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trudeau, Marie                             3782
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Merlau, Lisa                               3691
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kelsey, Jean                               3463
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Laird, Tammy                               3037
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blair, Robert                              7608
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Theodorsen, John                           3500
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                               2


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AWARDS AT 12/20/2000                    SHARES
--------------------                    ------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Townsend, Robert                           6775
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Worek, Keith                               5013
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Terwilliger, Timothy                       2947
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Skirvin, Chet                              4169
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Switzer, Paul                              3753
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conway, Timothy                            3029
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fanton, Kenneth                            4739
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Edwards, Jonathan                          2345
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bennett, Lonnie                            4460
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jarvie, Donald                             5572
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Houk, Michael                              5127
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Yoffee, Susan                              1339
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shepardson, Alan                           2612
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Haas, Fred                                 5624
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nothnagle, Joseph                          1360
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Smothers, Ruth                             1515
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Friedrich, Edward                          3769
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Knight, Ellen                              1510
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Graf, Michael                              3543
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Culhane, Robert                            1476
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pierce, Sharon                              642
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rayburn, Justin                             779
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
White, Mabel                                844
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Viggiano III, Dan                          1703
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supinski, Peter                            1513
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                               3


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AWARDS AT 12/20/2000                    SHARES
--------------------                    ------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dobbelaere, Donald                         1981
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shirley, Thomas                            1133
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blend, James                               1292
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Searls, Lynn                               1573
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Craghead, Michael                          2048
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fasick, John                               1681
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Snow, Cynthia                              1215
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Szydlowski, Alan                            518
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Patterson, Amy                              206
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adams, Larry                                439
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bell, Armond                                302
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jobson, Kim                                 437
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hersom, Walter                             1015
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kondziela, M. Jefrey                       1550
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guidarelli, Thomas                          865
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tolbert, Mark                              1322
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hayman, Bonnie                              681
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kost, Ann                                  1989
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
McKee, Ann                                  273
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chapman, Mark                              1516
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Duver, Frank                                843
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kloiber, George                             432
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Xu, Qin                                    1028
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Perry, Lyn                                  111
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wiedrick, Michele                            25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                               4


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AWARDS AT 12/20/2000                    SHARES
--------------------                    ------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adler, Curtis                               167
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bielk, Noah                                  25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
McMyne, Christopher                          43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rosato, Michael                              53
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
White, Timothy                               51
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Klinger, Charles                            167
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lusk, Barbara                               155
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amarel, Anthony                             279
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dera, Peter                                 867
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nader, Nabil                                247
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marchese-Ragona, Silvio                     193
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sargent, Mathew                             526
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clapper, David                              166
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reynolds, Melody                            711
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alongi, Anthony                             350
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selice, Frank                                25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Singley, Joseph                             185
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Willis, Terleta                             167
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Anne, Wendy                                  36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Block, Kristofer                            276
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goodman, Carol                               49
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Licata, Ignatius                            111
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Polakiewicz, Sheree                         961
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Schnitzer, Laurie                           104
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hereth, Jeffrey                             369
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                               5


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AWARDS AT 12/20/2000                    SHARES
--------------------                    ------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kavcak, Alexander                           336
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Burns, Robert                               113
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Powers, Galen                               118
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Smith, Jim                                 3005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lombard, Matthew                            111
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total at 12/20/00                       357,500
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subsequent Awards
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employee                                Shares              Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alan Olderstein                            1500             (January 31, 2001)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James Bluett                               1000             (January 31, 2001)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Subsequent Awards                    2500
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total All Awards                        360,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SCHEDULE 2

MANAGEMENT TEAM

Peter Battisti
Brian Samoniski
Dave Henderson
Cynthia Payne
Tim Klimasewski